Welcome to
Read and write stories with our community and AI
Have a play around and see what you and the AI can come up with. Try spinning off new branches, or regenerate chapters with different characters or settings!
Story created by
It's easy to possess and direct someone physically. But the real challenge is helping their mental state. The mind and body are the most integral duo when it comes to making what you want a reality. So it's only right to teach someone that fact if they don't know it. Especially when they don't know why their mind and body aren't cohesive in the first place.
Similar Stories on Outfox
Beatrice sits on her throne, basking in the spoils of her riches. Every foe that she’s come up against has been vanquished and devoured without much effort. She has the highest bounty on her head. She’s easily the most powerful vampire the world has ever known. Her prestige is unmatched. She’s unstoppable. No one can compete with her. That is, until today.
Her relaxation is cut short as she hears someone kick her doors open. She places down her wine glass, staring daggers at the culprit. She then grins as she notices it to be the well known bounty hunter, Ulrich Fleece: slayer of all beasts, natural or unnatural. Conqueror of those tormenting the innocent. Obtainer of the last stand in every battle he has ever been a part of. Or in Beatrice’s eyes, all except one.
“You have a lot of nerve,” she starts with a light chuckle, “Only a fool would dare intrude so suddenly and so rudely.”
Ulrich doesn’t say anything. He just cracks his neck, staring down the ferocious vampire before him.
“Hmm, a man of few words. That’s understandable. Talk is cheap. Well, since you’re a man of action, I wouldn’t want to keep you waiting any longer. I grow famished, anyhow. Have at you, knave!”
She stands up from her throne, taking off her robe, revealing her battle gear: blood red drawstring shorts with a black outline and a black bra with a red outline. But just as she manages her arms through her sleeves and gets in her battle stance, Ulrich just presents to her a piece of paper. This completely takes Beatrice off guard. Confused, she says,
“What’s that?”
“Come over here and read it,” Ulrich says, confidently.
Confused even more, Beatrice teleports over to him, looking at the paper more clearly. After just reading the first word, she immediately turns white as a ghost.
“N-no,” she says, petrified as she snatches the paper from his hands, “No, you can’t be serious. This has to be some kind of joke or prank! You have to be messing with me!”
“Nope,” Ulrich says, retaining his confidence, “It’s all legitimate. I’m now legally the proud owner of the deed to this mansion.”
“Wh-what kind of bounty hunter are you?! No self respecting warrior would choose this path over battle!”
“Yeah, and look where that got them. Plus, something tells me that you weren’t exactly hasty with their deaths. Now, since I’m kinda in a time crunch and don’t wanna die, I figured this way would be more effective. Wouldn’t you agree? I mean, it hasn’t even been half a minute yet. This has to be some kind of record.”
“Curse you.”
“Yeah, yeah. Love you, too. Now, look, I wanna get this over and done with as soon as possible. So if you wanna keep your mansion, you’re gonna do something for me.”
“And why in the Devil would I ever even entertain the idea of doing anything you say?”
“Because no house also means no treasures and lowered status. It’s all mine now. Meaning, it’ll only be a matter of time before you’re considered fodder. A joke. No more fear, no more power. Just a sad shallow shell of your former self as your relevancy fades and you wallow away in redundancy. Now, do you want that? I don’t think so.”
Beatrice snarls at his words. He’s right. Both the law and natural order are completely on his side. She has no other option than to do his bidding. The thought of falling victim to such a disgraceful method is infuriating. But the thought of losing everything she’s worked so hard to obtain is heart shattering.
“What do you want?” she concedes, folding her arms,
“Good girl,” Ulrich responds, basking in his victory as Beatrice glares at him, “Now, I’ve got a buddy of mine who’s not really feeling the best. Lady troubles, ya know?”
This catches Beatrice’s attention. The thought of getting involved in someone’s love life shakes her to her core. But as to not garner suspicion, she buries her disdain of the concept, saying,
“So you want me to be his little girlfriend?”
“Oh, goodness, no. I’m not evil. What kind of sadistic bastard do you take me for? No, I just want you to spend the day with him and cheer him up a bit. Don’t care how. Just do whatever you feel is best.”
“You can’t be serious.”
“You’ve got a sheet of paper in your hands that says I am.”
“You’re pathetic.”
“And you’re at my mercy. So what does that make you?”
Beatrice drops the deed, palming her face in agitation, saying,
“Why would you even go through all this trouble just to cheer up your bitch of a friend?”
“Because if I had to do it, I’d ring his neck,” Ulrich replies, “You don’t know how right you are about him being a bitch. He’s quite moody. So...just be mindful of that. Plus, it gives me the opportunity to technically vanquish you so you can no longer call yourself undefeated.”
“I don’t believe this.”
“Well, I do. So...sucks to be you, I guess. Anyways, here’s his shirt so you can smell him.”
He presents her with his shirt, offering it to her. She grimaces at him with disgust and confusion, saying,
“What?”
“Don’t you track people by scent?” he questions,
“No, you racist! My kind just needs the name of the target to track them down.”
“Well, excuse me, princess. They don’t tell you everything about every type of vampire. His name’s Zeldrich Narris.”
“Really? You have a friend with a name that stupid?”
“Listen, you just pick your friends. Not their upbringing.”
“Whatever.”
Beatrice closes her eyes, getting down on her knees and placing her hands in her lap, concentrating on her target.
“Wow,” Ulrich taunts, “If that’s your method, he’s gonna feel better in no time.”
Beatrice flips him off as she tries even harder to focus. After moments of thinking about him, he vaguely appears in her mind, lying on his bed. Normally, she’d want to wait for the image to become more clear for precision, but since she wants to get this done as quickly as she possibly can, she couldn’t care less about that. With the image fresh in her mind, she stands back up, looking directly into Ulrich’s eyes, saying,
“Mark my words, you filthy worm, I will make you pay dearly for this.”
“Looking forward to it, honey.”
She snarls at him, wanting to kill him right here and now. But she decides against it as her need for her mansion and status far outweigh her want for him to be dead. So she returns her focus to Zeldrich, taking a breath before teleporting to him. She appears before him with her back turned, hearing him scream in terror and shock, just like she expected.
“Alright, alright, shut up,” she commands, turning around, “I’m not here to kill you. Yet. I just ne- OH MY G-...WHY ARE YOU NAKED?!?!”
She averts her eyes after seeing him in his underwear. With confusion and fear completely cast aside by the question, Zeldrich says,
“Wait, what the hell kind of question is that? You’re the one who teleported in someone’s house. It’s your own fault if you see something undesirable.”
“Ugh! What is it with you humans and being so revolting? Just make yourself more presentable so we can get this over with.”
“First, I’m revolting, yet you’re showing up to someone else’s home unannounced. Yeah, that makes sense. Secondly, this is still my house and you’re an uninvited guest. I’m entitled to let it all hang out if I really wanted to. And lastly, what are you talking about?”
“Don’t act dumb. Your dumbass friend, Ulrich, is holding my belongings hostage because he wants me to help you because you’re acting like a pussy after being broken up with. So let me make you feel better so I can get my stuff back or else.”
‘Ulrich?’ he thinks to himself, ‘What is he talking about? I haven’t been in a relationship in years. I think I’m over it by-...ooooh. So this is what my gift is. I’m gonna have to buy him the entire damn pub for this.’
He changes his demeanor, trying to make himself seem more upset, saying,
“I-I don’t know what you’re talking about. I’m-...I’m fine.”
“Don’t give me that,” Beatrice snaps, “Just feel better already so we can be done with this.”
“You don’t get it. There’s an entire process to it. You wouldn’t understand.”
Beatrice doesn’t respond. She grits her teeth, glaring at him as she remembers her past experience. But she can’t show weakness. She has to cast aside her emotions so she can preserve her reputation. She gradually composes herself, trying to look as compassionate as she possibly can...barely able to really pull it off.
“Alright, I’m sorry,” she starts with a mix of false remorse and strained anger, “What does this ‘process’ entail?”
“Well, for starters, you need to know why we broke up so you can come up with a suitable solution for my grieving,” Zeldrich answers, barely able to contain his excitement as he formulates his plan.
Beatrice sighs, seeing where this is going from a mile away. But her status is hanging in the balance.
“Why did you both split up?” she questions, feigning investment in his situation,
“Hmm-...on second thought, it’s too embarrassing. Forget I said an-”
Beatrice grabs his right shoulder, tightening her grip on the bone as an indicator of her dwindling patience. A loud pop echoes throughout the room with Zeldrich’s silenced squeals in agony following behind.
“Why. Did. You. Break. Up?” Beatrice questions again, this time with blatant irritation in her tone as she continues wearing her disingenuous assuring smile.
“OkokokI’msorryI’llspilljustletgoIthinkyoubrokeit!” Zeldrich pleads with terror in his voice.
Beatrice holds her grip for a few more seconds to get her point across before finally letting go of his shattered shoulder. Zeldrich clasps his injured shoulder, trying his damnedest to compose himself.
“Jeez, you’re such a drama queen,” he says as red mist exits his mouth, targeting his shoulder, “Alright, the reason we broke up is because...I’m terrible in bed.”
Beatrice is caught off guard. This is the complete opposite of what she was expecting. She thought he was just gonna go on and on about how he was a sex master and how she got intimidated and just decided to dump him. She didn’t think that he’d share something so personal. So embarrassing. So...relatable.
“Oh,” she says with genuine sympathy in her tone, “I’m-...I’m sorry.”
“I told you it was embarrassing,” he says before blowing away the red mist and rolling his arm to break in his newly repaired shoulder, “But that’s what happened. She just couldn’t accept that I’m a minute man. I’ve got up to two or three rounds in me in total and if I’m lucky, I’m done before the dust from teleportation completely disperses.”
Beatrice doesn’t say a word. Her mask is completely gone. Her want for preserving her image is cast aside. She can’t even bring herself to pretend to laugh at his misery to save face. This is hitting too close to home for her. She’s...hurt. But Zeldrich doesn’t pick up on this at all. He’s set his plan into motion and he’s in the presence of the sexiest vampire he’s ever laid eyes on, and she isn’t pounding him to a pulp or demeaning him after telling her his story. He just needs to seal the deal.
“So yeah,” he continues, leaning back on his hands, “That’s my heartbreaking story. Got any remedies cookin’ up in that beautiful mind to help me out?”
Silence. Beatrice is too enthralled with her own situation to even consider helping Zeldrich anymore. Finally picking up on her distress, Zeldrich decides to at least lighten the mood with a light joke.
“That many, huh? You’re just full of surprises, aren’t you? Never would’ve pegged you to be that knowledgeable on this subject. You’re clearly someone who couldn’t care less about sex.”
He lightly chuckles, hoping at the very least to get a smirk in return. Nothing. If anything, her reaction is considerably worse. Her face is flushed and she grabs her left arm, refusing to look in his direction. Zeldrich finally starts piecing it together.
“You’ve...never had sex, have you?” he questions.
Beatrice remains quiet, too ashamed to answer the question. It’s already bad enough that she’s having the fact that she’s still a virgin thrown in her face, but the reason that that fact remains true just stings even more.
“Oh, wow,” Zeldrich says, bewildered, “I-...Wow. That’s just-...Look, there’s no shame in it. I just thought that since you’re-...you know-...I mean, I’m not the only one who thinks so, bu-”
“It’s not by choice,” Beatrice interrupts, stopping him in his tracks, “At least, not fully.”
“What’s that su-”
“This is about fixing your sorrows. My business is my business.”
Now Zeldrich’s curiosity is piqued. He needs to hear this.
“Well,” he starts, “Another step in my healing is the helper letting the victim know that they know how they feel. So since you clearly have an idea of how I feel, I need to hear how.”
Beatrice groans in frustration from the stipulation. She thought she’d take this story to the grave along with the bastard who made her feel this way. But here she is. She folds her arms, saying,
“Fine. I’ll tell you. This kind of goes without saying, but if you laugh, you die. Am I clear?”
“Crystal,” Zeldrich replies,
“Alright. Some time ago, I was at the mercy of someone who put me in a lust spell to make it easier to vanquish me. Of course, he decided to have his way with me first before killing me. He wanted me to pleasure him, but because of my inexperience, he couldn’t exactly enjoy himself. So he changed his mind and thought pleasuring me first would suffice. But soon after stimulating me with his tongue, he...he voiced his disapproval of the sounds of my moans. After being ridiculed for my...‘annoying ass voice’, my rage overpowered the spell and that fucker was no more. So to spare myself further embarrassment, my sacred garden remains intact. So there. Now you know my story. Are you satisfied?”
Zeldrich can’t believe what he’s just heard. No wonder she’s so cruel and ruthless with her opponents. No one deserves to be treated like that. Especially during their first time. And judging from the brief, yet noticeable cracks in her voice as she was sharing, it clearly still bothers her to this day. Before he can say anything, though, Beatrice stops him in his tracks.
“Save your breath. I’m not seeking pity from you. I just need you to repair your wounded heart already so I can go home. So what’s the next step with this process?”
As she says that, she makes an attempt to discreetly wipe a tear from her eye with her shoulder. Zeldrich, seeing her pain, feels terrible for her. He just wishes he could help her in some way. Or at least give her a hug without her ripping his spine out through his palm. Then he gets an idea that might result in both of those being an outcome.
“Ok,” he starts, “I might have a method for you to help me.”
“What is it?” Beatrice questions,
“Before I say anything, I just need you to hear me out and trust me, ok?”
“That’s never a good sign.”
“No, no, just listen. I promise. This has a good chance of helping me, alright?”
Beatrice sighs in a foreboding manner, saying,
“Fine. Just tell me.”
“Ok, just take a seat on this bed.”
Beatrice raises an eyebrow in suspicion as Zeldrich pats a spot on his bed. She reluctantly obeys him, sitting down on his bed.
“Ok, now what?” she questions impatiently,
“Alright,” Zeldrich says with hesitation, “Now, close your eyes.”
Beatrice immediately raises her hand in pursuit of Zeldrich’s neck, but as a surprise to them both, he intercepts it, holding it in place.
“Listen, listen,” he continues, “Just do what I say and you can have your stuff back. Trust me.”
She snarls before snatching her hand away and closing her eyes.
“One wrong move and I will slash every corner of your body,” she warns,
“Duly noted,” Zeldrich responds.
She does as instructed, shutting her eyes as he positions himself behind her, placing his hands on her shoulders and gently rubbing them. Though her guard is still at an all time high, Beatrice decides to relax her shoulders for less uncomfortable friction from his touch. Taking notice of Beatrice relaxing herself, Zeldrich brings his thumbs to the back of her neck, lightly applying pressure to it as he continues massaging her shoulders.
Bit by bit, second by second, Beatrice’s guard is being chipped away as Zeldrich puts his educated hands to work, stimulating her shoulders and neck. Admittedly, she’s starting to enjoy herself a little. She’ll be damned if she expresses it out loud, but internally, she likes his touch.
Zeldrich then decides to be slightly more ambitious. Continuing his massage, he gathers up the courage to lean into Beatrice’s right ear and gently blow on it. The sudden unexpected sensation of his cool breath entering her ear along with the fabulous massage she’s receiving proves to be too much for Beatrice as she lightly gasps in response to Zeldrich’s actions. She immediately catches herself, going back to that heart shattering moment as those cruel words ring in her head again.
“That was the most beautiful sound I’ve ever heard,” she hears Zeldrich whisper in her ear.
Beatrice is astounded. Her voice was actually...complimented. But she can’t just let him think that he’s won her over. She still has an image to maintain.
“What, am I supposed to melt in your hands for whispering bold faced lies in my ear, you cretin?” she says in a cold tone,
“Fine. Don’t believe me. I always thought it was better to show instead of tell, anyways.”
He then makes another bold move by taking Beatrice’s ear lobe in his mouth and gently sucking on it as he continues massaging her shoulders and neck. This time, though, Beatrice is more aware and alert of herself. She refuses to allow Zeldrich to garner another sound out of her. No matter how good his hands and mouth make her feel.
But her declaration begins to tarnish as Zeldrich moves from her ear lobe down to the side of her neck, kissing and sucking on it as he maneuvers his hands from her shoulders to her hips. She sighs in pleasure, trying to keep herself from giving in so easily. But then Zeldrich starts sucking a little harder on her neck and her attempt to resist his advances instantly start to crumble. She brings her hands to the mattress, gripping onto the sheets as she tries her damnedest to not give any reaction whatsoever.
Zeldrich is absolutely loving this. Her trying her best to hide her enjoyment is so cute to him. He just wishes he could break her barrier to tie it all together. And after a moment of plotting, he might have thought of just the way to do it.
“You seem to be enjoying yourself,” he whispers,
“N-no I’m not. Shut up,” Beatrice lies,
“You sure? Cause if I remember correctly, the deal was that if I made one wrong move, you’d shred every part of my body. Well, here I am, unshredded. So by that logic, it’s pretty safe to assume you like it when I talk to you like this.”
He kisses her neck, causing her to tighten her grip on his sheets.
“You like when I kiss you like this.”
He guides his hands all over her flat stomach, earning more sounds of enjoyment from her.
“And you like when I touch you like this.”
Beatrice doesn’t say anything. Both from not having a retort to his claims, which are one hundred percent correct, and not wanting to risk another sound escaping her mouth. But he’s so tender with her that she can’t help but to love his advances. Her self restraint is only getting her so far. It’s only a matter of time before she completely cracks.
Zeldrich’s motivation to keep going is only growing. Right now, the most powerful being to set foot on land is melting by just his touch. And her hymn-like noises of approval are just heaven to the ears. How anyone could be so dumb as to insult her for it is baffling to him. But at the same time, he can’t help but to be grateful for it. He gets to be the first to please her and show her the sweet savory feelings of lust.
By this point, all caution is tossed into the wind for Zeldrich. The regard for his own safety is barely given any thought anymore. All he wants right now is for Beatrice to feel good. So if it comes at the cost of his life, then so be it. He couldn’t care less.
He plants a light kiss on her cheek, trailing his way forward before finally making contact with her lips. Beatrice is taken aback by his bold move. Under any other circumstance, she would’ve reduced him to dust. But by this point, his touches, his words, and most of all, his comforting aura has completely set her at ease. This kiss just serves as concrete evidence that she needs for his genuinity. And it's quite welcome evidence.
She turns her head to meet him, reciprocating the kiss as she places her hands on top of his. She finally concedes to his advances, whimpering as he continues gliding his hand up and down her skin. With each ascension, he grows closer and closer to her bra. Right as his hands make contact with the piece of cloth, Beatrice squeezes his hands, giving him the green light to remove it. Not needing a second invitation, Zeldrich follows her subliminal message. He grabs onto her bra, unclasping it from the front and exposing her d-cup breasts.
Beatrice moans as Zeldrich brings his hands to her chest, pulling her closer to him as he grabs and kneads her breasts. She's in pure bliss. No one's ever touched her like this before. Never did she think that anybody would be willing to. She always felt envious of other terrorizing acquaintances voicing their escapades and she’d never have anything to add. But now that finally changes. Because judging from their stories, this situation is completely different. Everyone else just had a fling; just someone to screw around with for a few minutes. And here she is, being with someone who actually cares about how she feels. She gets to enjoy this to the fullest. Something that everybody else apparently can't say.
Beatrice shifts herself around to straddle Zeldrich, caressing his face with her hands as she continues the kiss. He then guides them down onto the bed, embracing her as they enjoy each other’s feel. She's so surprisingly soft. The contrast of her typical savage and ruthless demeanor to her pale, silky, supple frame are night and day. It just makes the fact that she's relinquished herself to him even more satisfying.
Zeldrich shifts their positions, pinning her down to the bed as he climbs on top of her before breaking the kiss and trailing down to her neck, collarbone, and finally stopping at her chest. He latches his mouth onto her right breast and brings a hand to her left, lightly massaging it. Beatrice closes her eyes and tilts her head back, melting from his attention to her breasts. His mouth feels phenomenal on her. She never wants him to stop.
She brings a hand to the back of his head, giving him more encouragement as she strokes his hair. Zeldrich then sets his focus on her nipple, dragging his tongue over it. The sensations Beatrice is experiencing right now are otherworldly. She feels like she's been transported to heaven. Zeldrich then decides to elevate her experience even more, bringing his free hand to her lower half, teasing her right above her waistband before finally inserting two of his fingers inside of her shorts.
The feeling of his fingers nearing her sex briefly sends her mind in a blind panic as the familiar sensation brings her back to that horrible moment. But then she feels the magic of his fingers rubbing across her slit. Her mind is then set at ease as his delicate touch calms her down. That is until she feels him descend downwards. As he moves down, kissing her stomach, navel, and abdomen, her anxiety skyrockets. The familiarity of the feeling of someone nearing her crotch causes her to panic again.
Before Zeldrich can manage his fingers under her waistband to pull off her shorts, she instinctively pushes him away from her. He looks up at her and her face says it all. She’s scared. She doesn’t want that experience again. She doesn’t even wanna risk reliving it being a possibility. The hurt, humiliation, and anger she felt back then resurface as she’s internally hearing those words over and over and over again.
But her mental turmoil is put to a halt as Zeldrich plants a deep kiss on her lips, snapping her out of her thoughts. He then breaks the kiss, looking directly into her amber eyes before saying,
“Just relax, ok?”
She takes in the assurance of his words, calming down as her doubts are pushed to the side. After all, he’s been hearing her noises of adoration the entire time and he clearly doesn’t have a problem with it. Bearing that fact in mind, she hesitantly nods her head. He gives her one last peck on the lips before returning his attention back to her lower half. He hooks his fingers under her shorts and pulls them down her legs, completely exposing her bare body.
She can’t help but be embarrassed at her current position. She’s never been completely naked in front of anyone before. Even with that one adventurer, who only took off her shorts. It feels weird. Weirder still is the fact that Zeldrich can’t stop staring at her. She’s so gorgeous.
“Y-you just gonna sit there and stare at me all night?” she questions, blushing from embarrassment.
Zeldrich takes the hint and leans down to her lower half, spreading her legs apart. He then kisses her right inner thigh, slowly moving closer and closer to her center with each kiss. The feeling of his lips nearing her sensitive area is driving Beatrice insane. He’s so close to it, but it’s as if he’s actively avoiding it.
After moments of teasing, Zeldrich decides to finally put her anticipation to an end. He finally brings his mouth onto her waiting slit, earning a sharp gasp from the needy vampire as he starts dragging his tongue along her folds. Beatrice closes her eyes, basking in the utopia that Zeldrich’s magical mouth is bringing her through.
Zeldrich hooks his arms under her thighs as he savors the alluring taste of Beatrice’s pussy. She’s so surprisingly sweet. Her taste is damn near addicting. He could taste her forever. And he just might if he gets to hear her lovely moans.
He then brings his tongue to the entrance of her pussy and slides it in and out of her, earning louder sounds of the blissful pleasure that he loves so much. Beatrice arches her back, bringing her hand to his hair and gripping it as she rolls her hips for more friction. She’s actually enjoying herself. Someone’s bringing her pleasure beyond her wildest dreams without villainizing her. She’s finally...happy. All thanks to Zeldrich.
After minutes of enchanting sensations coursing through her body from Zeldrich’s actions, Beatrice eventually feels an awesome overwhelming sensation of pleasure building. She never thought she’d ever experience it before. She grips tighter on Zeldrich’s hair and wraps her legs around his head. Then her limit is breached. She squeezes her eyes shut as she reaches her orgasm, practically screaming in pure delight as she coats Zeldrich’s tongue with her essence.
Beatrice feels reborn. She’s been enlightened to pleasures beyond her imagination. To think that someone was actually willing to aid her in realizing it all. Someone’s actually brought it upon themselves to make her happy. It’s unbelievable.
After riding out her orgasm, she relaxes her legs and releases his hair. Zeldrich climbs her body, embracing her in a deep kiss. Beatrice accepts the kiss, wrapping her arms around his neck as he takes off his briefs, sliding them down his legs.
During their kiss, Beatrice feels his erect member in between them. As moments pass of feeling it on her wet slit, her desire for it grows as with each slight movement made during the kiss causes it to rub against her. She was always curious about this portion during sex. Though, she knows that since this is her first time doing so, it's going to hurt. But she doesn't care. If penetrative sex feels as good as others say it does, she has to experience it for herself.
“Put it inside,” she says after breaking the kiss, “I want to feel it inside me.”
Of course, Zeldrich has no objections to this. But just to ensure that this is truly what she wants, he says,
“Are you sure?”
Beatrice nods her head, making it abundantly clear that there's no doubt in her mind that this is what she craves. getting the message, Zeldrich leans up before positioning himself at her entrance. Beatrice looks on, bracing herself as he prepares to insert himself inside of her.
“Now, just so you know,” he says, “Since this is your first time, it's going to sting a little. So if you need me to stop, don't hesitate. Just say the word and I will.”
Again, Beatrice nods her head, showing she understands completely. After receiving confirmation, he continues on with his actions, pushing against her entrance as she grips onto the bed sheet again. After a couple of attempts, he manages to slide the tip of his member inside of her. Before he makes any more movements though, he notices the look of overwhelming panic on her face. So wanting this to be as pleasurable as possible, he brings his hands on top of hers before intertwining each other's fingers, causing them to hold hands.
Beatrice's attention is now solely on Zeldich as she feels him hold her hands. The fact that he’s going to such lengths to make this as enjoyable as he possibly can makes her so glad that he chose her of all people to do this with. Seeing the worry and panic leave her face, Zeldrich decides to advance further. He pushes more and more of himself inside of her, stretching out her tight virgin hole with each inch.
Beatrice winces as he penetrates her, lightly hissing as she feels her previously virgin body adjust to his intrusion. Now, she definitely feels a bit of pain. It’s probably the equivalent of a flick, but overall, it's not that bad. From how others described it, she was expecting it to be way worse. It's almost a let down.
Before long, Zeldrich manages all 6 ½ inches of his member inside of Beatrice, loving the warmth of her tight wet cunt. He focuses on Beatrice's reaction, seeing no traces of discomfort anywhere.
“Do it,” Beatrice says in a wanting tone.
Zeldrich happily obliges, Slowly moving his hips back and forth. They both moan as his cock slides in and out of her pussy. She tightens her grasp on his hands as the pleasure from his member penetrating her surges throughout her entire body. Wanting to hear more of her sounds of enjoyment, Zeldrich speeds up his pace.
“You’re so sexy,” Zeldrich says, looking into his partner’s stunning eyes, “You have the sexiest voice. Yeah, that’s it. Moan for me.”
All of this is straight out of Zeldrich’s dreams. He’s actually pleasing a powerful being like Beatrice. Her hypnotic sounds while being stimulated, her wetness, her beautiful face, he can’t help but to take it all in. She’s so beautiful. Everything about her is so sexy. He just wants to admire her forever.
But sadly, his admiration comes to an end as he feels his orgasm building. He tries prolonging it just a little more, but it’s too late. He buries his face in her chest, moaning as he empties his essence deep inside of Beatrice. But he can’t find it in himself to enjoy it. His curse just prevented her from enjoying herself further. He can’t imagine the thoughts of pure disdain running through her head.
But he couldn’t be more wrong. If anything, Beatrice is glad that this happened. Not only because she’s heard that when this happens, it typically means that the man simply couldn’t help himself from admiring the woman’s alluring charms, but also, it gives her the opportunity to make him feel better about his performance issues. And judging from his look of self loathing, he absolutely needs it.
Without saying a word, Beatrice changes their positions, pinning him to the bed as she mounts him. This takes Zeldrich completely off guard. He expected her to chew him out for ruining her fun. But before he can voice his confusion, she brings a finger to his lips, shushing him before saying,
“You helped me, so let me help you.”
She then brings her hands behind her, balancing herself as she moves herself up and down his length and gasping from the wondrous combination of his shaft along with the satisfying feeling of his warm creamy cum inside of her. Zedrich grabs onto her hips, guiding her along his shaft as he basks in the softness of her curves.
“Yes, touch me wherever you want,” Beatrice encourages, riding him faster, “Enjoy this moment, mortal. Savor the feel of my skin. Bask in the sensations of penetrating my nether regions. Empty your seed to your heart’s content. Because this pleasure is all yours. All of it is for you. I am yours to toy with however you see fit. Touch me. Feel me. Hear me.”
She rolls her hips, elevating the pleasure for Zeldrich as he maneuvers his hands from her hips to her chest. This is the greatest day of Zeldrich’s life. It’s a dream come true and he never wants to wake up.
He thrusts his hips, pushing himself further inside of Beatrice as she rides his cock, garnering more sounds of approval in response. She then leans down, stopping inches away from his face. He snakes his hands from her succulent breasts to her rounded hind, locking passionate eye contact with her as he continues his thrusts.
As they continue staring into each other’s eyes, a faint mutual feeling is apparent to both of them. It’s barely noticeable, but it’s still there. There’s a sense of adoration for the other. The fact that both looked beyond each other’s faults and are genuinely enjoying the shared embrace awakened something. It’s almost as if nothing and no one exists except for them. And they like it.
But before those feelings are explored any further, Zeldrich feels himself reaching orgasm for the second time. And despite what’s been said and declared prior, he can’t help but to feel guilty that Beatrice has yet to reach her second orgasm. Seeing his look of guilt, she caresses his face, saying,
“I want it. Fill me with your essence. Breed my pussy with your seed. Zeldrich.”
After hearing that, his mind is instantly set at ease. And with his tranquil mindset, he does as instructed, shooting his fluids deep inside of her for the second time. He’s then completely caught off guard as Beatrice sinks her fangs into his neck. Normally, this would send an overwhelming sense of dread throughout Zeldrich’s body. But right now, he couldn’t care less about it. It still stings, but he has a feeling that the intent has no malous in the slightest.
Both partners are completely spent. All they can manage to do is lie on the bed as they catch their breath. They can’t move. They can’t think. They can barely see. But most notable of all, they don’t care. Neither would be doing any of it even if they could. The mutual embrace and touch is arguably better than the various sensations from the act that they just indulged in.
That goes double for Beatrice. For the majority of her life, she only knew fear and anguish. All who had her image in mind wouldn’t dare enter her path and those foolish enough to do so would meet an unfortunate end. And she was very content with that being the case before today. But Zeldrich has shown her the joys of so much more. Empathy, vulnerability, tranquility, all of the things that she saw as weakness. And here she is, experiencing it first hand and being happy. She likes it. She likes him. She likes him a lot.
“Ahem, alright,” Beatrice starts after regaining her stamina with a spell and leaning up from Zeldrich’s chest, “Well, it’s safe to say that your heart’s been mended, correct?”
“Uh...what?” Zeldrich questions,
“Your lady issues. Surely, your heart’s at peace by now.”
“Umm-...oh. Oh! Oh, right. Yeah. Completely over it. Thanks a bunch. I feel so much better.”
“Great. Now, if you’ll excuse me.”
As she grabs her clothing and puts them on, Zeldrich suddenly remembers the nagging pain in his neck.
“Wait a second,” he says, grabbing her attention, “What’s gonna happen with this bite.”
Beatrice sighs before saying in a sarcastic tone,
“What do you think is gonna happen?”
“Am I gonna tur-”
“Finish that racist assumption and I’ll turn you inside out and leave you to the buzzards!”
Zeldrich immediately shuts his trap.
“My kind uses a lot of energy when we teleport, so by the time we get to where we wanna go, we lose about half of our strength, depending on the distance. Which is why your shoulder was only shattered instead of being ripped off. When we bite someone, that process is a lot less harsh with no energy being spared when we teleport to them.”
“So when you bite someone, it’s guaranteed that you’re gonna see them again?”
“Don’t read too much into it. I only did it to ensure my point gets across.”
“What point?”
Beatrice levitates Zeldrich and swiftly brings him close to her, saying in a harsh tone,
“If a single soul catches an inkling of anything that was said, done, or even insinuated here, I will nail you to rusted steel and watch with a gratuitous amount of joy as I resurrect your fallen family members and torture them. And I’ll know. My kind shares everything seen, heard, and said from our victims. Get it?!”
“Got it.”
“Good. Now, I’m gonna get my stuff back.”
She drops him on his hands and knees before getting on her knees and placing her hands in her lap. Once she does, she focuses on Ulrich, who’s playing with her gold and creating sculptures with them. She growls before standing back up and preparing to depart.
“Oh, and eat more iron,” she says to Zeldrich, “Not only does it make your blood more bearable, but it’s good for you.”
And with that, she pats his head before disappearing without a trace, leaving Zeldrich grinning ear to ear as he lies down on his floor. He doesn’t need a special bond to know that her reasoning was complete bologna. He knows better than to spill personal information like that. Plus, if anyone were to find out that he mated with a monster like her, he’d be considered an abomination and executed before she can have her turn. Not that it would stop her, of course. She definitely has a more selfish reason for wanting to return.
Regardless of the reason, he definitely plans on carrying himself differently. If he’s to expect a guest that suddenly at inopportune times, he’d might as well make his place of residence more presentable.
Alright, how much time’s left?...Three and a half hours. Sure. Just half an hour passes after five hours of looking away from it. Fan-fucking-tastic. Ok, you know what? Not that bad. That’s 60 minutes three times and then one half. Each of those 60 minutes is just...uh...15? Yeah, 15 minutes 4 times. And 15 minutes is just 3 minutes 5 times. So in all actuality, I’m waiting 3 minutes...70 times and then my shift’s completely over. And I think one of those three minutes passed just thinking about that. So 69 more to go...heh. Oh, the joys of being bored as all hell. At least one good thing came from school. I can now add a bit of flair to counting down the minutes. Totally worth the 7 hours every day for half my life.
My internal calculations are interrupted by a loud thud on the conveyor belt, shocking me to my core. Once I recover from my jolt, I look in front of me to see the source of the noise. To my dismay, it’s someone I’m quite acquainted with, Mason. Oh, goody. As if my day needed more hell to endure. Whatever. Just need to scan his shit and he’ll leave me alone. As a matter of fact, he might just ignore me completely. He’s looking on his phone.
“Taiga?” he questions in an exaggerated tone, “Little gayby Taiga? Is that actually you?”
Fuck.
“Oh my God, I didn’t notice you here. How are you?”
“Sir, I’d thank you to refrain from calling me that,” I respond, scanning and bagging his things,
“Oh, sorry. I didn’t mean to make you all fussy. You want me to find you a guy to give you your pacifier?”
I ignore his taunting, scanning and bagging faster to get him out of my fucking face.
“What, this is what counts for customer service around here?” he continues, “You’re not gonna ask how my day’s going, if I found everything to my liking, or even ask if there’s anything you can do to better my experience? I thought you would jump at the opportunity to service your customers.”
All I can do is sigh and shake my head at his remarks. I reeeeeally need this job, so I just gotta let this slide. Plus, I’m almost done. Just gotta scan and bag these last five items and I’m home free. He’ll be gone and I won’t have any more threats of being fired.
“Come on, Taiga. Surely, you wanna do everything in your power to brighten my day. What, are you reserving your services for your boss? You saving your special assets for better job opportunities? I bet you are. I bet you like how hard they pull on your little tail while they give you your ‘promotions’. I bet when you heard of the different ‘positions’, you just couldn’t wa-”
“Ok, your total comes out to be $45.65. Will that be cash or card?” I interrupt, internally begging for all of this to be over.
He gives me a smug smirk before reaching into his pocket.
“Still got that temper on ya, huh?” he says, pulling out his wallet, “Honestly, you really need to work on your people skills, Taiga.”
“$45.65. Will that be cash or card?” I repeat, trying to hurry this along,
“Chill out, Taigy. I’m just trying to create conver-”
“Will that be cash or card?”
He snickers at my growing agitation, taking out his card and handing it to me, saying,
“Wow, someone’s extra cranky today, huh? Is that it? Is little gay baby Taigy cranky?”
Don’t get fired. Don’t get fired. Don’t get fired. Don’t get fired. Do not get fired. I take the card out of his hand and scan it. Hm. Declined. Who’da thought?
“I’m sorry, sir,” I say through the most convincing smile I can conjure up right now, “This card declined.”
His smug demeanor takes a noticeable shift. At least I can take solace in his embarrassment. He gives a smug scoff before reaching into his wallet again and pulling out another card. I take it and scan it.
“Declined,” I say, handing him the cards back, “Would you like to pay in cash?”
Admittedly, I’m starting to enjoy myself a bit. At least I don’t have to hear his stupid “jokes” anymore. Plus, the sight of him slightly panicking because he’s a big strong man who’s at risk of looking like a broke boy in front of someone he was just making fun of is just hilarious. It’s always a beautiful thing when the universe comes in clutch.
“No, no,” he says, “Just give me a second.”
He types away at his phone, probably just making it seem he’s settling things with his bank. Now I just wish there was a sea of people behind him just so he can suffer in the anxiety of being rushed. But you can’t have everything, I guess. A guy can dream, though.
“Ok, here,” he says, handing me the initial card.
I scan it and once again, it declines. I give him a smug look, saying in my most patronizing tone,
“I’m sorry, sir. It still declined. Would you like to try cash now?”
He grimaces before returning to his phone, aggressively tapping on it before bringing it to his ear. Uh oh. Someone’s gonna get a piece of his mind. Hopefully, he’ll be generous with himself. He doesn’t have that much to give. He turns away from me, whispering in the phone,
“Hey, I’m gonna need you to send like $50.”
“Just $50?” I hear his dad question through the phone,
“Yeah.”
“Now?”
“No, five years after I starve. Yes now.”
“No need to be aggressive. I’m just making sure. You seemed so sure you had enough. You want me to go in there?”
“No, I just need you to send the money!
“Well, what could you possibly be buying for that much anyway?”
“It doesn’t matter. I just have a bit less than I thought is all.”
“Well, it matters to me. $50 is a lot of money to just be sending out on a whim.”
“Like I said, it doesn’t matter. Just send it.
“Ok, ok. This is just a bit bizarre is all I’m saying...Aaaand sent. There you go.”
“Thank you. Jeez.”
“Also, side note, a “please” would’ve been much appreciated. Just something to take for the future.”
Ok, bye.”
“Oh, well, bye. I lo-”
He hangs up the phone, composing himself before saying,
“Ok, everything should be in order.”
I roll my eyes before swiping his card again. Sure enough, the payment goes through this time. Thank God. I place the card down on the conveyor belt along with the printed out receipt.
“There you go, have a nice day,” I say, forcing a smile,
“That’s it?” he questions in a sarcastic tone, “Come on, Taigy, where’s your hospitality? Can’t I at least get a ‘Goodbye’?”
“Sir, the transaction is complete. I now ask that you exit the premises unless you would like to make another purchase.”
“You’re so mean. What about a kiss?”
“Sir, I don’t take kindly to being harassed. Now, please leave or I will contact security to escort you out of here. And neither of us wants that.”
“Oh, now, you don’t have to go through such lengths, Taigy. Look, why don’t we just hang out after your shift like we used to? I’ll take you wherever you want, get you whatever you want, maybe we’ll go back to my pla-”
“Macy,” a thunderous voice says in the distance, causing Mason to turn white as a ghost, “What did we discuss about saying ‘I love you’ at the end of our calls?”
Mason’s frozen in place as his dad heads in our direction. Oh, sweet, savory, delicious karma, how I adore thee.
“You know how important it is to me that we end every conversation possible with those three words, Macy. Why’s it so difficult for you to say it?”
“Ok, ok, I love you,” Mason says with blatant desperation in his voice, “There. I said it. Now would you please quit calling me that so loud?”
“Oh, now you want proper considerations to be accounted for. I thought I raised you better tha-...Oh...Hello, Taiga.”
“H-hi, Mr. Klef,” I greet back with a wave, barely able to make eye contact.
I am now torn on how I feel. On one hand, I’m in the presence of the person whose marriage I accidentally ruined a few months ago because of a dumb drunken kiss that still eats me up to this day. But on the other hand, Mason’s feeling immensely worse about it for obvious reasons. Both him and his bitch mom’s lives have been turned upside down and I’m the reason why. It’s funny how something as minor as homewrecking can be the cause of such a weird mix of emotions.
“I- uh-...I didn’t know you worked here,” he says,
“Just started a few weeks ago,” I reply as my heart races trillions of miles a second, “It’s-...part of a bet I have going on with a friend. Winner gets $1,000. I’m here in retail and he’s got food because scissors beat paper.”
“Hm. That’s...good...I guess...Keep up the good work.”
“Yeah, yeah, we get it, he’s doing such a good job,” Mason chimes in, “Now, if you’ll excuse us, we were talking about plans for later before you rudely interrupted.”
“Oh...oh...I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to interrupt. I should probably-...get going anyways.”
“Yeah, ok, bye.”
His dad starts to say something, but stops himself before hesitantly turning around and walking back outside. Once he’s out of sigh, Mason turns his attention back to me, saying,
“Anyways, like I was saying, we could go back to my place. Maybe catch up, rekindle that flame maybe. I missed you.”
Is he insane? Not even 15 minutes ago, he was insulting me. Now he’s saying he misses me? I’ll never understand the guys I hook up with. But maybe there is some catching up that needs to be done with someone else.
“You know what?” I respond, leaning forward on the counter, “You’re right. What’s life without reconciliation? My shift ends in about 6 hours. You come back at around that time, then I’ll take you up on your offer. Who knows? Maybe one thing leads to another and I’ll let you show how much you missed me.”
He tries his best to hide his intimidation, failing miserably.
“Alright, then,” he manages to say, “See you in 6 hours.”
“Can’t wait.”
He walks away, trying to look suave, but in reality just looks like he’s just learned what his legs are. Fucking creep. I guess one good thing about dating a dumbass like him is the fact that he never stops to consider things like how the store closes at 9 instead of 12:30. I just wish I could be here to see his stupid ass face.
But enough about him. His dad is all I’m after, anyway. I could smell his grief a mile away. He’s the only reason I feel bad. He’s such a nice guy. He didn’t deserve that ungrateful fucking cow in the first place. And he damn sure doesn’t deserve the pain of finally getting her out of his life. Maybe I can show him a good example of how much better other options can be.
Eventually, the egregious hours pass by and I’m finally free from my cell. I’m really wondering if this $1,000 is worth it at this point. I say my goodbyes to my fellow coworkers before stepping outside and sitting on the bench. I then take out my phone and search my contacts for Mason’s dad’s number. After finding it, I call him and wait for him to answer.
“Hello?” he greets,
“Uh-...hey,” I reply, remembering that blindly walking into something like this probably isn’t the best idea in the world, “It’s-...it’s me.”
“Taiga?”
“Y-yeah. I just-...A friend kinda stood me up and I’m kinda...stuck. Do you think you can...give me a ride?”
“Yeah, sure. No problem at all.”
“Cool. Thanks. You’re the best.”
“Alright, see ya in a bit.”
“Ok, bye.”
I hang up the phone and put it back in my pocket, waiting for my knight in shining armor to appear and rescue me. After a few minutes of waiting, I finally spot his car driving up to me. Once he’s parked in front of the store, he rolls his window down, saying,
“You rang?”
“Maybe,” I reply, opening the door and getting inside,
“Alright, where do you live?”
“Um...I was actually thinking that...maybe we could...go to your place. Just to...you know...talk.”
“Oh...Uh...Ok. If that’s what you want.”
He pulls off and drives back to his house. The car is radio silent during the drive. It’s so uncomfortable and awkward. I should probably be thinking about how I’m gonna start this damn conversation, but it’s kinda hard to find an opening statement to “Hey, so how’s the single life treatin’ ya after the 20 years were crushed before your very eyes?”.
We soon arrive at his apartment before stepping out of his car and heading inside. After shutting the door, he leads me to the living room before we take our seats on his couch. It’s way more rugged than I remember it being. Hopefully, that doesn’t become too much of a problem.
“Soooo,” I start, trying to get the ball rolling, “How’ve you been holding up?”
“Oh...You know, about as well as I can. What about you?”
“Same...Same...Content creation’s really lucrative.”
“Well, that’s good...That is good.”
God, this is so awkward. This used to be easy. It’s so weird what a bit of extra information can add and take away.
“So I couldn’t help but notice Mason with you during your shift,” he says, “What was that about?”
“Uh...It was a bit of an...awkward reunion,” I reply, trying to mask my agitation, but judging from his look of concern, I’m failing miserably, “His memory’s still as sharp as ever. Still carries around that little nickname that Mrs-...Or...Ms. Felder made for me.”
“Oh, wow, I’m so sorry.”
“It’s fine. Demeaning homophobic nicknames never hurt anyone. At least it stopped me from being bored.”
“You want me to say something to him?”
“No, like I said, it’s fine. I just look at it as his way of coping with what happened. Plus, he’s a momma’s boy, so it’s kind of a given that he’d mimic everything about her.”
He snickers before saying,
“Yeah, that boy does have a bit of an obsession with miming that woman, doesn’t he?”
“Exactly. Thankfully, you know better than to do something that dangerous.”
“What do you mean?”
“I meant every word of what I said, you know.”
He goes silent. All he can do is look at me with guilt as he remembers my words that night his wife caught us.
“She didn’t deserve you,” I continue, “She had the best man anyone could ever ask for and she took him for granted. She only took notice when someone else realized your value. Someone that blind has no right leading someone as sweet, passionate, smart, funny, handsome, and tender as you. Mason might not realize that, but it’s good to know that you do.”
“T-Taiga, you ca-”
I bring a finger to his lips, shushing him before straddling his lap and looking directly into his beautiful emerald green eyes, saying,
“She’s not here anymore. She told you loud and clear how much she cared about you by leaving you. If she’s gonna show you nothing but disrespect for that long and end it like that, why show her any kind of respect now that she’s gone? Especially when someone willing to treat you how you deserve to be treated is right here sitting on your lap.”
He stares back into my eyes, taking everything I’m saying into consideration. He then gives me a grin before bringing a hand to my hair, lightly petting me and scratching my ear, making me pur.
“You know what?” he says, “You’re right. She didn’t appreciate anything I did for her. There was always a problem. Nothing I did was good enough for her. I missed out on outings, birthdays, and other events for her. And that’s the thanks I get. Well, since I was apparently such a burden, it’s just one less thing for her to worry about so we both can move on. And now’s as good a time as any to move on, right?”
“I couldn’t agree more.”
And now we find ourselves in the same exact position we were in last time. I’m on his lap, he’s stroking my hair, and I’m getting so lost in his eyes. Just one more thing to make it identical. I lean closer to him, dimming my eyes as I wrap my arms around his neck. He brings his hands to my waist, closing his eyes, too as our lips connect with each other.
Fuck, I’ve been wanting to do this with this man for so long. I couldn’t stop thinking about it ever since it happened. And this time’s even better. His lips are softer than I remember. His touch is more comforting than last time. This feels infinitely better now that I really get to enjoy it this time. And judging from a certain hardening object in between us, I’m not the only one who thinks so.
I would be lying if I said I didn’t let that cross my mind, too the last time we did this. We probably would’ve if that bitch didn’t interrupt. But she’s not here anymore, is she? No, she isn’t. Which means we can go as far as we want with no one telling us we can’t. And I’m gonna start by doing this.
I lightly roll my hips, grinding myself against his hardening cock. I crack my eyes open just a bit to see his reaction. I’m greeted with such an adorable bashful expression from him before he pulls away from the kiss. He starts to say something, but again, I bring a finger to his lips, stopping him in his tracks. I then lean in to his neck, giving it a light kiss before whispering,
“You don’t have to say anything.”
I give his neck a small lick, trailing my tongue from his neck to his chest.
“You don’t even have to do anything if you don’t want to.”
I get off of his lap and onto my knees right in front of him.
“Just let me take care of everything.”
I unbutton and unzip his pants before pulling them to his thighs and grabbing onto the hem of his briefs.
“I’m gonna give you the happiness that you rightfully deserve. You’re such a sweet man, Mr. Klef. It’s about time someone finally acknowledged that in a way that truly matters.”
I pull down his briefs, exposing his hardened, beautiful, 6 inch cock. I then wrap my hand around it, slowly stroking it as I look into his pleasure-filled eyes, earning light moans from my actions. Fuck, he smells so good. And his voice is so sexy. I wanna hear more.
Wasting no time, I lean down and open my mouth before taking his delicious cock inside as far as it can possibly go. I manage around half of his length before bobbing my head up and down his length. He moans in response to my mouth, stroking my hair as I continue worshiping his perfect, big, tender, warm, hypnotizing, intoxicating cock. It tastes so fucking good. And his pre-cum is just elevating the flavor.
I should’ve done this the first time. I could’ve had this wonderful cock to myself for months. Fuck what that fucking skank had to say about it. I could’ve savored his alluring tangy taste, basked in his glorious musk, and melted in the hymn-like sounds of his pleasured moans as he pets me for being his good boy. But I have the opportunity now. And I’m gonna enjoy every nanosecond of this.
I wrap my hands around the remaining half of his cock, jerking it as I continue sucking it. He moans louder, tightening his grip on my hair.
“Fuck, your mouth feels so fucking good,” he moans, “I can’t believe we’re waiting until now to do this. Yeah, that’s it. Use your tongue. Yeah, good boy.”
Those two words...Those two goddamn words...Oh, God, I need him to say them again. But not like this. No. I want to show him exactly how much of a good boy I am. I gradually stop my stroking and bobbing before pulling his cock out of my mouth, already longing for its taste the millisecond it leaves my taste buds. But with what I have planned, the taste just might pale in comparison. I reach into my pocket, reaching for the true star of tonight’s show before I hear him say in a coy tone,
“Whatcha got there?”
I giggle in response before saying,
“Oh, just something that’ll really cement me as being a good boy for you.”
And with that, I present to him, the handy dandy bottle of anal lube I definitely purchased from the store I currently work at with actual real money that was used as the totally real transaction that took place. After one glance at the bottle of heaven in my hands, his smirk grows as I open it.
“And how long have you been planning on this, you naughty boy?” he questions,
“Ever since I saw the sexiest man ever sculpted head into my place of work and bless my eyes with his presence again,” I reply, pouring a generous amount of lube on his dick and coating it by slowly stroking it, “You know me. I’m not much of a planner. I’m more of a here and now kinda guy. So with our little...reunion, I figured you’d be open to a bit of fun.”
“Woah, you’re quite the risk taker, huh? What if I refused.”
“Well, I’d never let this go to waste. And I have my ways when it comes to persuasion. So if you didn’t come to your senses, you’d have quite the video being sent to you to show you what you’d be missing out on.”
He’s completely speechless. Is he really that turned on from the thought of what a naughty boy I’d be willing to be for him? He then answers my internal question as I feel his dick twitching in my hand as I stroke it.
“Oh, what’s wrong, Mr. Klef?” I taunt in a patronizing tone, bringing my hand to his tip and rubbing it, “Cat got your tongue? You thinking about that naughty, naughty video that would’ve been in your possession if this went any other way? It would’ve been something, huh? Watching this little cat boy bouncing up...and down...and up...and down on his toy for your viewing pleasure.”
He looks like he’s gonna blow just from my hand and voice alone. He’s so cute like this. But as cute as this is, I don’t want a single drop of him being wasted anywhere else but inside of me. So I let go of his cock and stand up, taking off my khaki pants, polo shirt, and underwear, saying,
“Well, good thing you don’t have to imagine that happening, huh? You get to watch your naughty boy do it in person. Isn’t that so much better?”
He’s still speechless. Can this man be any more irresistible? I straddle him again, spreading my ass open with one hand and lining his cock up with my other. He helps me by guiding my hips as I lower myself onto him. I soon feel him pushing against my entrance. And after a few attempts, I manage to slide his tip inside. I shudder from the intrusion before grabbing onto his shoulders as he guides me down his shaft. My grip tightens on his shirt as I bury my face in his chest, adjusting to his size. He’s stretching me so much. Mason’s never felt this big. That apple just fell all the way down to hell, apparently.
After sliding his entire length inside of me, I take a moment to adjust to his size. But in the process, I take notice of the fact that my claws have extended. I open my eyes, fearing the worst before being relieved that nothing was damaged...Accept his shirt. I retract my claws, feeling absolutely terrible as I look at the holes before saying,
“Oh, wow, I’m so sorry.”
He gives me an assuring smile before replying with,
“It’s fine. Not like I’m gonna be needing it right now.”
He then pulls his shirt over his head and tosses it aside, blessing me with the sight of his Godlike body. Fuck, he looks so yummy. I bring my hands to his perfect toned chest as I slowly roll my hips. He brings a hand to my waist and the other to my right thigh, looking me in my eyes as if internally asking me if I’m ready. I nod my head, giving him the green light to take me as his. He accepts my invitation, gripping onto my body and carefully guiding me up and down his shaft.
We both moan as he slides in and out of my ass. After moments of careful movements, the pain gradually subsides, leaving me with immense pleasure. I start riding him on my own, moving a little faster than he’s been moving. He’s reaching deeper inside of me. He feels so fucking good.
This is my utopia. Everything about him is just perfect. His looks, his smell, his taste, the sound of his moans, and the feeling of his cock inside of me. He’s the full package. And he’s all mine. Just for me. And I’m his. I want him to say it. I want him to claim me.
“Tell me I’m your good boy,” I beg, bringing my hands to his face, “Please, say it. I need to hear it. I want you to submit my place as yours. Say I’m your good boy.”
He leans in, getting inches away from my face, saying,
“You’re my good boy, Taiga. You’re such a good boy.”
Music to my fucking ears. I ride him even harder, moaning even more before planting my lips on his. He reciprocates the kiss, maneuvering his hand from myhip to my ass. His touch is so addictive. I don’t think I’ll ever get over how much I love when he touches me. No one’s ever made me feel like he does.
He breaks the kiss and latches onto my neck, making me moan even louder. I tilt my head back, giving him better access. I then feel him pulling onto my tail, driving me insane. It’s like he knows all of my weaknesses. I can feel my limit building with every passing second and his actions are just speeding up the process. I don’t know how much more I can take.
“You’re so sexy,” he says in between kisses, “I love when you moan for me. I wanna hear more. Moan for me, sexy boy.”
I do as I’m told, moaning even more for him. I love being his thrall. His smile grows as I obey his command. I then notice his moans getting as loud as mine. He’s about to cum, too.
“Yeah, that’s it,” I encourage, “Cum inside of me. Breed me. Pump me full of your cum. I wanna feel it. I need to feel it. Yes. Yes! YES!!! FUCK!!!”
We both moan, embracing each other as we both reach orgasm. He fills me to the brim with his warm, sticky, creamy sperm and I empty mine in between our stomachs. He strokes my hair, scratching my ears as we ride out our orgasms. I wanna stay like this forever. I could die happy right now in his loving arms.
“So how do you feel knowing you’re gonna be a kitten daddy?” I joke, earning a chuckle from him,
“Looking forward to it. Good thing I have you for practice in the meantime.”
I playfully smack his cinder block of a shoulder before saying,
“Shut up. I’m a full grown cat, you meanie. I wipe my own ass.”
“Oh, well, forgive me, Mr. Maturity. How could I be so mistaken? You’re clearly the picture perfect definition of what an adult is.”
“And don’t you forget it. Now hold me tighter. I wanna take a nap and your hugs are better than blankies.”
He laughs before tightening his embrace as he continues petting me, providing me with the most comfort I’ve ever had as I bury my face in his chest. The room is now radio silent with the exception of my purring from the comfort. I couldn’t be happier. But then I hear the sound of my phone buzzing from my pants. The ultimate mood killer.
“Who’s that?” Mr. Klef asks,
“Doesn’t matter,” I answer, “For all they know, I’m sleeping right now, so answering shouldn’t be that much of a priority right now.”
“Can’t argue with that.”
But that is a good question, though. Who the fuck would be calling me right now? Brad didn’t seem to need anything when he closed up shop. The other coworkers don’t call. They text in the group chat to make sure their message is seen by everyone. I don’t think any friends would be calling at this hour. So whomst?
Who all has my number that would be so desp-...Ooooh. Mason. I forgot all about him. He must be at the store now, wondering where I am now that he finally saw the schedule of the store. Man, am I gonna have quite the explanation for him tomorrow.
Milo couldn’t be happier with his life right now. He’s at the tail end of the worst part of his life, his freelancing career is starting to get off the ground, and he’s now in a relationship with the greatest girl he’s ever come into contact with. He never thought he’d be this happy in his senior year.
“Shut up,” Rosaline says with a giggle, lightly shoving Milo, “I like kittens. Leave me alone.”
“I’m just saying they’re little prissy brats,” Milo retorts with a shrug, “Yeah, they’re cute, but they just go around ordering you around like they own everything. They’re like the late stages for a spoiled rich kid.”
“Well, I don’t care what you say. I’m getting one.”
“And I’m not gonna stop you. I’ll just place it somewhere really high if it annoys me.”
“Then it’ll climb back down and scratch you.”
“Then I’ll eat its food.”
“Then it’ll bite you.”
“Then I’ll bite it back to assert dominance.”
Rosaline giggles again at Milo before saying,
“Oh my gosh, you’re such a jerk.”
“What, you never complained when I ate your kitten before. What’s different now?”
“Milo, stooop.”
As the pair enjoy each other’s company, Milo’s friend, Rayleigh approaches them, taking note of their merriment.
“What’s up, lovebirds?” he starts, “What’s going on here?”
“Nothing much,” Milo answers, “Just discussing how she wants her kitty in my mouth and how it’ll result in me getting scratched.”
Rosaline gasps and blushes at Milo’s phrasing before pounding his shoulder, prompting him to laugh at her embarrassment.
“Classy, you two, real classy,” Rayleigh says with a smirk, “Well, the reason I came over here was to inform you that Alex is inviting everyone to his house for a bit of an end of the year get together. So you guys wanna ride with me or do you wanna continue your kitten conversation at your place first?”
Rosaline pouts at his statement before folding her arms. Milo embraces her in his arm before answering with,
“Yeah, we’ll go. Didn’t think that Alex was the party type.”
“Senior year just brings out the inner party animal, I guess.”
“That honestly doesn’t surprise me. Especially since he’s been stressing like crazy since the year started.”
“Yeah, this might be more therapeutic for him than anything. Alright, I’ll tell him he’s got two others on the guest list.”
Rayleigh walks away, leaving the pair alone again.
“You’re so embarrassiiiing,” Rosaline whines through a playful pout,
“Yeah, you’re right, I’m the worst,” Milo plays along, “Tell you what, I’ll embarrass myself by fucking up a backflip when we get to the party. Will that make it better?”
“Noo. I don’t want you to get hurt.”
“It won’t be permanent. I’ll just knock the wind out of myself.”
“No. You’re not gonna inflict harm upon yourself in any way.”
“Ok, you win, mom. I won’t intentionally hurt myself. But what if I-”
“Oh, hey there, Milo!” a familiar voice says, gathering the pair’s attention,
“How are you doing?” another familiar voice follows.
Milo groans in agitation before palming his face, immediately recognizing the two voices. These two girls have made his and Rayleigh’s entire high school experience a living hell. The fact that they only have to deal with one more month of it couldn’t make them happier. Not only are they gonna be done with school forever, but there’s a fairly favorable chance that they’ll never have to see either of these girls for the rest of their natural lives.
“What do you want?” Milo questions, not even looking at the pair above him,
“Is that any way to greet your best friends?” Bianca teases,
“Yeah, why do you have to be so mean to us?” Jenna chimes in, ruffling his hair.
Not wanting to be framed for inflicting harm on the girls again, Milo just endures the verbal and physical torment.
“Ooo, Milo,” Jenna taunts, turning her attention to Rosaline, “Why didn’t you tell us you got yourself another girlfriend?”
“W-wait, ‘another’?” Rosaline questions, confused at the insinuation, “What is she talking about?”
“Oh, he didn’t tell you about us? Milo, you big meanie. You can’t keep these things from her. You’re in a relationship. You gotta tell her these things.”
Irritated with the lies she’s spewing, Milo snaps back with,
“What? What are you talking about? There was never an ‘us’.”
Jenna brings her hand to her chest before letting out an exaggerated gasp and saying,
“Oh my. So cruel.”
“Yeah, Milo,” Bianca piles on, “Not cool, dude. How could you forget all the good times we all had?”
“You...all?” Rosaline questions with disgust,
“Rose, I swear, they’re lying,” Milo assures, “They’re just a couple of assholes. Let’s just go.”
He stands up, bringing a reluctant Rosaline up with him, but before they can walk away, Bianca stops them in their tracks, saying,
“Wow, quite the language you have there, Milo.”
“Come on, you know good and well that boy has quite the mouth on him,” Jenna says, “Let me tell you something, you’re a very lucky lady. Has he shown you how educated his tongue is yet? He just reaches all the right places, doesn’t he?”
“Well, he’s kind of a cheater. He’s basically obsessed with having you sit on his face. But he more than makes up for it with how much he’ll touch you, know what I mean?”
Rosaline’s face gets redder and redder with every word. Partly because of the perverse speaking from the pair, but mostly because their descriptions of Milo’s actions are 100% accurate in her experience. Their claims are getting more believable the longer she listens.
“Oh, if you think that’s cheating, just wait until you see how he found out how to do those things,” Jenna says, “One look at that internet history would have a nymphomaniac blushing.”
Milo’s immediately shaken to his core as soon as the mention of his search history is mentioned. Taking note of his sudden apprehensive demeanor, Rosaline looks at him with even more disdain than before.
“Not only that, but let’s just say he might have the law giving him the side eye,” Bianca chimes in, further strengthening Rosaline’s suspicions,
“What-...what do they mean by that, Milo?” Rosaline questions, fearing the answer,
“Rosaline, just listen,” Milo starts, trying his hardest to dissolve her suspicions of him.
He takes her hands into his, but she immediately snatches them away, staring directly into his eyes and holding back tears in hers.
“What do they mean by that?” she repeats, demanding to know the answer,
“Well, if you’re that curious, let’s just find out together,” Jenna says, swiping away on Milo’s phone.
Milo, petrified beyond belief, tries desperately to retrieve his phone. But Bianca stops him in his tracks, holding him in place and giggling.
“Seriously, putting your phone in shorts that baggy is just begging people to snatch it,” she says as Milo tries fighting out of her grasp,
“Ok! Let’s see what we have here on Milo Turner’s search history on his phone!” Jenna announces, gathering the attention of everyone in the gym,
“Jenna! No! Stop! Ple-” Milo pleads before Bianca covers his mouth with her hand,
“Alright, let’s see, here! Ahem! Just last night we have: ‘POV Step daughter sucks step dad’s cock while mom sleeps’! ‘Mommy domme pegs her baby boy’! ‘Kitsune femdom erotic audio’! ‘Granny stuck in a wall and begs for anal pounding’! ‘Dragon Maid Kanna Yuri Smutfic’! ‘...Wait a minute...What’s this?!”
Milo, instantly realizing what Jenna has found, tries even harder to break out of Bianca’s hold. But she has him locked in too tight. His fighting proves to be for naught. He’s already overflowing with embarrassment, but if Jenna follows through with exposing what she’s found, he’ll never hear the end of it. So he continues desperately fighting Bianca until,
“Big brother you’re the best
Especially when you touch my breast
I like the way that you touch me
Your chin-chin makes me kimochi
Just put your dick in my mouth
I’ll make it go in and out-”
The entire gym erupts in a mix of laughter, repulsion, second-hand embarrassment, and a combination of all three. Milo can’t even bring himself to look at Rosaline, who is recoiling at him with a look of shock, horror, confusion...and hatred. She doesn’t recognize him anymore. She can’t believe what he’s been hiding from her. And she fears that’s not even a fraction of what he’s been hiding.
Rayleigh snatches Milo’s phone out of Jenna’s hand before frantically closing out of the tab. But the damage is already done. Everyone’s either laughing at Milo or giving him a look of utter contemptment, Jenna and Bianca are joining the former, laughing up a fit, and all Milo can do is sit back down against the closed bleachers and cover his face in shame. Rayleigh then notices that Rosaline is nowhere to be found. He scans the gym for her, catching her angrily storming through the gym door. He then spots Milo’s lime hoodie that he let her wear haphazardly tossed in the trash bin.
From the noises of his peers, to the tragic end of his best friend’s relationship, to the heinous act that the two girls before him committed, Rayleigh is seething with rage. They’ve done some terrible things to them in the past, but this was diabolical. He can’t believe that they would stoop this low. They completely demolished the image of one of the most respected guys in the school. And they’re laughing about it. It’s so infuriating to him. They get to do anything they want with no consequences. No one to teach them what happens when you constantly meaninglessly antagonize. Well, he’s had enough. He refuses to have that be the case anymore. Somehow, someway, Rayleigh will embed that message into their skulls.
A few weeks pass after the incident and Milo continues to remain in his room. He doesn’t bother mending anything with Rosaline, finding it to be a lost cause, he doesn’t interact with his parents, he doesn’t answer Rayleigh’s attempts to reach out to him, he doesn’t even plan on attending school for the last month. He’s too ashamed to bear the thought of showing his face in public with everyone knowing what they know. Thankfully, his grades allow him to afford to do that.
As Milo continues lying in his bed and thinking about his ruined status in the eyes of his former peers, he hears a knock on his door. Believing it to be his mother, he ignores it in hopes that she’ll leave him alone. As expected there’s another knock and it’s met with the same treatment. He’ll set her mind at ease when he eats his breakfast later. He just doesn’t want to see her or anyone.
But things take an unexpected turn as another knock is heard. This time being slightly louder than the previous knocks. However, it still doesn’t prompt a reaction from Milo. He just continues to lay in his bed in hopes that the unwanted visitor will get his message. That is until he finally hears Rayleigh’s voice say,
“Ok, screw this. Open the door, dumbass!”
Milo is taken aback by the subversion, but that still doesn’t motivate him to get out of bed. He still doesn’t want any company. Rayleigh ignores Milo’s nonverbal objection and opens the door himself and steps into his room.
“Sup, dude,” he greets, “Haven’t seen you in a bit. You doin’ alright?”
Milo doesn’t answer. He doesn’t even look at his intruder.
“Yeah, I figured. Don’t worry, I’m not gonna stand here and give you some long-winded boring speech about how you shouldn’t waste your time wallowing away in the confinements of your room and how you need to pull yourself up by your bootstraps and fuck the horse and whatever. Not gonna do any of that. That’s just gonna be a huge waste of time. Instead of telling you to get out of this room, I’m dragging you. Come on.”
He grabs onto Milo’s arm and pulls him out of bed. Milo doesn’t really put up a fight. For one, Rayleigh would just relent until he conceded. Plus, he doesn’t have the energy to persist. It’s just easier to follow along until Rayleigh’s done. The lack of a struggle takes Rayleigh by surprise, but it doesn’t slow him down. He drags his friend downstairs and outside into the passenger seat of his car before stepping into the driver’s seat.
“Ok,” he starts, “We’re gonna go somewhere.”
“Yeah, we’re in a car,” Milo grumbles, wanting this to be over and done with already,
“How right you are. Now, where do you wanna go?”
“Back to my room.”
“Alright, bowling alley it is.”
Milo sighs as Rayleigh grabs his laptop from the dashboard and places it on his lap. Rayleigh then starts typing on the laptop, prompting Milo to look on in confusion. What was the point of asking him if he was just going to type away on his computer? He rolls his eyes before leaning his head on his hand and looking out the window.
But just one glance shakes Milo to his core. Beside him is someone’s car that he doesn’t recognize. He looks forward through the windshield discovering the aforementioned bowling alley. As he takes a moment to process what exactly just happened, Rayleigh just gives him a smug grin.
“Yeah, still wanna be in your room now, Debbie downer?” he questions.
“Wh-.....WHAT?!” Milo shouts, not able to form any other words in his mind,
“Cool, isn’t it? I don’t know what happened, either. I just accidentally spilled some soda on it a few nights ago and it kinda sparked out. A full day in cinnamon and sage coated rice later and I’m in the possession of a keyboard that grants anything I type.”
“Creepy. Wait, cinnamon and sage?”
“Michelle was trying something and mom and dad wanted to be supportive.”
“You know, you say things like this and wonder why I wonder what the hell goes on in your house.”
“ANYWAY, you do know what this means, right?”
“Yeah. We can pretty much do whatever we want.”
“That’s one way of looking at it.”
Milo’s mind immediately starts racing at the infinite possibilities. He’s still trying to fully digest this. Anything that’s typed on that laptop becomes reality. They can travel back in time. They can raise the dead. They can achieve world peace. They can summon super models. They can change the laws. They can reshape the entirety of what they’ve come to know. And no one can stop them.
But Milo’s brainstorming is brought to an abrupt end as he hears Rayleigh typing on his laptop. With curiosity piquing, he asks,
“What are you doing?”
“Just a bit of debt collecting.”
“What do you mean by that?”
Right as he finishes his sentence, Rayleigh along with the rest of the scenery starts to fade. Confusion overtakes his mind as he peculiarly finds himself in a standing position with an unsettling unstable platform below his feet. As reality warps before him, Milo starts getting dizzy. He closes his eyes to avert the shifting setting.
After moments of patiently waiting, he starts to focus on what he can to get a feel of where Rayleigh could possibly have sent them. He takes a step forward, feeling the unstable platform shifting with the weight applied from his step along with a subtle squeak following behind. He immediately recognizes the platform to be a bed. He’s in someone’s bedroom. But as he’s coming to terms with his current environment, he hears something that freezes him in place,
‘Woah, this bottle is stronger than I thought it’d be. I’m already getting light headed.’
There’s no mistaking that voice. That’s Jenna’s. Milo snaps his eyes open, dreading the sight of the soulless blue eyes of the sadistic brunette. However, to his surprise, she’s nowhere to be found. He scans the bedroom for the girl, but she’s not seen anywhere. But during his search, he feels a slightly irritating sensation on his shoulders. He reaches for the source of the feelings, discovering it to be...his long...brown...hair.
‘The hell?’ he questions in his head,
‘Wait, who said that?’ Jenna’s voice questions,
‘Where the hell are you?!’ he exclaims, walking all over the room,
‘What the fuck is going on?! Why can’t I move where I want?!’
Milo relentlessly continues his pursuit, checking under the collection of plushies on the bed.
‘Wait, stop! I just organized those!’
Looking in the closet and carelessly tossing aside the shirts, skirts, dresses, and cheerleader uniforms.
‘Quit it! You’re going to rip them!’
Ripping down the signed boy band and inspiration posters to find a hole or something.
‘No! What is wrong with you?! I got that for my 6th birthday, you asshole!’
But coming up short at every turn. And the constant sounds of disapproval to his actions are driving him insane. Why can he hear her, but not see her? What did Rayleigh do to him?
In his pursuit, he passes by a mirror, catching a glimpse of himself. And with the brief sight of the reflection, he immediately recognizes that something isn’t right. He hesitantly steps in front of the mirror, taking a look at what is shown before him. His growing confusion and anger are immediately mixed with shock and horror.
His rugged hands have been replaced with the soft pale hands that have slapped his butt, earning a loud sound to be heard that caused him to catch the blame and be labeled a perv. His long hairy legs have been replaced with the short smooth legs that pinned down his arms while being force fed worms. His emerald green eyes have been replaced with the soulless blue eyes that gleefully watched his suffering over the years. His lightly bearded stoic face has been replaced with the clean silky face that smiles and laughs at his misfortunes. He is Jenna.
Milo stumbles back in disbelief. He’s in the body of the person he hates more than life itself. Why would Rayleigh do this to him? Where is he?
“Wow, you really don’t make it hard to find out where you are, huh?” he hears Bianca’s voice say behind him.
He turns around to the door and he spots the caramel toned girl standing in the doorframe accompanied with her signature curly brown hair, hazel eyes, and smug grin. He reflexively panics at first, but his mind starts piecing everything together. If he’s been put in Jenna’s body, it’s probably a safe bet that Rayleigh followed through with the obvious. And as if to make it even more obvious, upon further investigation, Milo spots his laptop in her arm.
“Wha-...what did you do?” Milo questions, covering his mouth as he hears Jenna’s voice instead of his own,
“I thought I made myself clear,” Rayleigh replies, “We’re gonna do some debt collecting. Remember? ‘We can do anything we want’. These skanks know damn well what that’s like. Year after year, they’re relentlessly on our necks with no one believing a word of it because ‘They’re such sweethearts. What could they possibly gain from doing anything malicious?’. Well, here they are: drinking alcohol, prank calling authoritarian figures, and committing other various acts that they have no business doing while we tried so desperately to stop them after we just so happened to pass by.”
Milo considers Rayleigh’s words, admitting to himself how fun it would be to give them a taste of their own medicine. But before his voice of reason can speak up, he hears Jenna saying in a dreadful tone,
‘Listen, I don’t know who or what you guys are or what you want, but just take it. Take whatever you want. Just please leave us alone. We don’t wanna cause any trouble. Please don’t hurt us.’
She wants mercy to be shown to her. And there’s no doubt in his mind that Bianca’s pleading for the same thing. They have the nerve to beg for mercy after everything they’ve done. Then his mind suddenly goes back to a few weeks ago. They ruined his image. They decimated most of his friendships. They demolished his relationship. The last thought cements his mind. He wants them to suffer.
“I’m in,” Milo says,
“That’s my boy,” Rayleigh replies.
The night ensues, seeing the pair of vengeful boys finally giving their oppressors their just desserts. Milo mixes a concoction of different drinks with Jenna expressing her disapproval throughout the entirety of her pleas. But her words fall on deaf ears as Milo gulps down every last drop of the drink.
“Woah, Jenna,” Rayleigh taunts, filming his friend’s actions, “Those drinks looked expensive. You sure your parents will be alright with only getting a quarter of those bottles?”
“Oh, don’t worry about that,” Milo replies with his most obnoxious fabricated valley girl impression, “Mommy and daddy will just get more.”
After a few more drink mixes, Milo takes Bianca’s phone, directing Rayleigh to the direction of Jenna’s parents’ room. They giddily giggle at the possibilities as they walk through the door. The very first thing that they spot is Jenna’s father’s nightstand, which contains a wedding photo, a necklace that reads “Love of my life”, a small teddy bear holding a heart containing a picture of Jenna’s mom, a stack of $100 bills, and the start of a bead portrait that looks like it took months to get a corner accomplished.
“Awww,” Rayleigh and Milo say in unison,
“How cute can a couple of people be?” Milo questions, getting closer to the nightstand,
‘No, no please!’ Jenna pleads, ‘Just stop! They’re gonna kill me if you do anything to this!’
“I know,” Rayleigh replies, picking up the teddy bear and gradually pulling at its head, “This is why marriage is so magical. Look at all of these one of a kind artifacts. And you wanna know the best thing about them? They’re just. So. Durable!”
The bear’s head rips off of its torso with Rayleigh’s last word. The pair giggle as Jenna cries in fear of what his dad will do to her after seeing this.
“Oops,” Rayleigh taunts, “Guess I was wrong. Looks like they won’t be needing this anymore.”
He rips the heart out of the bear’s sewed clutches before snapping it in half and tossing everything behind her.
“This might as well follow, right?” Milo says, picking up the wedding photo and throwing it at the wall, causing it to shatter,
“Oooo,” Rayleigh says patronizingly, “You broke iiit. You’re gonna get in trouble!”
He shoves Milo into the nightstand, causing it to knock over and send the beads scattering all over the floor.
“Well I won’t get into that much trouble,” Milo replies, “I just saved dad all that time and energy of finishing up that stupid fucking project.”
“Huh. I guess you’re right.”
They head out of the room with the girls dreading what they’re planning to do with them next. Rayleigh leads them to the dining room table, ensuring that he’s in frame of the video before sitting on the table and looking down at the table cloth.
“Hey, Jenna,” he starts, rubbing the cloth, “This table cloth looks really nice.”
‘Wait! No!’ Jenna begs, ‘Please! My aunt made that!’
“Like it?” Milo retorts, “Aunt Whatsherface just handed it to us. She’s such a fucking cheapskate. She couldn’t even be bothered to use Egyptian silk. Fucking bitch.”
“Yeah. Such a waste of quality if you ask me. But I know how to make it so much better.”
Rayleigh smirks directly into the camera as he crawls to the corner of the table. He then takes his preferred spot, leaning back on his left arm and bringing his right hand to the front of Bianca’s shorts. He rubs her clothed center as Milo continues filming, enjoying the show in front of him.
“It’s only right for such potential to have a more...modern woman’s touch, right?” he questions with a giggle as he pushes the shorts to the side, exposing Bianca’s wet pussy.
Milo gets closer as Rayleigh slowly starts moving Bianca’s hips back and forth, grinding her pussy against the table and soaking the cloth in her juices. He tilts his head back and moans as he starts rubbing Bianca’s moist folds to amplify the sensations. Milo gets a close up of Bianca’s swollen center, getting even more turned on the longer he observes her actions and listens to her sounds of enjoyment.
“That’s one way to improve something so heinous,” Milo teases, getting inches away from Bianca’s center, “You think my aunt would appreciate the honor of having such a pretty little pussy touching her disaster?”
“No doubt in my mind,” Rayleigh says in between moans, “Can’t wait until she sees this. Just the thought of her watching her niece’s friend getting off on her stupid cloth just makes me so fucking wet. Imagine the look on her face if she were here right now.”
“That would be so fucking hot. Maybe she’d wanna thank you in some way for improving her work.”
“Really? Like how?”
Without giving it much thought, Milo leans forward, sticks out Jenna’s tongue, and gives Bianca’s pussy a long sensual lick, prompting another blissful moan. He has no idea what prompted him to do it, but he’s not gonna complain about it. He thinks about repeating the action, but his better judgment emerges as he realizes what he just did. Not wanting to ruin the fun, he pushes his regretful feelings aside and continues filming.
“Ooo, you naughty girl,” Rayleigh says in a sultry tone, “You’re lucky your aunt’s not here now. You’d be punished for doing something so nasty.”
“Well, she’s not here, is she?” Milo responds, “So no punishment for me.”
“I wouldn’t be so sure about that. I have half a mind to bend you over and spank your misbehaving little butt.”
“Yet all you can do is talk about it, so I’m safe.”
Rayleigh slowly stops grinding before hopping down from the table. Milo tries to make a hasty retreat, but Rayleigh’s too fast. He grabs Jenna’s arm and pulls her back as the pair exchange laughter due to the roughhousing. Jenna’s then bent over the table, taking nearly the same exact position that Bianca was, but in reverse as Bianca’s hands explore her body. Milo moans in response to the softness of her hands as her hands reach Jenna’s awaiting butt.
“What, this is what constitutes spanking now?” Milo taunts, “I knew you wouldn’t do-”
He’s cut off as a loud slap is heard after Bianca’s hand swat’s Jenna’s ass. Milo whimpers in response to the sudden slap. But before he can collect his bearings, another strike is delivered, garnering the same reaction.
“What was that?” Rayleigh questions, “You were saying that I wouldn’t, right?”
Another slap ensues as Milo starts grinding Jenna’s pussy against the table, coating her shorts with Bianca’s fluids.
“Bad girls like you need to learn respect.”
Slap.
“You need to know who’s in charge.”
Slap.
“Someone really needs to put bad little girls like you in your place. You need to learn what happens when you step out of line.”
Slap.
With each strike that is delivered, a whimper is heard. And the more spanks that occur, the more those whimpers are heard as moans. Not only that, but the things being said and the way that they’re being said are making Milo feel things he never thought possible. Realizing the effects that the spankings are having, Milo snaps out of his pleasure fueled trance and leans up from the table.
“O-ok, Ray,” he says, stopping the recording, “Tha-that should be plenty to get them back now. There’s no way they’ll push us around anymore. Plus, I’ve read Jenna’s mind and her parents might be back soon.”
“Well, first of all, Bianca apparently made it so that they might not be back until Monday. So she is good for something. Who knew? And second of all, you still haven’t learned your lesson.”
“Oh...Well, uh-...I’m-...Tired! Yeah, just absolutely tired. Yawn, sleep, counting sheep, and what have you. Feminine charms like mine can’t just appear out of nowhere.”
Milo’s slightly taken aback by the last sentence he uttered. He didn’t even mean to say it. But he just brushes it aside, thinking of it as stress taking over for a moment. Meanwhile, Rayleigh looks at Milo, not buying his blatant lies.
“Wanna try something else or do you actually think I’m that stupid?”
“I-...I uh-...”
Milo can’t think of anything. He’s panicking too much. He stumbles on his words for a bit before he’s silenced by Bianca’s finger on his lips as he hears her voice shush him before saying,
“Relax. You know we’re not doing anything wrong. I know we’re not doing anything wrong. We’re just a couple of goofball girls having some fun, right? You like having fun, don’t you?”
The young brunette is conflicted. On one hand, this is going far beyond anything previously anticipated. There was no implication that the night would see both of them in this position. Not only that, but Milo always made it abundantly clear that roleplaying will never be something he indulges in. But on the other, hearing the soothing sexy tones of the ravishing ebony girl as her gorgeous hazel eyes are fixated on the ocean blue eyes of her prey tip the scales pretty significantly.
“N-no,” the confused brunette weakly protests, “B-Bianca, we can’t. We’re...we’re not-...ngh~”
The final protests of the brunette are immediately silenced as Bianca’s lips latch onto her neck, gently sucking on it. Jenna’s then lifted onto the table as she closes her eyes and tilts her head back from the newfound pleasure delivered from Bianca.
“That’s it,” Bianca whispers in between kisses, “Just let go of all that worry and overthinking. Be in the here and now. Don’t worry about what might happen. Feel my lips on your neck. My hands on your nice, soft, delicate body. Yeah, you like that, don’t you?”
Jenna can’t respond. She’s too infatuated with the various sensations coursing through her body. With each kiss, with every word, with every inch of her body that’s being touched by her pursuer, the more she obeys her commands. She’s slowly but surely giving into her desires.
Bianca then trails kisses from Jenna’s neck to her mouth, still exploring her body with her hands under her shirt. Jenna leans back on her hands, balancing herself as Bianca deepens the kiss. This causes Jenna to give in even more. She loves the feeling of Bianca’s lips on hers. She could stay like this forever.
After a few minutes into the kiss, Bianca briefly breaks it to pull Jenna’s shirt over her head. Afterwards, they resume the kiss with Bianca grabbing onto Jenna’s DD cup chest with her right hand and caressing the submissive brunette’s face with her right. Jenna moans into the kiss as Bianca squeezes it. She’s so firm, yet tender with her. She’s never felt anything like this before.
With every moment that passes of Bianca grabbing and kneading Jenna’s chest, the more Jenna longs to have her wrap her lips around her nipple. The thought alone drives Jenna wild. The more she thinks about it, the more she needs it. And as if reading her mind, Bianca pulls away from the needy brunette, trailing kisses down her neck and to her well developed chest. She looks up at Jenna, giving her a coy grin before latching her mouth onto her right breast. Jenna lightly moans as Bianca licks and sucks on her right breast, while squeezing and kneading the other.
The look on Bianca’s face along with the various sensations caused by her worshiping her chest earn more reactions from Jenna. She moans louder, gripping onto the table cloth as Bianca continues enjoying her body. Bianca then alternates, latching her mouth onto her left breast and squeezing the other.
Jenna’s in pure bliss. By this point, her fears and anticipation are nonexistent. She just wants this to go on forever. She’s feeling pleasures that were previously never thought possible. All at the hands of her best friend.
After moments of the intense pleasure, Jenna’s starting to feel an overwhelming sensation rushing throughout her body. Her moans get louder and louder as this extreme sensation builds and builds. Eventually, it proves to be too much for her and she arches her back, lightly spasming as she reaches her orgasm.
Jenna lies back on the table, riding out her orgasm as Bianca looks down at her, giggling at what she’s caused. She brings a hand to Jenna’s bare tummy, lightly rubbing it and saying,
“Good girl. See what happens when you fully give yourself to me? You feel wonderous sensations that you never would have otherwise. Now, do you want more?”
“Y-yes, please,” Jenna replies almost immediately, drunk with pleasure,
“That’s what I thought.”
Bianca guides her hand from Jenna’s tummy to her abdomen, latching her fingers onto the waistband of her shorts before pulling them down below her legs and fully exposing her entire body. Bianca then fully guides Jenna onto the table before taking off her own shirt and shorts and joining her on top of it. Before doing anything else, she observes the girl’s full frame. She watches from her chest as it rises and falls from her catching her breath to her soaking, wet, little pussy. She’s practically salivating at the sight of her. She can’t wait to ravage her. But before she does, an idea crosses her mind.
“You wanna know something?” Bianca starts, bringing a hand to Jenna’s drenched slit and lightly rubbing it,
“W-what?” Jenna answers, enjoying the feeling of her friend’s palm on her cunt,
“I’ve always wanted to have some fun with your flexible little body ever since I saw you do that backbend leg over the head combo.”
“Like how?”
“Oh, maybe something like this.”
Bianca grabs Jenna’s right leg and lifts it to meet her head, making her do a perfect lying split. She then straddles her, connecting both of their pussies with each other and slowly rolling her hips. Both girls moan from the action, staring deep into each other’s eyes as Bianca continues rubbing against Jenna’s pussy.
“Fuck, you’re such a sexy girl,” Bianca moans as her hips start rolling faster, “You look so fucking sexy like this.”
Jenna blushes at the comment, getting even more turned on from it as she continues moaning. Bianca giggles at her bashful demeanor, continuing with,
“Don’t be shy about it, sweetie. As cute as it is, I want you to know how sexy you are. Your beautiful eyes just begging for more, your cute little face expressing how good this feels, and especially your adorable moans from all of this.”
Bianca starts grinding a little harder against Jenna, making her moan even more.
“Yeah, that’s it, kitten. Moan for me. Let me hear how good I’m making you feel. Yeah. Tell me how good I’m making your little pussy feel. Oh, fuck, baby. Yes. That’s right. Just like that. Moan for me. Moan louder for me, baby. Yeah.”
Jenna does as she’s told, moaning louder and louder with Bianca following suit as her pace grows more and more. Not long after speeding up the pace, Jenna gets the overwhelming sensation again. And Bianca’s not too far away from it, herself. Without thinking, she leans down and embraces Jenna in a passionate kiss as both of their orgasms build more and more. Eventually, both release onto each other, moaning into the kiss as they soak the table with their fluids.
Bianca pulls away from the kiss and slows down her movements, allowing both of them to catch their breath. She then looks down at the exhausted girl, caressing her face and giggling before saying,
“Such a good girl. You did amazing, baby. I’m so proud of you.”
Jenna blushes again, secretly loving the comments she’s receiving.
“But you know, I’m kinda wondering what we both taste like together. Aren’t you?”
Jenna slowly nods her head. She can’t deny that she’s at least a little curious about what she tastes like. So Bianca leans back up and pulls Jenna up with her. She then backs away, spreading her legs to invite the brunette to have a taste of their combined fluids. Jenna hesitantly accepts her invitation, leaning down and placing her head in between the ebony girl’s legs. Bianca then brings a hand to the back of her head, guiding her face toward her awaiting pussy. Jenna then sticks out her tongue and drags it along Bianca’s soaked cunt, tasting both of their orgasms. In short, it’s one of the best things she’s ever tasted in her life.
She latches onto Bianca’s pussy, eagerly lapping up her mess as Bianca moans in response to her licks. She strokes her hair, taking in the sight of her friend eating her out. But she’s not content with her having the tasty treat all to herself. She’s entitled to some, too. So while Jenna’s hungrily licking Bianca’s pussy, Bianca leans forward and grabs onto her hips before lifting her bottom half over her top half and presenting her glistening cunt.
Bianca wastes no time. She wraps her mouth around Jenna’s pussy, immediately enticed with their combined flavors. Both girls are now needily savoring each other’s tastes, moaning from the sensations coming along with their indulgence in the tasting. They just can’t get enough of it. And the feeling of their mouths on each other’s pussies is unmatched. They both need more.
Jenna wraps her legs around Bianca’s head, pushing her further into her pussy, and Bianca wraps her arms around Jenna’s torso, doing the same. Bianca slides her tongue inside of Jenna’s pussy, making her moan louder and Jenna does the same. Jenna rolls her hips, grinding her pussy against Bianca’s face for more friction. Bianca brings a hand to the back of Jenna’s head to get the same effect.
Not long after the additional pleasures implemented by both girls are set in motion, the awe inspiring sensation makes its appearance once again, making both of them moan more and more. After moments of the sensations building, both girls release one final time in each other’s mouths, basking in both the second dosage of their fluids and the satisfying feeling of their orgasms.
Once they ride out their orgasms, Jenna plants her hands on the table, lifting her top half up with the help of Bianca. She then leans up in a sitting position on Bianca’s shoulders before descending and straddling her. They engage in another kiss with Bianca stroking Jenna’s hair and Jenna holding Bianca’s face in her hands.
This moment feels so serene to the pair. It’s almost as if after that entire segment, they’ve become one cohesive unit. It’s more than euphoria. It’s more than the joys of sex between them. It’s almost as if they-...
Milo snaps his eyes open, deeply inhaling as he catches his breath, coughing in the process. Once he’s composed, he takes a second to observe his surroundings. He’s in Rayleigh’s car.
‘Did I fall asleep? What the hell just happened?’ he internally questions.
Just as he has that thought, the memories of what had just occurred flood his mind. The sleepover, the damage, the-...He recoils at the thought of it all. He’d just had sex with the two most despicable people he’s ever known.
“So how do ya feel?” he hears Rayleigh’s voice say beside him, shocking him to his core, “You still gonna be a negative Nancy?”
“Ok, don’t you dare think I’m gonna go through that and not expect a fucking explanation from you!” Milo interjects,
“Alright, alright, jeez. Basically, I had us infiltrate their bodies for a bit to give them a taste of their own medicine. And the only way to get back was either when I said so or when their parents got back. And...well...I didn’t say so.”
“And you couldn’t have told me any of that because-?”
“Because it was fucking hilarious listening and watching you run around that damn room like a chicken with its head cut off while trying to figure out what was going on.”
“Well, fuck you, too.”
“You already did, gaylord.”
“First, we were in female bodies, so that’s incorrect, stupid. Second, even if it worked like that, you initiated, so you’d be the gaylord.”
“Spoken like a true gaylord.”
“Ugh. Whatever. You’re lucky that was actually kinda fun.”
“So no more lying around like a sad sack?”
“We still got that footage?”
Rayleigh pulls out his phone, saying in a smug tone,
“Oh, this isn’t going anywhere.”
“Nice. And everything’s transferred over?”
“Yup. The power of modern day technology and other science mixed in.”
“I still can’t believe that. That’s insane. Wait! Hang on a second. I just remembered something.”
“What?”
“You said that we’re only here because her parents came home early, right? Doesn’t that mean they’re getting chewed out right now because of what we did?”
“Oh yeah. You’re right.”
“You thinking what I’m thinking?”
“Typing it in now.”
It’s not fair. Why do people keep treating me like this? It’s not my fault. I didn’t ask to be born like this. And it’s not like I’m being a nuisance. I try to stay out of everyone’s way as much as I can. So why? Why does everyone feel the need to make fun of me? To laugh at me? To hurt me? Did I say something I shouldn’t have to someone really important? I didn’t mean to. This isn’t right.
“Ooo, what a fox,” I hear as I walk through the halls. I clench my bag.
“Hey, say something, foxy,” I hear someone else say. I walk faster.
“Shouldn’t pets be on a leash?” someone else adds on. My eyes start to water.
“Nevermind that, where’s her owner?” someone else chimes in. I run on the brink of tears, hearing nothing but the sounds of everyone’s amusement.
I make it to my safe space. It’s an empty hillside marked by a single oak tree. It’s pretty far from the school and very secluded from society. It’s the perfect place to go when I need to calm down. I place my bag down and curl up beside the tree, recalling the events of the day. They do nothing but push me. Pull my tail. Ask me what I say...Laugh at me. That’s the worst of it. They laugh at me. I hate it. I don’t know how much I can go through with this.
A few tears hit the ground. They’re doing this to me. I come to them in kindness and they do this. Maybe I should transfer again. There’s bound to be a place for me where I can be amongst humans without being jaded. There has to be. Right?
In the midst of my thoughts, I hear a noise. Footsteps? Uh oh. I thought no one knew about this place. That’s why I come here. I climb the tree, hiding in the leaves, waiting for the person to appear then leave.
The source of the footsteps appears and it’s...a boy? Oh no. The uniform. He’s from the school. Did he track me down? Why won’t they just leave me alone? Wait, what’s he doing? Why’s he kicking a rock? What did the rock do? Do these people have no bounds? Why must they pick on the defenseless? Wait, it doesn’t seem that he’s enjoying it. He seems...dour? Why? He gets closer, still kicking the poor rock. He eventually stops and stares at the horizon before sitting down and sighing.
“That poor girl,” he says, picking up the rock, “She gets chastised every day just for being different. Where is she? I swear I saw her go somewhere over here. Hm.”
What? He followed me? Why would he follow me? What could he possibly want? I cause nothing but trouble for anyone I come into contact with, so friendship’s out of the question. Did I drop anything out of my bag?...MY BAG!!! Pleasedon’tnoticepleasedon’tnoticepleasedon’tnoticepleasedon’tnotice! Ah! He’s noticing!
“Huh?” he says after noticing, “Is this her bag?” He stands and picks it up, scanning the area. He then looks up at the tree. Fuck! He takes a step towards it. Screw it. I dive out of the leaves, catching my bag in my mouth after scaring him. I then make a run for it on all fours just so he won’t keep up with me. I hear him calling after me as I run, but I don’t look ba-...Wait, how is it that it sounded close? I turn around to see that he’s nearly on my tail. Literally. Can humans really be this fast?!
“Hey!” he calls out, “Hang on a second! I just wanna talk to you!”
Liar. I can smell the stench of that lie from a lightyear away. I speed up to create some distance between us before casting a wall of blue fire with my tail. I stop in my tracks to make sure I didn’t hurt him. Doesn’t sound like it so that’s good. Looks like I’m in the clear. That is until I see him emerge from the flames. How tough is he?!
I try to start running again only for him to tackle me and lock me in place. I try breaking free, not wanting for him to do anything to me like...Petting me? What the hell? Is he really petting me? I start to calm down, both because he’s clearly not trying to hurt me and this actually feels...pretty...good.
“Shh,” he starts in a soothing tone, “I’m not gonna hurt you. You don’t need to be scared. I just wanna talk. That’s all. Calm down.”
I eventually comply, sensing no ill intent from him. He seems like a really strong human. I’m sure if he wanted to do anything by now, he would have.
“There we go,” he continues, “See? I don’t wanna hurt you. You’re safe.”
But can I trust him, though? Just because he hasn’t already, doesn’t mean he doesn’t plan to-ooooh yeah. Right there. Right behind the ear. There we go. Keep scratching. Yaaaaay. His scratching is making me melt. Fine. We can talk. Just don’t ever. Ever stop.
And of course he stops. Perfect. I look at him and he looks back at me. I give him a wanting stare and he gets the message. He continues with the ear scratches and once again, I’m in pure bliss. This is heaven. Keep it up. Please.
“You seem to be enjoying yourself,” he says. I snap out of my daze before saying,
“Animal instincts. I am a fox.”
“Really? Couldn’t tell.”
“Cute.”
“Nope. Only one of us here holds that title.”
He pokes my nose and I blush. Is he serious? Does he actually find me cute?
“Tell you what,” he says, picking me up and walking, “How’s about we talk at my place? It’s starting to get chilly. I wouldn’t want you to freeze.”
“Oh, I couldn’t,” I respond, “I wouldn’t wanna impose.”
“Nonsense. You’re more than welcome to convene at my humble abode.”
“Well, ok. Thank you.”
“Sure thing.”
He continues walking while carrying me. He’s so warm and comfy. It’s so nice. He feels like a mobile bed. I instinctively burrow into his chest. He just feels so good. Eventually, we get to his house and he steps inside. He places me on his couch and he sits in a nearby chair.
“So,” he starts, “Fox girl, huh? That’s gotta be something.”
“Nothing that exciting,” I respond, “One minute, I’m watching a movie, the next, I’m scratching a flea out of my tail. Pretty dull.”
“Well, you make it interesting. That fire trick is something else. How’d you do that?”
“I was born with it. Fire’s kinda like my heartbeat. Always got it and it’s always handy.”
“Now, when you say ‘born’, does that mean your parents are…”
“Ummm, well, that’s kind of a weird story. Please promise not to judge.”
“Wouldn’t dream of it.”
“Alright, well, my father was a very adventurous man. He was a chemist who did studies on human and animal hybrids. One day, he befriended a fox, and here I am, a human girl with a bushy tail and some ears. I told you it’s a weird story.”
“Doesn’t mean it’s bad. Are they still in the picture? You’re saying ‘was’ a lot.”
I clench onto my skirt. This part is always the hardest to get through.
“Oh, I’m sorry,” he says after seeing my reaction, “If you can’t say, it’s fine.”
“No,” I respond, “It’s fine.”
I let out a sigh. Don’t cry. Don’t cry.
“I was seen as just an experiment to him. He’d study my every move, question me at every opportunity, buy me things just for the sole purpose of noting my reaction; of course it was fine at first because I was just a cub. I didn’t know any better. But he’d also focus on negative spectrums: responding coldly to some of my questions, shooing me when I wanted to play, ‘unintentionally’ pushing me, etc. But it wasn’t until I was fifteen when I started to piece together that he didn’t really want me. I confronted him about it, he denied, I pushed harder, he broke, we fought, he said some things, I said some things, and I thought that was the end of it. Until the next day when I found that he set my mom free. He wiped her memory of my existence and sent her back to the wild. My mother was the only one who cared for me. We were so close. And that bastard ruined it. We fought again. He threatened to get rid of me and start over. I slapped him and told him I never wanted to see him again. Then, I left and never looked back. But I noticed that people of a certain age get into trouble when they’re not in school. So to prevent that, I’ve been using school as sort of like camouflage for five years. Oh, I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have told you all of this. I know it’s too much to take in.”
Judging by his reaction to the story, he seems upset. I knew I shouldn’t have dragged it out for so long. I’m pretty sure a simple “no” would’ve sufficed. Now he’s traumatized. I should just go. I don’t need to be telling people my life’s story.
“I should probably go,” I say standing up, “Again, I’m sorry for taking this much of your time.”
Before I can take a step towards the door, I feel him grab my arm. He turns me around and embraces me in a hug. I’m confused. Why’s he doing this? I thought hugs were given when you care about someone. Does he care about me? That can’t be. No one cared about me before. So why him?
“I’m sorry,” he says. Does he feel sympathy for me? Have I finally met someone who’s not spiteful of me? Am I finally doing something right?
I hug him back, realizing that I’m sobbing. Why am I crying? Did reliving that experience affect me more than I thought it would? No. The feeling I have right now doesn’t match it. Yes, the story still hurts, but the feeling seems to originate from him. But he isn’t hurting me or making me sad in any way. I don’t understand. What am I feeling?
“Are you ok?” he says, noticing my tears, “I’m sorry. I didn’t realize the story would be that painful. I shouldn’t have made you go through it again.”
“It’s not that,” I correct before sniffing, “I don’t know why I’m crying. There’s this feeling I have right now. I don’t know what it is. But I feel that you’re causing it. You’re the first person to ever listen to me or speak to me without shaming me. What is it?”
“I see,” he responds, “Tell me, the feeling you feel right now, is it similar to the feeling of the bond you had with your mother?”
“Well, it’s not quite there. Nothing ever compared to it. But there’s hints of it.”
“Ok, so that means that you care for me now. Some call it a feeling of love.”
Love? I’ve heard it here and there in shows and movies. Is that a real thing? If it is and this is what I’m feeling, I don’t want it to end. Well, maybe it can slow down a bit. It’s starting to become overwhelming.
“Is it supposed to be this intense?” I question, “If so, how can I tone it down.”
“Well, I’m afraid it’s not that simple,” he responds with a chuckle. That’s a shame. Wait, what’s that look he’s giving all of a sudden. He looks like he’s seen a ghost.
“Wait,” he continues, “You said the feeling’s becoming intense, right?”
“Yeah,” I respond,
“And You’re half fox, correct?”
“I am.”
He then pulls out his phone, frantically typing. I’m getting a little freaked out. What’s going on? His face then changes from mortified to something else. It’s redder than my tail. Is he mad? What’s wrong?
“Ummm,” he finally says in a shaky tone, “Alright, so...Are you aware of the month?”
“December,” I answer, “Why? What’s wrong?”
“Oh boy,” he says, scratching the back of his head, “I assume you’ve never had...the talk.”
I’m taken aback. Why’s he bringing that up now? It’s hardly the time nor place. We’ve just met. Humans and their hormones.
“I have,” I respond, blushing, “It’s when two humans, both man and woman, get together and...procreate. But I hardly see what that has to do with anything.”
“Ok, you have one half of the spectrum, but what about the other half?” he questions. What does he mean? I’ve only ever been taught on the human portion. I’d assume it’s the same for foxes. I’m so lost. I guess he sees my confusion, so he says,
“Have you ever heard of the term ‘In heat’?”
“Yes,” I respond even more confused, “What does warmth have to do with procreation? And what does that have to do with anything? You’re being strange.”
“Wow, ok,” he says, taking a deep breath, “Never would’ve thought I’d explain this to a fox, but here we are. Alright, at certain parts of the year, typically around this time in December all the way into March, foxes have a cycle in which they have a deep need to...fulfil certain...urges. Us humans refer to it as going in heat.”
Well, now I’m embarrassed. Not only does a human know more about my anatomy than I do, but I just had to exude the most embarrassing quality. I’ve never gotten why characters wanted to be killed when bashfulness strikes, but now I do. I hide my face in my hands, unable to even face him anymore.
“It’s fine,” he says, “It’s just nature. Nothing to be ashamed of.”
He’s so kind. But I wish he’d tone it down. It’s just making the feeling worse.
“There’s a way to stop it,” he starts, “But I’m not sure you’d like it. Like you said, we just met, so that’d be weird.”
Under normal circumstances, I’d completely agree, but this feeling is becoming more and more unbearable by the second. I don’t think I care anymore.
“No,” I say, “Let’s do it. I mean, if it’s a known method, it can’t be too bad, right?”
“Well, only if you’re sure,” he says,
“Positive. Please, just make this stop.”
“Ok, follow me.”
He heads up his stairs and I follow him. We walk into a room and he shuts the door. Is this his room? It looks nice.
“Ok, so to do this, you’re going to need to get undressed,” he says.
I blush before nodding and stepping out of my shoes. I then remove my blouse and skirt, foreboding what next two articles of clothing have to follow. Then the feeling makes its presence known, knocking away that thought. I take a breath before unclasping my bra, letting it fall to the floor as I cover my breasts. I then pull down my panties and cover my...area, turning my head away from him. I noticed he removed his shirt, but stopped moving when I finished. I can feel him gazing at my body. While embarrassing, it is a little endearing. But the former overlaps it.
“Don’t stare like that,” I say, “It feels weird.”
He chuckles before removing the last of his clothing. I glance towards him and he’s stunning. I’ve never seen anyone without clothes on, but if they looked anything like this, I want animals and humans to switch views on clothing arrangements. He steps towards me, freezing me in place with his eyes of desire. I almost feel like I’m in the presence of a hungry wolf as he circles me, waiting to devour me.
He gently shoves me to a nearby wall. I gasp at his sudden action before he stands before me, towering me. He then lifts my chin with his finger before closing the gap between our lips, giving me a passionate kiss. I feel his hand touching my body, tracing and exploring it with every touch. Yes. Touch me more. Please. His hand then lands on my right breast, grabbing and kneading it as his other hand lifts my left leg.
He then takes his leg and pushes it to my center, sending a jolt of pleasure to that one spot and causing me to let out a light moan. Fuck, that felt incredible. Do it again. Please, do it again. Do whatever you want to me.
My silent pleas are answered as he starts moving his leg, causing more moans from me. Without thinking, I start grinding on his leg, causing an even greater feeling. More. Give me more. I need it. But to my dismay, he removes his leg. He breaks the kiss and says,
“You liked that, huh?”
I bashfully nod my head.
“Well, you’re gonna like this even more. He slides his hand from my breast all the way down to my center, rubbing it.
I gently moan, letting him know that he was right. This is infinitely better than his knee. After a moment, he speeds up his movement, causing me to moan louder and more frequently. Eventually, he stops again. But now he’s bringing his hand to his mouth. What’s he-...And he’s licking some clear fluid from one of his fingers. What? It doesn’t look like what typically comes from there, thank goodness, but still.
He sees my confusion and brings his other finger to my mouth. I reluctantly give it a small lick. It’s surprisingly good. I take his finger in my mouth, licking the rest of the fluid. Eventually, he takes his finger back and puts it back on my center. But this time’s different. He’s not rubbing anymore. He’s going under. Before I can question his methods, I feel an intense wave of pleasure as he sticks his fingers inside of me. I let out a loud moan as he does so. He then starts thrusting his fingers in and out of me, causing more moans to escape me. He smirks at me before speeding up his movements, sending me into pleasure heaven. I don’t ever want this to end.
“Fuck, this feels even better,” I say in between moans, “Keep going. Please don’t stop. Oh, it feels so good. It feels so good. Yeah. Just like that. Oh yeah. Deeper. Please go deeper into me. Oooo. Fuck yeah.”
“Yeah, you like that, don’t you?” he questions,
“Yes. I love it. I love your fingers going deeper into my hole. It’s so good.”
I’m making such lewd noises, saying such lewd things, feeling such lewd feelings, all because of him. Is this also what it means to love? It’s glorious. He makes me feel so special. I never would’ve thought I’d want this, but he has to be my master. No one else makes me feel as complete as he does. I want to be his. I want him to own me.
“You’re really getting into it, huh?” he whispers in my ear, sending a shiver down my spine,
“Yes...master,” I whisper back. Wait, now he’s stopping. And he’s making an even more devious face. Was I not supposed to make that commitment yet? Is this the equivalent of proposing? Before I can say anything else, I’m picked up and carried to the bed. He places me down and spreads my legs. He then leans down, wrapping my legs in his arms, and starts licking my center, sending an even greater jolt all throughout my entire body. I instinctively arch my back and start moaning. This feeling is insane. Why do people celebrate Christmas when this can happen? I then feel him suck on a specific part of my center and it drives me wild. I grip onto the sheets, letting out even lewder moans than before.
“Yes!” I yell out, “Right there! Fuck! Oh yeah! Please keep going! Please! Suck on me more! Ah!”
His mouth feels so good on me. It’s like everything before now was just a dream and I’m finally being awakened. I don’t ever want to sleep again. He once again gradually stops his movements. This time, I’m just getting excited. It seems like every time he stops, we do something even better.
He places his hand on my stomach, lightly rubbing it. Ooo. That’s nice.
“So you want me to be your master?” he questions, still rubbing my tummy, “You want to be my little pet?”
“Yeah,” I respond, still savoring his touch, “I want to be yours.”
He pats my tummy a few times before turning me over. What’s going on now? He then lifts up the lower part of my body. I blush as my rear is presented to him. I then feel something rubbing against my entrance. Wait, are we gonna procreate? Am I gonna bear his children?
“You might wanna brace yourself,” he warns, “I’ll start out slow, but this is gonna hurt a little, ok?”
I’m scared but I trust him. He is my master after all. Plus, this is such a popular activity. How bad could it actually be-eeeeeaaahhhh! He grabs my hips and slowly pulls me towards him. Holy hell this hurts! But I can tough through it.
He then stops everything, rubbing my back for comfort. Eventually, the pain subsides. Huh. That wasn’t so bad. I let out a breath of relief. I guess he took this as a sign to move forth. He firmly grasps my hips and starts slowly moving in and out of me. With each thrust, pleasure starts taking the place of the pain. Soon, pleasure is all I can feel and I let out a light moan. He speeds up his movements a bit, earning louder moans. He then leans down to my ear, whispering,
“This is what us humans call ‘fucking’. If you want to feel even better, call to your master.”
Today just gets more and more informative. Not only have I just been informed that “Fuck” has a different side to it, but now I know just how amazing the human body is. This has been an interesting day. And now I’m feeling sensations I’ve never felt before. I want more. I need more.
“Master,” I call out. He speeds up the pace. More.
“Master.” He speeds up more. Even more.
“Master!” I cry out. He thrusts harder and faster, grabbing onto my breasts. Fuck, this is perfect. It almost feels like he’s getting deeper with each thrust. I love it.
“Yes master,” I moan out, “Fuck me. Fuck your little pet. Push deeper into me. Ooo. It’s so big. I love it. I love you. Claim me, master. Make me yours. Nobody else’s. I belong to you. Yes. Yes. Yes. Harder. Deeper. Faster.”
He’s driving me insane. I never would’ve guessed anyone would turn me into this. I love being a pet. If only I knew this is what came with being one. Why is it looked down upon if it feels this goooood?
Eventually, I start to get another new feeling. It’s building with every second. It’s the most extreme feeling I’ve ever felt.
“Master,” I cry out, “Something’s coming. What is this?”
He turns me around again and pins me to the bed, continuing his pace.
“This is called an orgasm,” he explains through breaths, “Otherwise known as cumming. And when you do, you’ll be a good girl. You wanna be a good girl for your master?”
I frantically nod my head. There’s nothing more that I want than to be a good pet for my master.
“Then make me proud and cum.”
I want to make my master proud. I’m gonna do it. I’m gonna cum for you, master. Watch me. Watch me as I cum for you. My orgasm builds more and more. Soon, I arch my back and let out a loud moan, feeling something come out of my center. There are no words for what I’m feeling right now. I feel like I’m constantly dying, but a little bit of life is returning to me. Moments later, the feeling settles, but my master keeps going.
“Good girl,” he says, still thrusting, “You enjoy yourself?”
I only manage to nod my head. It’s all I can do. I’m so drained.
“Good. Now here’s your reward.”
He thrusts a few more times before letting out a groan. I then feel something warm and sticky enter inside of me. Is this his cum? There’s so much. I love it. I’m officially his. I’m gonna have babies. This is so exciting. I’m going to be a mother. He takes a few minutes to catch his breath, then slowly pulls out of me.
“You’re such a good girl,” he says, petting me. It feels so nice being complimented. Especially by my master. “Now, here’s your treat. You get to clean me off.”
I never thought cleaning would be a treat, but hey, he’s my master. His rules.
“Ok,” I respond. I stand to go look for a rag and some soap, but before I take a step, he grabs my arm and chuckles.
“No no no,” he says, “With your mouth.”
I can clean things with my mouth? But mom always said it was “unsanitary”. Oh well. My master said so, so I’m gonna do it.
“Oh,” I say, “Alright. So how do I do it?”
“First, get on your knees.”
I comply.
“Open your mouth and stick out your tongue.”
I comply, confused.
“Good girl.”
He then positions his member to my mouth.
“Now, suck on this until it’s all clean.”
I wrap my lips around his appendage, sucking on it, savoring the taste of our combined fluids. He then grabs my head and moves it back and forth, letting out light groans in the process. I must be doing a good job. I’m making my master feel so good. He must be so proud of me.
“Yeah, that’s right,” he says, “Suck on master’s dick.”
“Dick?” Is that what this is? Wow, that just changes my perspective of anyone who’s ever been called that as an insult. I suck harder and move my head faster on my own, garnering better and better reactions from him. I bet I can do you one better, master. I slide more of him in my mouth, reaching the base of his dick, maintaining my speed.
“Fuck!” he calls out, “Fuck yeah! You’re such a good girl. Keep sucking. Don’t you fucking stop. Look at me. Look up at your master. Look at who you belong to.”
I do as I’m told, locking eye contact with my conqueror. The look on his face gives me euphoria. I’m bringing him such joy. He starts petting my head. He’s the best master I could’ve ever asked for.
After a few moments of sucking his dick, I feel it twitch. I take it as a sign that he’s about to cum. He pulls my mouth off of him and says between groans,
“Open your mouth and stick out your tongue like before.”
I comply as he takes his hand and squeezes onto his dick, rapidly moving it up and down the length of it. He then lets out a grunt shooting ropes of his cum on my face and in my mouth. I swallow what I can as he catches his breath. He then grins at me.
When he composes himself, he goes over to his pile of clothes saying,
“Stay right there for a moment.”
I obey. He reaches into his pocket, pulling out his phone. He walks back over to me pointing it to my face.
“Smile,” he says. Before I can, I’m blinded by the light and hear a click, realizing that he took a picture of me like this. It’s an odd way of commemorating a memory, but to each their own.
“That was amazing,” I say after he puts his phone down,
“I’m glad you enjoyed it,” he says, “But it’s getting a little late. I should probably be taking you home now.”
Oh right. I have one of those.
“Ah, yeah,” I reply, “Right. That’s probably the move.”
“Alright, let’s clean up your face, get dressed, and we can go.”
He hands me a towel and I wipe my face of his essence before putting my clothes back on. Throughout all of this, the last hour just went on repeat in my head. Every sensation I felt, every sound I made, every look he gave me, it was just phenomenal. I want to do this again. Surely he does, too. He’s so eager for next time, he’s already dressed. When I finish getting dressed, we both head downstairs and out the door.
On our way to my house, we crack a few jokes and have some really thought provoking conversations. We even had a debate on what our future children would look like. When we get to my house, we take a moment to stare at each other. He’s so gorgeous. This is my master. I belong to this man alone. Nothing can change that.
He embraces me in his arms and kisses my neck, causing me to let out a light gasp. No fair. Now I’m gonna struggle to wait until next time. You’re so mean, master. He lets go and says,
“See you tomorrow, pet.” He then heads home. I step inside my house before leaning back first on it and sliding down. I’ve always wanted to do that. And now I have a reason. There’s finally a person who truly cares about me. And he owns me. I can’t wait to see him again. I head to my room, reliving my amazing experience before drifting to sleep.
The next day approaches and I couldn’t be happier. I get to see my master again. I prepare for the day and head to the school. As I’m walking, I get the usual stares and snickers from the usual people. But that’s not getting me today. Nothing can upset me anymore. Nothing will get to me anymore. As long as I...have...him.
What I see before me, causes my heart to stop. I reach the school and see a print out of a photo of me. But not just any photo. It’s the photo from last night with my master. Who did this? Why did they do this? How did they do this? Did they steal his phone?
Before I question it even more, my joy returns when I see my master. But what’s he doing with the bullies? Oh, right. He’s new here. He doesn’t know that they’re jerks. I walk over to him.
“Master!” I call out, “Master, it’s me!”
He turns to me. But he doesn’t seem too thrilled. I guess he saw the pictures, too.
“Master, it’s terrible,” I start, “I need to speak to you. It’s urgent.”
“Oh no,” he says mockingly, “Don’t tell me some dashing rogue put up some images of the aftermath of him thrashing your little fox hole last night.”
He laughs along with his crew. What?
“Don’t you get it?” he continues, “You’ve been played, you little whore. And I’m sure as hell not your master. Come on, you really thought I just so happened to be following you on that day in particular? Wow. For a freak accident of a crazy scientist and a dumb fox, you’re really just as dumb as they come.”
What?
“Now, just do us all a favor, alright? See if you can get someone over there to claim you. See if you can get more pics like this. And please get them to have you say things like this again.”
He pulls out his phone and my voice starts playing.
“Fuck me. Fuck your little pet. Push deeper into me. Ooo. It’s so big. I love it. I love you. Claim me, master. Make me yours. Nobody else’s. I belong to you. Yes. Yes. Yes. Harder. Deeper. Faster.”
I feel...funny. My heartbeat is the only thing I can hear now. I can’t see anything as clearly anymore. It’s all blurry. I can’t move. Why can’t I learn? Humans are nothing but scum. Why would I trust them? Why would I let them get in my head like this? They don’t want companionship. They just use. Manipulate. Hurt. Well, I’m done. No more. Humanity is nothing to me. They can burn for their sins.
Huh? My vision is returning. Why is everything blue? Wait, I think I can hear something. Birds? Ooo. Nice. Wait, something else...fire? Hang on, does that mean I can move now? I sit up and realize I’m in the middle of some rubble. Huh. Maybe I should find a different form of camouflage.
“10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, blast off!” I announce to the crew.
Funny how something as simple as that still sends chills down my spine. Granted, it isn’t really relevant in this case. Ships and rockets are completely different. But I don’t care. It’s fun.
I wave at family, friends, colleagues, and everyone else gathered around to watch us take off before finally putting a year’s worth of dreams and plans into action. I start gaining momentum, preparing to take flight as everyone else braces themselves. Once I gain enough speed, I bring us off of the ground and retract the wheels. We are now airborne. I guide us all the way to the top of the world, taking in the last sight of the beautiful land that I’m gonna get for 6 months. See you soon, guys. Once I’m far enough in the air, I bring my hand hovering above the thruster controls, preparing for the jump.
“Alright, hang on, everyone,” I warn, turning to my crewmates, “It’s gonna get a bit bumpy.”
After they grab onto their solid objects, I activate the thrusters and go full throttle, pushing us through the thermosphere all the way to the exosphere with the g-force proving to be strong, but us proving that we’re stronger. You’re nothing to us, science!
Once we breach past the last layer of the Earth, I ease up on the acceleration, bringing us to a stable cruising speed. All of us take a breath, relaxing as we head toward our target. I then decide to lighten the mood even more by turning on the intercom and saying in my best pilot voice,
“Attention, passengers, this is your captain speaking. You’ll be happy to know tha-”
“Alex, we’ve been through this,” Mandy intervenes, “You can either do the countdown or the pilot bit, but not both.”
“Apologies for my lack of fucks to give about your stipulations that I don’t seem to recall agreeing to. Furthermore, I am in possession of the steering wheel, so therefore I make the rules. And the first rule: I’m your captain.”
Everyone laughs at my comment with Jaqui saying,
“You’re such an asshole.”
“Affirmative,” I continue with my flawless pilot impression, “Now, like I was saying, you’ll be happy to know that we’re in pursuit of the unidentified flying object within Earth’s atmosphere and it should be smooth sailing from here on out. So you’re welcome to maneuver about with your magnetic boots on the ground at all times. We wouldn’t want another Dani moment, now would we?”
“I thought we agreed to never make that a thing,” Dani whines,
“And I thought I made it abundantly clear on how I feel about these stipulations that I’ve never agreed to, but here we are.”
“Plus, it’s not our fault that you thought floating around would be cool,” Jaqui chimes in,
“I told you I forgot where I put them,” Dani replies,
“They were right by your bed,” Mandy points out,
“You guys are mean.”
“We love you, too,” I say, smirking at her before turning back to the space road, “Now, quiet down. We’re here.”
We inch closer and closer to the foreign material. Jeez, it looks even weirder up close. I’ve never even seen anything like it. What’s that even made out of? It looks sleeker and more sturdy than any metal I've ever seen.
“Alright,” Jaqui starts as I bring the ship to a stop, “Soooo, now what? Do we just go up there and ring the doorbell?”
“We’re here to ask another species questions about their intentions, Jaqui, we’re not asking for sugar,” I reply,
“Fine, then. What do you suggest we do, ‘captain’?”
“Well, I’m glad you asked, my underling. The xeno station discovered a mutual galactic symbol that portrays docility. And Lincoln just so happened to stitch together a 60x90 flag that displays that symbol.”
“Uhhh...when?” Dani asks,
“Last month. They told him to make sure that he set it up under the ship.”
“Wait, wait, they told Lincoln to set that flag up on a ship a month before we did this?” Jaqui asks, confused,
“Well, yeah,” I confidently answer, “He was the only one who knew how at the time.”
“Do you really see nothing wrong with anything you just said?” Mandy questions,
“What? You guys are acting like he’s untrustworthy.”
“No, we’re acting like Lincoln was transferred to a different department 2 months ago because there was a message from the aliens that no one else could decypher,” Jaqui says, “You know, the one where it said that they will only speak to females. Hence the reason we’re here in the first place.”
“What? No. He left right before his birthday.”
“Which was?”
“....GODDAMMIT!!!!”
“How could you not realize this?!” Dani interjects,
“How was I supposed to know that the people relaying the message to me were wrong?!”
“Oh, I don’t know, maybe asking?! Or at the very least checking the damn cargo?!”
“Ok, ok, let’s just cool it. It’s not the end of the world.”
“Yeah, it’s the edge,” Mandy jokes, earning a groan from everyone,
“Another one of those and you’re staying here,” I warn, “Now, with everything we know about extraterrestrial language and symbols, surely we can display one so that these guys will know that we’re peaceful.”
“Longshot, maybe ours can mean the same thing?” Jaqui suggests,
“Yes, Jaqui, a symbol from a species that they’ve never interacted with in the history of their lives would know exactly what their symbols mean.”
“I said it was a longshot. No need to be such a jerk about it.”
“Well, maybe it will work,” Dani chimes in, “We’ve only known that these guys were here for a year. Who knows how long they’ve actually been here? Maybe they’ve been watching us, studying us. It wouldn’t be so outlandish to pick up on our subliminals.”
“See?” Jaqui says, defensively,
Huh. That’s a good point. It would only make sense for that to be the case if they were here for that long.
“Oh, so it’s a good idea when she says it, but I’m the idiot for coming up with it?” Jaqui says in an annoyed tone,
“What are you talking about?” I ask, confused,
“What do you mean? I have ears, you know.”
“I didn’t even say anything.”
Before she can say anything else, Mandy starts laughing, confusing us all.
“Dani, that was just mean,” she says through her laughter,
“What?” Dani questions,
“So you’re just gonna act like none of us heard you say that?”
“Say what?” Jaqui asks,
“Yeah, I didn’t hear anything,” I add on,
“Ok,” Mandy says, folding her arms, “Keep acting like you didn’t hear Dani calling Jaqui an actual idiot.”
“I think I would’ve heard that coming from lightfoot over here,” Jaqui says, bringing a hand to her hip, “Looks like you’ve been spending too much time with Justin and his herbs.”
“Woah, woah,” I intervene, “Now, that was just a low blow.”
“What do you mean?” Jaqui questions, “You mentioned it first.”
“I only said it as a joke. It’s not even confirmed he does anything yet. Plus, keep your voice down. They’re still listening in through the radio. I don’t wanna get him fired or something.”
“First, what moron couldn’t see that that guy clearly does shrooms? I’m pretty sure he’s safe. Todd does far more than that. Second, there’s no way you heard that. I was...thinking...about it...Oh.”
Yeah, it’s not hard to see what’s happening here. They’re making us read each other’s minds. So if they can do that, then maybe-...
“Alright, guys, I’m gonna try something,” I announce before closing my eyes and concentrating.
Um...Aliens! If you can hear me right now, and if you understand a single word I’m saying, just know that we are here with no ill intent! We’re only here to ask you some questions and research you and your kind! After that, we’ll be on our way! Please, give me a sign that you understand!
I open my eyes and...Nothing.
“Impeccable idea, captain,” Jaqui says in a snarky tone,
“Fuck off, crewmate,” I reply,
“What? It’s not my fault you’re acting like a su-”
“Finish that sentence and I’m punching you in the throat.”
She starts to say something else, but she’s interrupted as we all hear,
“Um...Attention, humans, we have provided your- uh...as you put it...your “spaceship” with a protective barrier filled with oxygen so that you will be able to breathe. We will now present you with a-...walkway? Ok, this has to be a joke. They cannot be this basic with their lexicon considering everything else...Ugh, fine. We will present you with a ‘walkway’ so that you have a way to cross over to our ship. Once you transfer here, we will be more than willing to answer any questions you have.”
I look over at Jaqui, who’s avoiding eye contact with me all of a sudden for some reason.
“What was that you were saying earlier?” I ask, taunting her,
“Fuck off,” she grumbles,
“Yeah, that’s what I thought.”
I turn back to the controls and open the door. Once it’s open, we gather at the exit, waiting for the bridge to be drawn out. Moments pass and we’re still waiting. Any moment now.
“Sorry,” we hear the same voice say, “I forgot to mention that the materials we have used for it were crafted by divine beings, so it is impossible to see with the naked eye. But I assure you, it is as sturdy as the floor of your ship.”
Because of course it is. Why wouldn’t I expect a ship to contain a transparent bridge that’ll carry me across the unforgiving nothingness of the cosmos? I look back at the girls and just as suspected, they’re not exactly willing to walk on this invisible walkway. Well, this is the joy of being the leader, I guess. I close my eyes and take a breath before bringing my foot forward. But before I can place it down, I instantly hear,
“WAIT!!! WAIT!!! NOT YET!!!....Ok, now, you can go.”
Alright, now I'm terrified. Was it not out before? What happened? Ok, you know what? Doesn’t matter. It was just a mistake. No such thing as the same mistake happening twice. Plus, with that happening, no way these wussies would dare take a step. And since we’ve gotta move at some point, I make another attempt at walking in space.
I place my foot down and, just as advertised, there’s most definitely a ground. I step forward, bringing my other foot on the surface. Same result. So I take a few steps, showing everyone that it’s perfectly safe in an attempt to ease their nerves.
I look back and Jaqui’s the first to follow behind, reluctantly placing her foot down on seemingly nothing. Once she ensures herself that she’s not gonna die, she joins alongside me, maneuvering to the aliens’ ship.
“You guys are insane,” Dani announces, “How do we know that they’re not just gonna make it disappear beneath us? Or if they’re just doing this with their mind and all it takes is the slightest distraction to make us float off? Or i-”
“Oh, just shut up and move,” Mandy interrupts, pushing her forward, making her whimper in fear.
As we traverse to the other ship, I start to feel...weird. Like half of my thoughts have just disappeared. My fear of falling off this bridge lightens up. My worries about what kind of aliens we’re dealing with are vanquished. The stresses of home are no more. It’s like with each step those thoughts just slipped out of my mind. And I can tell that the same effect is being had with everyone else. Jaqui’s walking more confidently, Mandy doesn’t have to push Dani anymore, and Dani herself isn’t whimpering like a little pussy. What exactly are we walking into?
We make it to the entrance of the ship, waiting for it to open. But instead, a speaker descends from the top of the ship all the way to our level. After moments of anticipation, we hear the voice we’ve been hearing this entire time saying,
“We cannot help but notice that your kind wear soft materials over your body. And to our understanding, being in the presence of those without these materials is uncomfortable and frowned upon in your culture. But in our own culture, expression of the body is the norm. So if you are uncomfortable with that, you can tell us now and we will accommodate you.”
“Aw, sweet,” Mandy says in a whispered excited tone, “So you’re saying I can look at nude bods for the next 6 months and not be reprimanded for it? Sign me the fuck up!”
I smack her on the back of her head before saying,
“We have no issues with it whatsoever. If it’s part of your culture, we will respect it.”
“Are you sure?”
“Absolutely. There’s no objection on our end.”
The speaker then retracts back to the top of the ship as we continue waiting.
“Did you have to hit me so hard?” Mandy complains,
“Do you have to be such a horn dog?” I respond, “They’re living beings just like you and me, and should be treated as such. There’s more to life than ‘Looking at nude bods’. There’s actual brains and personality inside of those bodies. Maybe try gawking at those from time to time.”
“Oh, cut the crap. I don’t need to read your mind to know that you were thinking the same exact thing.”
“I don’t know what you’re talking about. I don’t lust after every attractive body I see.”
“So you’re telling me if I ask them what you were thi-”
“Oh, look, the door’s opening.”
Thankfully, as I say that, the door actually opens, giving us access to the inside. Thank you, divine extraterrestrial beings. We step inside of the ship with it closing behind us. We then start walking forward through a short narrow tunnel decorated with pictures of an interesting looking planet, a few monuments from Earth, and a framed “I ❤️ NY” shirt. We gaze and snicker respectively at the items as we head towards the nearby doorway.
After stepping through it, we’re introduced to a giant monitor projecting various parts of Earth, a glass-like window showing the wonders of space, and most notably of all, three people standing on elevated platforms in front of the controls, looking back at us, completely nude as advertised. I thought I’d be able to have more self control over my mind, but I can’t keep my eyes off of them. Especially the last one. She’s so cute.
They all appear to be human women, but with some very differing features. First, they all have different skin colors. The left is purple, the center is light blue, and the right is hot pink. Second, all three have different glowing white markings all over their bodies. They have three straight horizontal lines below each of their eyes and vertical lines on their arms and legs, but the purple one has various paint brush shaped markings on her torso, the light blue one has what appears to be clouds, and the pink one has hearts. And lastly, their ears are...pointed? Wait a minute, are they-
“Greetings humans,” the center one says, looking at a sheet of paper, “Welcome to our...‘humble abode’?...Hm. Ok. Um, per your culture, we are to formally introduce ourselves. You are welcome to include your last names, but our kind does not follow that tradition. Forgive me if I find that tradition a bit ridiculous.”
“Well, she sure isn’t afraid to speak her mind,” Jaqui whispers to me.
I nudge her arm before saying,
“It’s not a problem at all. As I’m sure you’re aware, there’s a lot about our kind that makes no sense. So I guess we should start, since we’re the guests. I’m Alexis Young. You can call me Alex for short. This is Jaqueline Lace. She also goes by Jaqui. This is Mandy Ridge. You can just call her Mandy. And this is Danielle Phinton. And you can just call her Dani.”
“Wait a minute,” the left one says, “Dani Phinton?”
“No relation,” Dani jokes,
“Interesting. We must talk more about that later.”
“You’ve got yourself a deal.”
“Well, before that, we need to hold onto our end. My name is Xen.”
“I am Liy,” the center one says,
“And I am Val,” the last one says, bowing, “I am pleased to make your acquaintances.”
“Showoff,” Liy mocks,
“I fail to see how that could possibly be the case. I am just communicating with the humans in the manner that they are familiar with. I mean, it is what we were to study before coming here, was it not?”
“Well, pardon me for being too busy to comply with the assignment. I am the pilot. Do you think that I would have the time to fully digest the knowledge in that amount of time?”
“We had two centuries.”
“Irrelevant information.”
We snicker at their banter before Dani says,
“Well, for what it’s worth, you’re all pretty fluent in our language.”
“Why, thank you, Dani,” Liy says, “It is nice to have someone finally acknowledge my strengths for a change.”
“So are you just not going to be truthful and tell her about our technique?” Xen questions in a smug demeanor,
“Are you not supposed to be taking the vow of silence? Whatever happened to your interest in that?”
“That was before the humans appeared before us. It would just be rude to remain speechless in front of our guests, would it not?”
“You two have been observing the Earth far too much.”
Wow. Do we really have an impact on extraterrestrial life? And is this really the take away from our kind? I don’t know how to feel about that.
“What’s the technique?” Mandy questions through a chuckle,
“If either of you answer, there will be dire consequences,” Liy says, sternly.
Silence.
“We are speaking in our native tongue,” Val starts, earning a look of malous from Liy,
“Basically, whenever we speak in front of those of other species, our voices travel through the foreigner’s mind and their perception of what we say is seen to them as if we are speaking in their language of origin and vice versa,” Xen adds on, earning the same look from Liy,
“However, due to different dialects and context structures within different languages, studying such mannerisms is essential whenever interacting with others. Otherwise, we would be speaking utter nonsense.”
“And-
“She-”
“Is-”
“Apparently-”
“Too-”
“Lazy-”
“To-”
“Learn.”
“I do not much care for either of you right now,” Liy responds, “That isn’t even a part of the reason as to why I’ve chosen to neglect this particular language.”
“Wait, then why?” Jaqui questions, “Our language is probably the language that makes the most sense on our planet.”
“Read.”
“Ok, I see your point.”
“Honestly, the mere fact that you humans not only learn such a complex structure, but do so at such a young age, yet fail to grasp other basic aspects of the universe is somewhat admirable.”
“I mean, it’s not that bad,” Dani objects,
“Oh, was that last example not enough for you? Well, there is also your nonsensical rule of the letter ‘i’ coming before ‘e’ except when it appears after ‘c’ in your words, yet more of your words break that rule than follow it, your incessant need to add letters to words for no apparent reason, such as ‘pterodactyl’ or ‘opossum’ or ‘queue’ or ‘freight’, how words break the rules that they set, for example, the word ‘apart’ appears when things are separated, yet ‘a part’ means those brought together, and let us not forget how all some words need for there to be a completely different pronunciation is a single letter to be added. How does ‘though’ become ‘through’?! And why does that have the same pronunciation as ‘threw’?! How inebriated were your ancestors when conceiving these concepts?!”
“What she is trying to say is your language can be infuriating,” Xen says,
“That is quite the understatement, Xen,” Liy punctuates,
“Now, Lyi, I am always presenting you with a quote that might help you: ‘The English language may be difficult at first, but it can be mastered through tough thorough thought, though’.”
“It is times like these where you make me want to throw away your lunch.”
“But that would be very unkind of you, now would it?”
“That’s a pretty specific threat,” I say with a chuckle,
“Our species is incapable of violence, so that is basically all that she can threaten me with,” Xen explains, “As you all have noticed, your mood has become more tranquil upon nearing our ship. That is the effect of our presence. We are so passive, any being that comes within range of us instinctively becomes at least twenty percent more calm.”
“So, you’re all essentially walking bottles of melatonin?” Mandy questions,
“That would be an odd way of looking at it,” Val answers with an adorable giggle, “But if it helps to better your understanding, then yes.”
“Also, if it makes it easier for your minds, since all of you have been wondering the same thing since you saw us, after extensive research on them, I believe we are similar to the mythical creatures you call ‘elves’,” Xen says,
“Oh, God, thank you,” Mandy says, “That’s been bugging me.”
We all look at her, dumbfounded.
“What?” she says defensively, “You heard her. We were all thinking about it.”
We roll our eyes before turning our attention back to the others.
“So,” Liy starts, “It is our understanding that you had some questions for us?”
“Oh, right,” I say, getting my mind back on track, “Well, um, I guess a good place to start would be where you’re from.”
Liy tries to answer before Xen interrupts with a dramatic tone,
“We hail from a distant galaxy far far away! Our brethren are those who are referred to as Deinlites. We-”
“So that would be the answer to that,” Liy interrupts back, “Apologies for her ignorance. She is excessively fascinated in your...your...‘theatrical arts’.”
“I fail to see the reason behind your exasperated tone. Theater is an exemplary innovative art.”
“...Right. So next question.”
“How exactly were you able to go so far with your advances in technology?” Dani asks, “I can’t even tell what the material used in your ship is made of.”
“Oh, that I am afraid is a question we cannot answer.”
“Before you ask why,” Xen adds on, “Are you truly surprised that we refuse to give that kind of information to a species that is hellbent on accelerating their own extinction with each generation and always finds weird ways to fornicate with everything they see?”
We don’t even try to refute. They’re right.
“Alright, well, here’s something you might be able to answer,” Jaqui starts, “What made you choose Earth to study?”
“Oh, we are not studying you,” Liy answers, “Studying you would be too boring and dour. We tried it when we first got here. All we found out was that you humans really like destroying your own creations.”
“Umm, alright, so...no offense, but, why are you here?”
They look at each other before saying in unison,
“Because you humans are entertaining.”
“Your so called ‘memes’ are stellar, your shows, games, and movies are inspiring, your wide range of different cultures are very interesting, and some of your comedians are hilarious,” Xen explains,
“Also, your furry companions are endearing, your landmarks are breathtaking, and your music is ironically otherworldly,” Val adds,
“Not to mention your planet itself is interesting,” Liy continues, “It has its beautiful moments along with its chaotic ones. And the fact that both blend together so perfectly is nothing short of fascinating. You have natural disasters that ultimately create your remarkable scenery, you have the concept of death that looms over your minds, yet that only drives you to live out your passion, and you have your failures that inspire you to try again and succeed. You humans are quite the persistent organisms.”
“Wow, thanks,” Mandy replies, “That really means a lot.”
“No, no, thank you for the free entertainment,” Liy jokes,
“Oh, ‘Free entertainment’, huh? That’s gotta be nice.”
“It really is. Any other questions?”
“Uh, yeah,” Mandy says, “I hope this doesn’t seem rude, but what do the markings on your bodies mean?”
“Fret not, it is not rude at all,” Liy responds before bringing two of her fingers to the markings on her arms, “Think of the marks on our arms and legs as the veins that you have under yours. They’re one of our many life sources, pumping various nutrients to every portion of our bodies. The brightness of our marks overall signify our health. The brighter they are, the healthier we are.”
“So does that mean that they become dimmer when you’re close to death?”
“Well, yes, but it has other meanings along with our decreasing life energy,” Xen informs, “It could also signify our decreased energy in general, such as if we are tired or fatigued. It may also symbolize when our mood changes. For instance, Val, would you like to inform the humans on the effects of your body markings?”
Val lets out a surprised gasp before turning away from us all. Then, after a moment, her markings gradually turn from white to yellow. Is...that her way of blushing?
“No, you are correct,” Xen continues, “It would be more effective to have a visual demonstration. Good thinking.”
Val immediately turns back to her, trying to voice her disapproval of Xen's idea. But it’s too late. Xen brings a finger to the center of her stomach, pushing one of her hearts. The heart then immediately starts glowing, causing a light popping noise to sound before Val lets out the most adorable giggle I’ve ever heard in my life.
“Hmm,” Liy says, approaching the other side of Val, “Something tells me that the humans do not yet fully grasp what her markings do.”
“No, no, they do!” Val objects in her giggling fit,
“No, I do not think so, Val,” Xen disputes, “From what I can tell from reading their minds, they are still confused.”
“I have noticed the same thing, Xen,” Liy cosigns, “It would seem that further demonstrations need to take place.”
Before Val can disagree with the sentiments of her associates, they start their barrage of pokes on various points of her marks, laughing as they earn more adorable giggles as she pleads for them to stop.
“No, no, stop!” she says through giggles, “They get it! They get it! Please tell them you get it!”
“How wrong would it be to join in?” Mandy asks,
“Don’t you dare,” I reply with a smirk,
“What, are you telling me you’re not the least bit tempted to poke her little body? Or...Oooooh, I see. You’re picking your moment for yourself, aren’t you? Or are you thinking of sticking your fingers in another part of her body?”
“Mandy, are you ever not thinking of something lewd? Is there any moment in time where that’s not clouding your mind? Any at all?”
“I’m not hearing a ‘no’~”
“I’m not saying a ‘yes’~”
“You seem to forget that we’re in front of mind fucking reading aliens. Lying really isn’t an option for you right now.”
“Who says I’m lying?”
“My next question.”
“You. Wouldn’t. Dare.”
Her smug smirk widens as I glare at her. And without turning away from me, she says,
“Hey, guys, I’ve got another question for ya. What’s Alex thinking right now?”
The commotion stops with Val trying to compose herself. After moments of silence aside from Val’s settling giggles, we hear Liy say,
“Oh, my.”
Xen then follows behind with,
“Uh-...You umm...It would probably be within your best interest if we did not tell you.”
“Oh, really?” Mandy questions, looking proud of herself,
“Yes, it is...not really...appropriate.”
“Ooo. Well, now I gotta know. Trust me, this wouldn’t be anything I haven’t heard before. Enlighten me. What’s in that dirty, dirty brain of hers?”
“Well, if you insist,” Liy says before clearing her throat and quoting, “‘Are you all aware of the time Mandy was caught by everyone at our base-...um...fornicating with a make-shift ‘hunk of a man named Fiago’ with rocket models shoved-...’ Please do not make me read anymore. I just feel...dirty.”
“Also, were the mental images really necessary?” Xen adds,
Mandy stands there, head tilted in embarrassment as her shame is now known to our hosts. I give her a smirk of my own, saying,
“Well, you were right. It’s nothing you haven’t heard before.”
“You know what?” she starts, “You’re not a nice person.”
“Yeah, whatever, kettle.”
“Anyways,” Jaqui says, grabbing both of our attention, “We’re also here to study you and your culture for a few months. So would there be a way for us to follow you to your home world?”
The three girls giggle to themselves before Liy says,
“What do you mean? You are already here.”
Confused, we look out the window and sure enough, they’re right. We’re no longer surrounded by stars and neighboring planets. We’re now on solid ground with a pink sky and surrounded by really weird looking bushes. What the hell? When did we move? When did we land?
“Humans,” Xen starts, gesturing to the wonderful view, “Welcome to Deinz! It is quite convenient, is it not? Along with mind reading, we also have the ability to transport back home if we stray too far. And we are able to transport back to our last coordinates. So once your research has been concluded, we shall bring you all back with no issues whatsoever.”
“Now, normally, we would be within bounds of our launchpad, but because of Liy’s inability to study, our landings are always randomized,” Val says, earning an agitated look from Liy,
“Must you take any and every opportunity to point out my flaws?” Liy huffs,
“Must you take any and every opportunity to make it easy for me?” Val responds with a smirk,
Liy grumbles in defeat as Val basks in her victory. Oh, she’s just a peach. These guys are certainly interesting. To think that they come to us for entertainment. But there’s a pretty obvious concern of mine looming about.
“Uh, what about our ship?” I ask,
“Oh, it is right out there,” Xen answers, pointing outside, “Not only can we teleport ourselves, we can also teleport any objects within range if we willed it.”
We look at the ground and, sure enough, there’s our ship, sitting right there in all its glory.
“Yes, your ship may be here, however, the reception could not carry over with it. We are five galaxies away from Earth, after all.”
“Five galaxies?!” all four of us say in unison,
“Worry not,” Liy assures, “Like Xen has informed you, when the time comes where you have all of the information you need, we will gladly teleport you back home. And we will continue watching your planet.”
“Well, that’s nice of you,” Mandy says, “And a bit creepy when you put it like that.”
The three girls chuckle as Xen pushes a button on their controls. Once she does, a buzz is heard throughout the ship before the side wall disconnects from the ship and slowly descends, forming steps as it gets lower to the ground. Aw, why can’t we have that technology? Once the wall makes contact with the ground, Xen gestures to the exit, saying,
“Shall we?”
We accept the invite, heading down the stairs and onto the foreign land. Right as my foot makes contact with the ground, I notice a few things about it: it’s so warm. And it’s so soft. It has the look of concrete but the consistency of grass. I then notice that there’s light increments of a fog-like substance low to the ground. I kneel down, getting a better view.
I lower my hand, getting a feel for it. Ok, this is strange. The fog is kinda cold, but the ground is warm. I love it. The contrast between the two oddly makes it work perfectly. It’s so...soothing.
“I see you find our halcyon mist interesting,” I hear, snapping me out of my trance, “It is essentially the source of our tranquil nature.”
I look up to see Val standing above me with her hands behind her back, beaming at me with her adorable smile. But while I’m trying to focus on her smile alone, my eyes can’t help but admire her gorgeous body, her wonderful c-cup chest, and her-...
“O-oh, really?” I say, snapping myself out of yet another trance, “Wow. That’s-that’s really cool. A planet with natural pacifying mist. That’s...that’s just...wow.”
Yeah. Of course. “That’s just wow”. Why not just go full on idiot and say, “DuRh yOu So PrEtTy HhEhe” while you’re at it? Dumbass brain.
“Quite the vocabulary you have there, Alex,” Jaqui taunts,
“You really want me to show you the extent of my vocabulary, Jaqui?” I reply,
“No thanks, I’m good.”
Val giggles at our exchange, making my heart melt. God, her voice is just so cute. And her laugh is just to die for. I could hear it all day. Xen then interrupts my thoughts, placing her arm around Val’s shoulders, making her markings turn yellow again.
“Well, how would you all like a tour of our world?”
We all voice our approval of the idea and we get started. We traverse the planet of Deinz, learning about the lore of the Deinlites and how they came to be. While they’re telling us about their cultures, origins, and miscellaneous information, we do our individual jobs and record everything we can. Dani’s in charge of notes, Jaqui’s in charge of video taping everything, I’m in charge of snapping photos of everything interesting, and Mandy’s in charge of collecting available artifacts.
As we travel around the world, we start to pick up on a few things: there’s not a single car or motor vehicle in sight, no one seems to be in any kind of a rush, no factories are present, the streets are clean, there aren’t any weapons, and there doesn’t seem to be any kind of government or authority figure. Plus, everyone we come into contact with is very inviting. Everyone. I mean, yeah, it’s because of the mist and I should know this, but it’s still such a nice change of pace.
But before we know it, night eventually falls. We decide to take a break from learning for the night, giving us time to review everything we’ve learned and seen. I’m not gonna lie, I definitely need this review. Half of the things that were said basically went over my head. I just couldn’t stop looking at Val. Her adorable face, her short light pink hair, her cute freckles on her upper lip, her perfect curvy body, the way the sun expanded on it by giving her a gorgeous gleam, she really is a sight for sore eyes. I even found myself drawing her, masking it as me putting my take on pictures I took.
“So, how do you feel about our planet thus far?” Liy questions,
“It’s amazing,” I reply,
“Nothing like I’ve ever seen,” Jaqui agrees,
“Loving it so far,” Dani piles on,
“It’s out of this world,” Mandy comments, earning looks of disdain from everyone, “I refuse to apologize for exercising my rights.”
“So anyway,” Liy continues, ignoring her, “I apologize, but none of us own any shelter. We have found it infinitely better to sleep outdoors and gaze at the stars. You are more than welcome to find a place to rest for the night. Your currency will be converted to ours, so that should not be a concern. Plus, the rest stops here are immensely affordable, so expenses should not really be a concern, either.”
“Nah, we’re fine,” Jaqui says, “It’s like we’re camping back at home. Nothing better than a huge canvas of nothing but stars. I just wish we could make s’mores.”
“If you insist.”
They make their own means for shelter as Mandy, Jaqui, Dani, and I go over everything we’ve learned so far and holy hell, was it a lot. I’m still trying to figure out their science. How is anything with our language confusing to Liy when almost everything about this planet just beats the ever living fuck out of all of Newton’s Laws? Sometimes pushing one way results in a 90 degree angle, carbon doesn’t make fire here, but water does, reflections don’t exist unless you move, inertia speeds you up, their planet doesn’t have a core, and for some reason, echos don’t exist.
But aside from their weird logic and physics that bully ours, their history and day of life is so intricate. Their ability to befriend other beings, not just in their solar systems, but within SEVERAL galaxies is unreal. What’s even more unbelievable is how they manage to develop cures for every last one of their diseases within months of learning about it. Not to mention the fact that they’ve managed to create an infinite food source, which is still racking my brain. And that’s not even a quarter of the things that Dani wrote.
This world is gonna take some getting used to. And we’ve just got a measly 6 months to not only grab this information, but to actually digest it and really learn about it. Is it gonna be enough? Probably not. But is it gonna get easier? Definitely not. But at least they’re better teachers than Earth’s, so that’s assuring.
Hours pass and everyone’s unconscious. But since I’m such a night owl and so determined to catch up on everything I’ve missed, I’m nowhere near tired. Plus, I have no idea how I could possibly sleep with this view. Due to our light waves being completely different from theirs, the night sky is a variety of colors instead of just black. There’s violet with a hint of blue, specks of green, and deep orange on the horizon. Not only that, but their luminous leaves and vibrant city lights inspired by Earth make the scenery so much better. It’s kinda like I’m back at home. But with their creative takes on it and the leaves dancing in the air, it gives the different atmosphere that demands appreciation from the viewer. And I will happily concede to those demands.
After reviewing everything, I just drop everything and lie back, drinking in the scenery. I take a breath, observing the beauty in front of me. It’s quite neat.
“Quite neat indeed,” I hear a familiar voice say, taking me off guard.
I turn to see Val, who’s lying right next to me on her stomach with her head in her hands, brightening my night with her signature smile.
“Jesus,” I announce with a chuckle, clutching my chest, “Someone should just put a bell on you.”
“I apologize for startling you. I am unable to sleep.”
“Why’s that?”
“I am just so thrilled to have outsiders not only visiting our planet, but also enjoying it. My heart will not stop racing.”
“Yeah, I guess it would be pretty sweet to have foreigners show interest in you and your culture.”
“It is.”
Moments go by of us staring into the beauty before us. She then breaks the silence with,
“So, Alex, I have a question for you now.”
“Go for it,” I reply,
“I have noticed that you have been constantly comparing your planet to ours and your comparisons with Earth have always been negative. Do you hate your planet?”
“That’s a good question. But the answer might just confuse you.”
“Why is that?”
“Ok, well, you remember how Liy said that Earth’s mixture of chaos and beauty is what keeps it interesting?”
“Yes.”
“Well, the way that I look at Earth is that exact same way. You can’t have chaos without beauty, you can’t have light without darkness, and you can’t have love without hate. With how the planet works, there’s a perfect balance of everything. For every meaningless war occuring due to leaders with a constant need to have a dick measuring match every five minutes, there’s a country willing to aid the damaged country in its time of need for the innocent. For every abusive relationship where one fears the other, there’s a relationship where both participants end every single day with a cuddle. For every idiot bitching and whining about the slightest thing and bringing our species backwards, there’s a kind-hearted soul doing things that push our species forward. For every Twilight series, there’s a Kung Fu Panda series. There’s always an opposite to everything, but the world makes it so that one never outweighs the other. For light to work, there needs to be something to light. And that’s where darkness comes in. The way I see it, there’s three ways of looking at it: you’re either seeing it through rose colored goggles and it’s glass half full, you see through blood-stained contacts and it’s glass half empty, or you just see it for what it is: a half cup of what the world has to offer. The comparisons that you saw were just my frustrations with the Earth and how easy it would be for all of negativity to be gone, but then realization set in about how impossible it would be to maintain it all if it were this positive. But that’s just my thoughts on it. Ask the other girls and they’re probably gonna say something completely different. And that’s the best part about Earth. Different perspectives can create such a different view of the same picture. Oh, sorry. I’ve just been rambling, haven’t I? A simple ‘no’ would’ve sufficed, wouldn’t it?”
“No, no, I do not mind at all. The entire point of a question is to have it answered, right? That actually kind of resonates with my views of Earth. The others and I constantly discuss things about the Earth and we always come to the same conclusion: it’s perfectly imperfect.”
“Well, I’m glad to be able to answer a question of yours for a change.”
We share a laugh before returning to the scenery. After a few moments, something that I’ve been wondering for a while suddenly pops up. And I need to know the answer or I’ll go insane.
“So speaking of questions being answered,” I start, “You got room for one more?”
“Always,” she replies,
“Your markings: were you guys born with those designs or do they just form after a certain point?”
“Well, we actually create our own designs. We also create the noise and the effects it can have once activated. It remains for a few years, then we create another whenever we desire if we so choose.”
“I see. Wait, so you actually wanted to be tickled?”
“It was-...as you would put it, a ‘drunken dare’. After a few generations of watching the Earth, we stepped down to obtain some of your alcohol. Soon after, your ancestors created the torture method of tickling. Now, with us not fully grasping that it was intended as a form of torture, it was brought up during a wager that you humans would just exterminate yourselves during that time. And clearly, I was wrong. But I got my revenge. Xen thought that you would not discover technology until the 25th century. And now, she has paint brushes that allow the activator to have her do anything they wish.”
That’s just hilarious. Even aliens aren’t exempt from the temptations of alcohol and dares. I laugh before saying,
“Woah, that’s hardcore.”
She joins in my laughter, saying,
“My intention was never particularly meant to be nefarious. In fact, it is the reason why we specifically requested qualified, mature, intelligent females. I just had her grab me some of your food.”
We share another laugh as I blush. She thinks I’m intelligent? Aww. But I guess we kinda missed the maturity mark with Mandy.
“Also, the effect of our markings are only as potent as the activator wishes. Which is why the level of torture was so grand earlier.”
Hm...interesting.
“So you’re saying that there’s a way to make it more pleasu- uh- I mean, pleasant for you?” I ask, fumbling the hell out of my words,
“Yes,” she answers, “It just requires a gentle touch instead of merciless pokes.”
Uh-huh. So she just needs a gentler touch is all? Well, with the assault that she endured earlier, surely she needs someone to alleviate that torment. I shift my body to face her, hesitantly raising my hand, saying,
“So-...So you mean if I just-...”
She grins, rolling over on her back, saying,
“Go on. I do not mind.”
That’s all I needed to hear. I bring my hand to the heart at the center of her belly, causing the markings to glow. This time, instead of a popping sound, it creates a humming sound as her body lightly vibrates. Val lightly giggles in response to my touch, looking me in the eyes. Don’tthinkabouthercutenessdon’tthinkabouthercutenessdon’tthinkabouthercutenessdon’tthinkabouthercuteness!
To keep my mind off of it and to hopefully dissuade her from reading my mind, I start circling my hand on her tummy. But the results of it are far different than I expected. Instead of giggling more, she...moans. I stop my hand movements and she stops giggling. This may not have been such a good idea. She then cements my thoughts of this being a bad idea with her markings turning from white to yellow. I remove my hand, relentlessly apologizing my ass off,
“O-oh my- I’m sorry. I’m so sorry. I didn’t know th- it was an- I thou-”
“I-it- it is perfectly fine,” she profusely accepts, sitting up, “It was only an accident. You had no idea of knowing. I should have informed you better. Please, forgive me.”
“No, no, you did nothing wrong. There’s nothing to apologize for. I should’ve been thinking before I acted. It’s my fault. Touching you was a big mistake from the get go.”
“But...I-...I was not...opposed to your touch.”
Now it’s my turn to blush. Before I can say anything else, she says,
“Listen, the past is the past. It happened and now we can either dwell on it, or move past it.”
Ok, good. She’s not too disturbed by me practically molesting her.
“I agree,” I cosign, “There’s no point in putting energy in something we can’t control.”
“Exactly. So how about we pretend that that never took place?”
“You read my mind.”
We share a laugh before laying back down on the ground, simply enjoying each others’ company. But now it’s completely different. I swear, I can feel...something with her right next to me. Not only that, I swear, she just said something. But I couldn’t hear what. Which is impossible. She’s right next to me. Even the slightest whisper wouldn’t be that quiet.
I’m awoken by the rays of the sun beaming down on me. The more things change, the more they stay the same, I guess. And that expression is proven even more as, like usual, I’m the first one up. My crew is still snoring away and Xen and Liy are still in their tents. But something immediately catches my eye. Val’s tent is completely taken down. Sweet. Now I have someone to talk to. But where is she?
I survey the area, seeing if I can spot her or some clue to tell me where she went. That’s when I notice that the door on our ship is open. Putting two and two together, I head over to the ship to surprise the invader. But as I reach the doorway, I spot Val sitting down with a bunch of papers in her hands, giggling as she observes them. Wait a minute, is she...wearing my clothes? Yeah, that’s my avocado tank top and Hello Kitty shorts. I didn’t think she’d have any interest in wearing clothes. Oh, that’s just precious. They’re so loose on her. But something about those papers she’s laughing at catches my attention. OH, SHIT, MY DRAWINGS!!!
I rush inside, trying to think of something that seems believable.
“Oh, hey, there, Val,” I greet, grabbing her attention, “Beautiful morning, isn’t it?”
“Yes, it is, Alex,” she says before turning her attention back to the pictures.
Ok, something believable. Something believable. Alright, she doesn’t know that Dani can’t draw. Aaaand I just now remembered who the hell I’m thinking in front of. Please, don’t judge me.
“I would never dare dream of it,” she says with a chuckle.
I make my way over to her, sitting right next to her and saying,
“So what do you think? I didn’t make you look fat, did I?”
“No, no,” she giggles, “I really like it. You have a real talent for drawing.”
“Aww, well, aren’t you sweet?”
She looks at me, smirking and I smirk back at her. Wow, just look at those eyes. Just my luck that the greatest being I’ve ever encountered has my favorite color in their eyes. And it absolutely works with the rest of her. Emerald green and hot pink are a match made in heaven.
She gives me a room brightening smile as her markings turn violet, confusing me. Then, I remember what it means when her markings change color. So to stop things from being awkward again, I say,
“Uh-...shoot. I’m sorry, I-”
But she stops me, bringing her finger to my lips.
“I am not offended,” she assures, “For me, violet means that I am happy. Your words are making me feel good.”
Aww. Looks like my brain isn’t completely useless after all.
“Well, I’m glad I could make you so happy with just my words,” I say.
Her smile grows even larger as I return one of my own. My attention then turns to my clothes on her body, making me uncontrollably snicker.
“So,” I start, pinching the shoulder strap of my tank top, “What happened? You just got bored?”
“Oh, I am so sorry,” she says, “I should have asked for your permission beforehand. I just always wondered what human clothing felt like since it is regarded as such an integral part of your species. I have made attempts to wear some in the past, but Xen and Liy would bully me for my taste. Honestly, I fail to see the appeal.”
“It’s alright, but is there any particular reason they’re still attached to your person if it’s not appealing to you?”
She shrugs before saying,
“I just got lazy.”
We share a laugh at her comment, enjoying the mutual relatability of it. Then, I get a random thought. It’s a longshot that she'll actually let me do it, but it’s worth a shot.
“So...” I start, trying to formulate the words I’m trying to say into a sentence without sounding pervy, “I mean-...You know-...If it’s just that uncomfortable for you...Do you want me to-...you know...help you?”
She gives me a look that I can’t quite pinpoint what it means. She then confuses me more as her markings turn...orange? Before I can even question her about it, she says,
“O-ok. I mean...only if you want to.”
Oh. Ok. Alright, then. Didn’t expect her to actually agree to that.
“Um, alright, then,” I say, standing up in front of her, “Well, for this to work, I’m gonna need you to lift up your arms.”
She does as instructed, raising her arms in the air. I then grab the bottom of the shirt, pulling it above her head, exposing her bare torso to the world once more. Also, revealing her-...chest...
“Um...what do I do now?” she asks, stopping my mind from being so enthralled on her,
“Oh, right,” I say, trying to push my lewd thoughts away, “Well, you don’t need to do much. I’ll just get you out of these.”
I kneel down in front of her, grabbing the waistband of the shorts and pulling them down her tender thighs as she lifts her legs to quicken the process. And there we go. She’s fully naked again. With me on my knees in front of her. With her legs spread apart from assisting in the removal process. Giving me a full view of her lower lips.
Before I can lose control of my mind and make her uncomfortable, I stand up, folding my shorts, saying,
“Alright...And...And there you go...Your body’s free, once again. Hehe.”
Silence. Shit, this just turned really awkward, didn’t it? She starts to say something, but we’re interrupted with Mandy practically screeching,
“WE’RE ABOUT TO BE ON THE ROAD AGAIN! MOVE YOUR ASSES!”
I swear to God I’m gonna kill her one day. I turn to Val and, unsurprisingly, she’s as yellow as a taxi. Definitely gonna end her existence at some point. But for now, we’ve got knowledge to cram. So I help Val to her feet before we both step out of the ship. She then turns to me, saying in a bashful tone,
“I should-...probably...um...check with the others to...see where we are going next.”
“Oh, sure-...sure,” I reply.
She gives me a small wave before heading to Xen and Liy, leaving me with my idiots.
“Ooooooooooo,” I hear the three say from behind me,
“Oh, shut up,” I say in response to their infantile behavior,
“Hey, don’t take your frustration out on us, you dog,” Jaqui says, putting her hand on her hip,
“Yeah,” Mandy chimes in, “Whatever happened to ‘looking beyond the body and studying what’s on the inside and gawk gawking the brain’ or whatever?”
“Oh, she’s studying Val on the inside, alright,” Dani adds, causing all three of them to laugh,
“You know, you’re all just a bunch of bitches,” I say back to them, turning away so they don’t see me blushing,
“Wow, do you kiss your Deinlite with that mouth?” Mandy jokes, earning more laughter,
“Oh, hardy har har,” I mock, turning back to them, “What about you? I see how you look at Xen. You wanna tell us what’s going on there?”
Now it’s her turn to blush, saying,
“I haven’t the slightest inkling as to what exactly you are referring to and frankly, I’m not too sure that I appreciate the insinuation.”
“Yeah, you mind saying that with her over here?”
“...I don’t need to take this abuse.”
She huffs away in a dramatic manner, leaving us to laugh at her instead. Good. Now I won’t be bullied throughout this entire trip. And I can actually get some work done.
3 months have passed and our knowledge on Deinz grows larger and larger. And as per our agreement, the incident with Val and I was never brought up or acknowledged. We’re just enjoying each other. It’s not awkward. It’s not forced. We’re really becoming quite close. Whenever she’s not quizzing me about Deinz, we’re just conversing about miscellaneous things about both of our planets. Our conversations range from silly subjects like what are the best animes and how many Deinlites would it take to purify the universe, to more serious things like death and the mind and our perception of how it works. She’s easily the smartest being I’ve ever met. I love picking her mind. I love being with her. I...I think I...like her a lot.
“Wake uuup~” I hear a soft voice say, “Come on, sleepyhead. It is time to wake up. Rise and shine. Wakey wakey and however the rest of that phrase goes.”
I arch my back, stretching as I awake from my slumber. But I’m immediately interrupted from my stretch as I soon notice something covering my eyes. What? What’s going on?
“Everyone, everyone, calm down,” I hear Liy saying, “You are in no danger. We just wanted to show you all the gratitude that you deserve for committing to our planet this much.”
“So,” Xen adds, “Using our knowledge that we have obtained from your planet when it comes to celebrating momentous occasions, we came up with the perfect means of celebration. We really wanted to make it count seeing as your time here is halfway over.”
“Now, as you all have probably deduced, you have been blindfolded,” Val says, “Keep those on, while we lead you to your surprise.”
Alright, then. If I didn’t know any better, I’d think this was an early bachelorette party. I stand on my feet, waiting for them to lead us to where we’re gonna go.
“Ok, you guys, over here,” Xen says from the left.
Alright, we’re gonna be following them. That’s new. So we follow her order, turning to the left and walking forward. After moments of going that direction, we hear Val on the right, saying,
“Alright, now this way.”
We turn right and follow. After a while of walking in various directions, I feel a wall in front of me. I feel for a way around it, eventually finding one. Then we hear,
“Ok, you can take off your blindfolds now.”
I bring my hands to my blindfold, removing it from my eyes. After they finally adjust to the light and overall consciousness, my mind immediately pauses. Before me is the greatest thing I could possibly encounter. Tables among tables of various alcoholic beverages. Wine, Tequila Sunrises, Screwdrivers, Margaritas, Long Islands galore. I’m...I’m home.
“Surprise!” the three angels behind us say in unison,
“We hope you enjoy,” Liy starts, “Obtaining this amount of alcohol was not easy.”
“Somehow, concocting the various recipes of these drinks was even harder,” Xen continues, “So we apologize if the quality is not to your standard.”
“Don’t even worry about it,” Jaqui says, already finishing half of a bottle of wine, “This is already plenty. Plus, it’s impossible for anyone to make alcohol taste bad.”
“Debatable,” Dani objects, “And have you no shame? You couldn’t at least wait to see if they wanted any?”
“It is no trouble, really,” Val assures, “There is plenty for everyone. Help yourselves.”
“Well, yeah, but still, common courtesy, you know? Mandy, back me up here.”
“Hm?” Mandy replies, downing a Mai Tai.
Dani gives her a look of unamusement, making me laugh. I then turn my attention back to the platters of the cups of sunshine. Ok, with how much time has passed, I think it should be about 11:30 or something. A bit too early in some areas. However, with how time here works, I’m pretty sure it’s around two hours ahead. So I’m pretty sure just a few drinks wouldn’t hurt.
I grab a raspberry mimosa, bringing it to my nostrils to give it a whiff. Good Lord, that smells like joy. I give it a sip, immediately melting at the flavors. This tastes amazing. I bring the cup away from my lips, looking to admire the beautiful drink again. But for some reason, the cup’s empty. Ok, I guess I was thirstier than I thought. Alright, as long as I just remember to pace myself, I should be fine.
I grab a wine glass and open another bottle, filling the glass half way full of the red liquidy goodness. Hm. Ok, this cup isn’t nearly as big as the ones we use at home. So just a little more should be a good amount, right? Sure, what the hell. I fill up the cup a quarter more. Ok, that should be good. I take a small sip, savoring the taste of the simple, yet satisfying treat. God, that’s delicious. I place the glass down, discovering that, yet again, my cup is empty. Ok, ok, that’s enough. No more.
But of course, just as I say that, I spot my kryptonite: the coconutty pineappley goodness just sitting right in front of me. No. No. It’s just a drink. It should be here when I’m ready to have another one. Oh, who am I kidding? Mandy’s gonna inhale it long before I give it another look. No. She’s too preoccupied with the others to even look in this direction. Plus, with Dani nagging her, that should dissuade her from this direction. That Colada is mine. I just need to wait.
Hang on, where’d it go? I look around, trying to find it to no avail. I eventually glance at my hand, finding the glass of the island sexiness. Ok, just one more. Yeah. It’s not even that much. This shouldn’t really be that effective, should it? Plus, with how much time passed between me taking out my blindfold and now, it should be around 5:00 now, right? Yeah, sounds about right.
After a few more drinks, I feel myself getting a little buzzed. Ok, I’ve got to stop now. I would just die if my first time letting loose around a different species ended up with me making a fool out of myself. My drunken state is something I wouldn’t dare expose to my worst enemy. Mostly because I live with four of them and they’ll bully me forever. So to avoid further temptation, I walk over to the wall, waiting for myself to sober up.
After minutes of posting against the wall, Dani stumbles up to me, giggling with a bottle of wine in her hand. Fuck, I forgot how much of a lightweight she is. She trips over herself, spilling some wine on the ground. I catch her, saving her from falling.
“Whoopsie daisy,” she slurs before giggling more, “I alm- I just- d-I’m almo- dieded. Thaaaaaanks, frieeeend.”
“No problem, Dani,” I reply, laughing at her drunken state, “Just be careful, ok?”
“Nonononono. I mean it. If- if y- if- if y- i- if you weren’t here, I’d be doomed. Hehe. Dooooomed. Dooooooooooomed. Heh.”
“Happy to help. Now, what do you say about putting down the bottle, ok?”
“I’m DRUNK!”
“I can see that. So you wanna give me the bottle for a second?”
“Okay.”
She holds out the bottle...to the opposite side. I chuckle before reaching over and taking it out of her hand. She giggles again before saying,
“You’re such a nice lady. The world needs more nice ladies.”
“Thanks,” I reply, putting the bottle on the table, “I try.”
“Y-yeah. Tha- that’s why you’re such a nice lady. You know how to try. You’re the friend best, Alex.”
“You’re the friend best, too, Dani.”
“No, you are. You don’t understand. Dude, I frickin love you, man.”
“I frickin love you, too.”
I rub her head, consoling her as she sputters and slurs more empty nothingness.
“I take it you all are enjoying yourselves,” I hear Val’s voice say from beside me.
I look up to see her, standing over me with two steaming mugs.
“Eh, you could say that,” I say, looking down at Dani,
“YOU’RE the only one with the dildo in yer butt,” she blurts out, making us both laugh,
“She seems quite inebriated,” Val comments,
“Yeah, just a bit,” I reply, “I think I’m just gonna take her back to the ship so she can sleep it off. Tomorrow’s gonna be a bitch for her, though. You mind if we just stay behind and look after her? That hangover’s gonna hit her like a truck.”
“Not at all. Take all the time you need. Do you need assistance with bringing her back to your ship?”
“Yes, please. The less movement with her like this, the better.”
“Ok, I shall grab the others.”
“No, the other two can hold themselves better than we can. I swear, they could inhale this entire gathering of alcohol three times over and they’ll act like it was just a drop. I wouldn’t wanna ruin their fun.”
“Alright. Well, just grab onto my shoulder and I shall transport you to your ship.”
I do as instructed, helping Dani to her feet before bringing a hand to Val’s shoulder. And before my eyes, we go from the party all the way back to our ship. She helps me lead Dani inside and onto a chair as she continues her monologuing.
“Just a sec,” I say before heading to the control panel.
I input the commands for her bed to appear, which it does after I enter the codes. I then lift her up with the help of Val, lying her onto the bed.
“You’re both so great,” Dani slurs, “Such a great group of people. All fifteen of you. Heh. You’re in your own hair. Isn’t that cookies? Hehehe. No, not cookies. Cookie. I don’t know why I would say cookies.”
Val giggles at her utter nonsense, placing the mugs of what looks to be coffee down on the nightstand, saying,
“I do not understand.”
“She’s trying to say kooky,” I explain, “She learned it from a pretty old show and I guess it’s just resurfacing now.”
“You really know your way around a cookie, you cookie heads,” Dani sputters, earning more laughs from us both,
“Any way you could put her to sleep?” I ask Val, “Staying up like this isn’t really doing her any favors.”
“Oh, yes, of course,” she answers.
She brings her hands to Dani’s temples, closing her eyes as her markings lightly start glowing before saying,
“Shhhh. You must rest now.”
And within seconds, Dani’s eyes are closed shut with her lightly snoring soon after. Val then removes her hands from her head, lightly stepping away from her with me following behind. We stealthily make our way out of the ship and shut the door. Once we’re out, we quietly maneuver to the entrance of Val’s ship.
“Thank you so much,” I say as we step inside,
“Oh, it is no trouble, really,” Val replies, “You are the one who has done most of the work. She is very lucky to have such a considerate friend like you.”
“Well, it was your transportation that sped up the process. You shouldn't down size your contributions. You’re too amazing for anything you do to be considered irrelevant.”
She turns her eyes away from me, biting her lower lip as her markings shift to yellow. I smirk at her demeanor, loving how absolutely cute she always is. Without thinking, I bring a hand to her cheek, grabbing her attention. As she looks me in the eyes, my mind endlessly wanders. I can’t think straight. My thoughts are moving a thousand miles a second.
Moments pass of being trapped in my own head as I stare at her beautiful face, feeling myself lose control with each passing second. Then, surprising both me and Val, I lean forward and plant a kiss right on her soft lips. A few seconds pass before I realize what the hell I’m doing and pull away.
Oh my God. Oh my God! Oh my God!!! What the hell did I just do?! Why did I do that?! Why did I think that that was ok?! Fuck! She’s gotta hate me now! Shit! I just ruined everything! Oh, God, I knew I shouldn’t have drank that much! Now we’re gonna get kicked out and we’re never gonna see them again! And it’s all my fault! It’s all my fu-
“Alex,” she says in her light voice, interrupting my thoughts, “It is alright. I am not mad. Not at all. In fact, I am quite relieved. I was beginning to think that the thoughts that you had about me were what you refer to as ‘intrusive thoughts’. But the fact that those thoughts are genuine makes me so...happy.”
She gives me a smirk, but it’s not like the other ones I’ve seen from her. This one’s different. The look she’s giving me is one I’d never expect her to even be able to know, let alone pull off. I then take notice of her breathing. It’s slightly heavier than before. And now, her markings are changing again. At first I don’t recognize the color, but only when it sets do I recognize it as a deep blue. It doesn’t take a rocket scientist to know what this color means. She wants me to make her even happier.
She leans forward, planting a kiss of her own on my lips, taking me off guard. But I soon embrace it, reciprocating it as I bring my hands to her hips. I then push deeper into the kiss, earning a light moan to escape her lips. Fuck, I’ve been wanting to hear that sweet sound for so long. Ever since I first heard it, I could never stop thinking about it. Now I want more.
I tighten my grip on her hips before lifting her up. She makes a small sound of enjoyment of my sudden action, wrapping her legs around my waist and her arms around my neck, pulling me even deeper in the kiss. I maneuver my hands from her hips to her back, both to add more support for her and to explore her small, soft, sexy body. I want her. I fucking want her so bad. She giggles before briefly breaking the kiss and leaning into my ear, whispering,
“If that is true, then walk into the room on your right and show me how much you ‘fucking want me’.”
God, it’s like she knows exactly how to turn me on. She then pulls me back in to kiss me as I follow her directions, stepping into the room to my right. Right as we pass through the doorway, she extends her leg, pushing the button to close the door with her foot. I then step towards her bed, turning and sitting down on it, having her straddle my lap. She brings her hands to my face, caressing it as we savor each other’s taste.
My hands then maneuver around her body, sliding from her back all the way to her toned little tummy. I then remember a very interesting detail about her belly. Let’s see if I can recreate that. I snake my hand to the center of her belly, slowly and gently circling it. And just like last time, her body lightly vibrates, her markings light up, expounding on the deep blue that they’ve turned to, and finally, she blesses my ear drums with a soft little moan. The greatest sound I’ve ever heard in my life.
Still maintaining my circular motions on her tummy, I shift our positions, gently guiding her to the bed and lying her down as she keeps making her tiny moans, letting me know how good it makes her feel. I break the kiss to get a good look at her face. Just as I thought, she’s in pure bliss.
“You’re so sexy,” I say, grabbing her attention, “You like how I rub your little tummy like this? Feels good, huh?”
“Y-yes,” she moans, “I-I love it. P-please keep going. I-it feels so good.”
I chuckle at the neediness in her voice. She’s really enjoying herself. It just makes me wanna spoil her even more. I lean down to her neck, latching my mouth onto it and gently sucking on it, slightly taken aback at just how unbelievably sweet she is. She moans louder right as I make contact, arching her back and taking deep breaths. Seems like someone really liked that. I continue my actions, praising her neck and rubbing her tummy as she moans more and more, grabbing onto the bed sheets for dear life.
Her moans are turning me on even more. I can practically feel myself dripping. They’re also piquing my curiosity. If she’s like this just from me sucking on her neck, then what would happen if I did this?
After a few more seconds of treating her neck, I slither farther down her body, trailing kisses to her chest, taking her right nipple in my mouth and lightly sucking on it. This earns another moan from her right as I start sucking on her. This must be the very first time she’s done something like this. Am I really gonna be the very first being to have sex with her? Oh, that just makes this so much better.
I guide my hand from her stomach to her other breast, grabbing and squeezing it as I continue sucking on her. I then replace the former sensation with something even better, moving my knee up to her pussy and gently grinding against it. She shudders in response to my action, moaning even more. Fuck, she’s already so wet for me. She’s practically coated my knee with her arousal alone. Now I’m dying to taste her.
I pop her chest out of my mouth, looking right at her face as I descend her body, trailing kisses from her chest to her tummy. I kiss her right at the center of her marking before giving it a big lick, earning the same reactions I got from my hand. I then trail kisses from her tummy to her abdomen, stopping just above her pelvis before hooking my arms under her thighs. She lets out a small “Eep” as I pull her closer to me, making me chuckle at her reaction before sticking out my tongue and dragging it along her body all the way to her soaking wet pussy.
Right as I get the first taste of it, I’m already addicted to it. This is the sweetest taste that I’ve ever had on my tongue. I love it so much. She tastes so good. Everything about this girl is a treat.
I continue kissing and licking her sweet little pussy, earning moans and gasps in response, encouraging me to taste her more. I tighten my grip on her thighs, pushing her further into my face. She spreads her legs wider, giving me better access to her pussy.
After a few more minutes of light licking and kissing, I decide to go a bit further. I latch onto her cunt, making her moan even louder in ecstasy as I lightly suck on it. She grips tighter on the sheets, nearly pulling them off the bed as she tilts her head back.
Her voice, her actions, her taste, all of it is just driving me wild. I suck even harder on her, garnering more of every one of her perfect reactions. I feel her legs starting to shake in my arms as I eat her out. I take this as either the pleasure being so overwhelming to her or she’s about to cum. So I take my left hand from under her thigh and bring it to the entrance of her pussy, circling it with a finger before sliding it inside. She moans even louder as I slide my finger in and out of her tight little pussy, still sucking on her.
Within a few minutes of me fucking her with my finger, her markings start to change color again. They change from blue to red. No, green. Wait, now they’re gold. And now they’re pink. Now yellow. She moans louder and louder as her colors start changing faster and faster. So she is about to cum. I remove myself from her sex before moving up to fer face, deeply kissing her as I add another finger, curling them both.
After a few more moments of me fingering her, she lets out a loud moan into the kiss with her markings switching back to white, shining a bright light as she coats my fingers in her fluids. She rolls her hips, riding out the last of her orgasm as I slow down my fingers. She then lays limp on the bed and I break the kiss.
I look her in her eyes and she looks back into mine, catching her breath as her markings fade. My mind is completely blank. I don’t know what I’m feeling right now. I don’t know what I’m thinking right now. I just became part of an alien’s first time. And she liked it. Hell, she loved it. I loved it. I love her.
She gasps after that last thought, signaling to me that she heard it. No. That’s not gonna cut it. That’s not something to be heard in someone’s head. I caress her face, staring deep into her soul before saying,
“Val, I love you. So much.”
Her fading markings then shift to lime green as she smiles at me.
“I love you, too,” she replies with a small chuckle, “You are the best thing that ever happened to me.”
We share another kiss with her turning our positions so that she’s on top of me. She then brings her hands to the bottom of my shirt, saying,
“There are two things that I have always wanted to try when it comes to this ritual.”
She pulls my shirt above my head. She then reaches behind me, unclasping my bra and tossing it aside. She then leans down, planting a kiss on my lips before trailing kisses to my neck, making me moan as she brings her hands to my chest, toying with them as she worships my neck. She then starts sucking harder, elevating the pleasure for me as I finally get what she’s trying to do. After a few minutes of sucking on my neck, she finally releases me, giggling as she admires her work.
“There,” she says, “Now it is official that you are mine.”
I chuckle at her declaration, happily accepting it before saying,
“So if one thing you wanted to do was own me, what’s the other thing you wanted?”
“Oh, just this~”
She moves back, bringing her fingers to the hem of my shorts and panties and pulling them off of my body. She tosses my bottoms to the side, never breaking eye contact with me as she gives me a seductive look. She then moves back up close to me, bringing a hand to my pussy and gently rubbing it, making me lightly moan from her soft touch. After a few moments of rubbing it, she brings both of her hands behind her to balance herself. She then intertwines our legs, pressing our pussies against each other.
I lean forward, balancing myself on her leg as I grind against her. We both moan in tandem with each movement. Oh, God, I love this. I can’t believe I’ve never tried this position before.
She grinds harder against me, elevating the feeling for us both. I then pull her in for another kiss, speeding up my movements. She reciprocates the kiss, matching my pace as we both moan in each others’ mouths.
I then break the kiss, moving to her neck to return her previous favor. She moans louder as I ravish her neck. After a few moments, I release my mouth from her neck, looking at the hickey that matches mine.
“Now you-...belong to me,” I say in between moans, “You’re mine- ah...a-and I’m yours...Fuck...Now cement it for me-...Tel- oh, God...Tell me you love me. Say it. Let me hear it. I need it. Tell me you love me, baby- Yes!...Tell me.”
“I love you,” she obeys, “I-I love you so fucking much. Y-you are e- mgn! You are everything to me. I want you to be with me...Forever. Please say you will be with me...I wa-agn~...I want to be by your side...For the rest of our lives.”
I caress her face, giving her a grin, saying,
“I’m not going anywhere. I’ll be right here with you. I put that on my life.”
She embraces me in a hug as our movements get faster and harder. Within moments of our embrace, I take notice of her markings changing colors again, letting me know that she’s at her limit again. And I’m not too far away from mine either. So to do this right, to prove my words to be the truth, to absolutely give her no doubts whatsoever about what I just said and agreed to, I end the hug and look her directly in her eyes as our orgasms get closer and closer.
Her markings shift back to white and then get blindingly bright as we both let out a final moan, lightly spasming into each other as we release our fluids. I then lie down on the bed, pulling her down with me with her burrowing into my heaving chest as I catch my breath. Best. Day. Ever.
I don’t even know how much time has passed. Not since the party, not since us landing here, not even since I started going to school. I don’t even know how much time is passing right now. Seconds, minutes, hours, eons, no clue. And frankly, I couldn’t give less of a damn about it. With Val right here in my arms, I could die happy if this is how we spend the rest of our time living.
I hear her giggle, which is always welcome. I tilt my head down to her, saying,
“What’s so funny?”
“Oh, nothing,” she says teasingly, “It is just always nice to hear what you think about me.”
“You just love being in my head, don’t you?”
“Well, whenever I am not, I always am.”
“Smartass.”
“I learned from the best.”
We share a laugh as I bring my hand to her head, gently stroking her hair.
“You know what else is funny?” she says,
“What’s that?” I question,
“No matter how different you humans are, you have your habits that bring you all together. One of which being your incessant need to pet other organisms that you have strong feelings for.”
“Well, it’s not our fault that the things we decide to pet are so gosh darn cute.”
I give her a kiss on her head and she gives out a noise of approval. More time passes as we enjoy each others’ presence.
“Please say it again,” she suddenly says,
“Say what?” I ask.
She turns her head up to me, saying,
“Please say you will never leave me.”
I look her in the windows of her soul, saying,
“Val, you can rest assured that as long as I’m still around, I’m gonna be right with you. I put that on my life.”
“I love you.”
“I love you, too.”
Alright, the 6 months are up and we’ve gathered all the information we could possibly need. Departure is always the hardest. Especially when you made a very strong commitment. But some commitments just outweigh all others. Sometimes, you just need to prioritize where you’re needed the most. Sure, that might involve tears to be shed from those you’ve formed a powerful bond with, but with time, they will come to understand your decision.
“So are you sure you know how to land the ship?” I ask Dani,
“Alex, I went to the same school you did,” Dani replies matter of factly, “Earth’s stupid, but it’s not stupid enough to have just one person who knows how to drive an intergalactic vehicle.”
“Just checking. I just wanna make sure you all get home safe.”
“Yes, mom,” Mandy replies, “You wanna check to see if we brought our lunch next?”
“I’m gonna miss you, too, Mandy.”
“Promise you’ll come to visit from time to time?” Jaqui questions
“Well, all my stuff’s still there, so yeah. Also, our internet’s stronger than yours, so if I even feel that any of my stuff ends up being sold, I’m blowing up Earth, myself.”
“No promises,” Mandy responds, “Ow! What the hell?”
“I’m not dying because of you, you jerk,” Jaqui says.
I laugh as they argue amongst themselves before interrupting them with,
“Alright, bye, guys. Happy landing.”
“Bye, Alex,” they all say back before going back to arguing.
I’m gonna miss those morons.
“You know I would have understood if you went back, right?” Val says, looking up at me as I rub her back, “Earth is your home, after all.”
“Yeah, but it wouldn’t have felt right,” I reply, “Plus, I’m kinda into not having to deal with Earth and its shenanigans for a while. Everyone needs a break, you know? And it just allows me to make good on my promise to you.”
“That is true, I suppose. But are you not afraid that your superiors will mistake your absence for being a prisoner?”
“Eh, I told them to say that I decided to gather some last minute information. Plus, if they don’t buy it, what are they gonna do? We don’t even have the resources to make it past Mars, let alone five galaxies. Trust me, we’re safe.”
“And you are certain that being without your clothing is not bothersome to you?”
“Absolutely. I’m perfectly content with following your customs. Plus, it’d be kinda unfair for me to see all of you and not return the favor.”
I kiss her little nose, continuing with,
“Don’t worry so much. I’m very comfortable with my choice. And everything’s taken care of. My people won’t come for me, I decided to lock away my clothes for the time being, and most importantly, I’ve got you with me.”
‘You never fail to flatter me, Alex,’ she thinks to herself,
“And you never fail to make it easy for me,” I reply, planting a kiss on her lips,
“Well, here is a challenge for you,” she says in a coy tone, “It will be about two hours until we make our return to Deinz and the others. Let us see how much you can flatter me in that amount of time.”
“You’re on.”
We share a chuckle, embracing each other in a deep kiss.
Navigate All Stories
Start New Story
Story created by
It's easy to possess and direct someone physically. But the real challenge is helping their mental state. The mind and body are the most integral duo when it comes to making what you want a reality. So it's only right to teach someone that fact if they don't know it. Especially when they don't know why their mind and body aren't cohesive in the first place.
Similar Stories on Outfox
Beatrice sits on her throne, basking in the spoils of her riches. Every foe that she’s come up against has been vanquished and devoured without much effort. She has the highest bounty on her head. She’s easily the most powerful vampire the world has ever known. Her prestige is unmatched. She’s unstoppable. No one can compete with her. That is, until today.
Her relaxation is cut short as she hears someone kick her doors open. She places down her wine glass, staring daggers at the culprit. She then grins as she notices it to be the well known bounty hunter, Ulrich Fleece: slayer of all beasts, natural or unnatural. Conqueror of those tormenting the innocent. Obtainer of the last stand in every battle he has ever been a part of. Or in Beatrice’s eyes, all except one.
“You have a lot of nerve,” she starts with a light chuckle, “Only a fool would dare intrude so suddenly and so rudely.”
Ulrich doesn’t say anything. He just cracks his neck, staring down the ferocious vampire before him.
“Hmm, a man of few words. That’s understandable. Talk is cheap. Well, since you’re a man of action, I wouldn’t want to keep you waiting any longer. I grow famished, anyhow. Have at you, knave!”
She stands up from her throne, taking off her robe, revealing her battle gear: blood red drawstring shorts with a black outline and a black bra with a red outline. But just as she manages her arms through her sleeves and gets in her battle stance, Ulrich just presents to her a piece of paper. This completely takes Beatrice off guard. Confused, she says,
“What’s that?”
“Come over here and read it,” Ulrich says, confidently.
Confused even more, Beatrice teleports over to him, looking at the paper more clearly. After just reading the first word, she immediately turns white as a ghost.
“N-no,” she says, petrified as she snatches the paper from his hands, “No, you can’t be serious. This has to be some kind of joke or prank! You have to be messing with me!”
“Nope,” Ulrich says, retaining his confidence, “It’s all legitimate. I’m now legally the proud owner of the deed to this mansion.”
“Wh-what kind of bounty hunter are you?! No self respecting warrior would choose this path over battle!”
“Yeah, and look where that got them. Plus, something tells me that you weren’t exactly hasty with their deaths. Now, since I’m kinda in a time crunch and don’t wanna die, I figured this way would be more effective. Wouldn’t you agree? I mean, it hasn’t even been half a minute yet. This has to be some kind of record.”
“Curse you.”
“Yeah, yeah. Love you, too. Now, look, I wanna get this over and done with as soon as possible. So if you wanna keep your mansion, you’re gonna do something for me.”
“And why in the Devil would I ever even entertain the idea of doing anything you say?”
“Because no house also means no treasures and lowered status. It’s all mine now. Meaning, it’ll only be a matter of time before you’re considered fodder. A joke. No more fear, no more power. Just a sad shallow shell of your former self as your relevancy fades and you wallow away in redundancy. Now, do you want that? I don’t think so.”
Beatrice snarls at his words. He’s right. Both the law and natural order are completely on his side. She has no other option than to do his bidding. The thought of falling victim to such a disgraceful method is infuriating. But the thought of losing everything she’s worked so hard to obtain is heart shattering.
“What do you want?” she concedes, folding her arms,
“Good girl,” Ulrich responds, basking in his victory as Beatrice glares at him, “Now, I’ve got a buddy of mine who’s not really feeling the best. Lady troubles, ya know?”
This catches Beatrice’s attention. The thought of getting involved in someone’s love life shakes her to her core. But as to not garner suspicion, she buries her disdain of the concept, saying,
“So you want me to be his little girlfriend?”
“Oh, goodness, no. I’m not evil. What kind of sadistic bastard do you take me for? No, I just want you to spend the day with him and cheer him up a bit. Don’t care how. Just do whatever you feel is best.”
“You can’t be serious.”
“You’ve got a sheet of paper in your hands that says I am.”
“You’re pathetic.”
“And you’re at my mercy. So what does that make you?”
Beatrice drops the deed, palming her face in agitation, saying,
“Why would you even go through all this trouble just to cheer up your bitch of a friend?”
“Because if I had to do it, I’d ring his neck,” Ulrich replies, “You don’t know how right you are about him being a bitch. He’s quite moody. So...just be mindful of that. Plus, it gives me the opportunity to technically vanquish you so you can no longer call yourself undefeated.”
“I don’t believe this.”
“Well, I do. So...sucks to be you, I guess. Anyways, here’s his shirt so you can smell him.”
He presents her with his shirt, offering it to her. She grimaces at him with disgust and confusion, saying,
“What?”
“Don’t you track people by scent?” he questions,
“No, you racist! My kind just needs the name of the target to track them down.”
“Well, excuse me, princess. They don’t tell you everything about every type of vampire. His name’s Zeldrich Narris.”
“Really? You have a friend with a name that stupid?”
“Listen, you just pick your friends. Not their upbringing.”
“Whatever.”
Beatrice closes her eyes, getting down on her knees and placing her hands in her lap, concentrating on her target.
“Wow,” Ulrich taunts, “If that’s your method, he’s gonna feel better in no time.”
Beatrice flips him off as she tries even harder to focus. After moments of thinking about him, he vaguely appears in her mind, lying on his bed. Normally, she’d want to wait for the image to become more clear for precision, but since she wants to get this done as quickly as she possibly can, she couldn’t care less about that. With the image fresh in her mind, she stands back up, looking directly into Ulrich’s eyes, saying,
“Mark my words, you filthy worm, I will make you pay dearly for this.”
“Looking forward to it, honey.”
She snarls at him, wanting to kill him right here and now. But she decides against it as her need for her mansion and status far outweigh her want for him to be dead. So she returns her focus to Zeldrich, taking a breath before teleporting to him. She appears before him with her back turned, hearing him scream in terror and shock, just like she expected.
“Alright, alright, shut up,” she commands, turning around, “I’m not here to kill you. Yet. I just ne- OH MY G-...WHY ARE YOU NAKED?!?!”
She averts her eyes after seeing him in his underwear. With confusion and fear completely cast aside by the question, Zeldrich says,
“Wait, what the hell kind of question is that? You’re the one who teleported in someone’s house. It’s your own fault if you see something undesirable.”
“Ugh! What is it with you humans and being so revolting? Just make yourself more presentable so we can get this over with.”
“First, I’m revolting, yet you’re showing up to someone else’s home unannounced. Yeah, that makes sense. Secondly, this is still my house and you’re an uninvited guest. I’m entitled to let it all hang out if I really wanted to. And lastly, what are you talking about?”
“Don’t act dumb. Your dumbass friend, Ulrich, is holding my belongings hostage because he wants me to help you because you’re acting like a pussy after being broken up with. So let me make you feel better so I can get my stuff back or else.”
‘Ulrich?’ he thinks to himself, ‘What is he talking about? I haven’t been in a relationship in years. I think I’m over it by-...ooooh. So this is what my gift is. I’m gonna have to buy him the entire damn pub for this.’
He changes his demeanor, trying to make himself seem more upset, saying,
“I-I don’t know what you’re talking about. I’m-...I’m fine.”
“Don’t give me that,” Beatrice snaps, “Just feel better already so we can be done with this.”
“You don’t get it. There’s an entire process to it. You wouldn’t understand.”
Beatrice doesn’t respond. She grits her teeth, glaring at him as she remembers her past experience. But she can’t show weakness. She has to cast aside her emotions so she can preserve her reputation. She gradually composes herself, trying to look as compassionate as she possibly can...barely able to really pull it off.
“Alright, I’m sorry,” she starts with a mix of false remorse and strained anger, “What does this ‘process’ entail?”
“Well, for starters, you need to know why we broke up so you can come up with a suitable solution for my grieving,” Zeldrich answers, barely able to contain his excitement as he formulates his plan.
Beatrice sighs, seeing where this is going from a mile away. But her status is hanging in the balance.
“Why did you both split up?” she questions, feigning investment in his situation,
“Hmm-...on second thought, it’s too embarrassing. Forget I said an-”
Beatrice grabs his right shoulder, tightening her grip on the bone as an indicator of her dwindling patience. A loud pop echoes throughout the room with Zeldrich’s silenced squeals in agony following behind.
“Why. Did. You. Break. Up?” Beatrice questions again, this time with blatant irritation in her tone as she continues wearing her disingenuous assuring smile.
“OkokokI’msorryI’llspilljustletgoIthinkyoubrokeit!” Zeldrich pleads with terror in his voice.
Beatrice holds her grip for a few more seconds to get her point across before finally letting go of his shattered shoulder. Zeldrich clasps his injured shoulder, trying his damnedest to compose himself.
“Jeez, you’re such a drama queen,” he says as red mist exits his mouth, targeting his shoulder, “Alright, the reason we broke up is because...I’m terrible in bed.”
Beatrice is caught off guard. This is the complete opposite of what she was expecting. She thought he was just gonna go on and on about how he was a sex master and how she got intimidated and just decided to dump him. She didn’t think that he’d share something so personal. So embarrassing. So...relatable.
“Oh,” she says with genuine sympathy in her tone, “I’m-...I’m sorry.”
“I told you it was embarrassing,” he says before blowing away the red mist and rolling his arm to break in his newly repaired shoulder, “But that’s what happened. She just couldn’t accept that I’m a minute man. I’ve got up to two or three rounds in me in total and if I’m lucky, I’m done before the dust from teleportation completely disperses.”
Beatrice doesn’t say a word. Her mask is completely gone. Her want for preserving her image is cast aside. She can’t even bring herself to pretend to laugh at his misery to save face. This is hitting too close to home for her. She’s...hurt. But Zeldrich doesn’t pick up on this at all. He’s set his plan into motion and he’s in the presence of the sexiest vampire he’s ever laid eyes on, and she isn’t pounding him to a pulp or demeaning him after telling her his story. He just needs to seal the deal.
“So yeah,” he continues, leaning back on his hands, “That’s my heartbreaking story. Got any remedies cookin’ up in that beautiful mind to help me out?”
Silence. Beatrice is too enthralled with her own situation to even consider helping Zeldrich anymore. Finally picking up on her distress, Zeldrich decides to at least lighten the mood with a light joke.
“That many, huh? You’re just full of surprises, aren’t you? Never would’ve pegged you to be that knowledgeable on this subject. You’re clearly someone who couldn’t care less about sex.”
He lightly chuckles, hoping at the very least to get a smirk in return. Nothing. If anything, her reaction is considerably worse. Her face is flushed and she grabs her left arm, refusing to look in his direction. Zeldrich finally starts piecing it together.
“You’ve...never had sex, have you?” he questions.
Beatrice remains quiet, too ashamed to answer the question. It’s already bad enough that she’s having the fact that she’s still a virgin thrown in her face, but the reason that that fact remains true just stings even more.
“Oh, wow,” Zeldrich says, bewildered, “I-...Wow. That’s just-...Look, there’s no shame in it. I just thought that since you’re-...you know-...I mean, I’m not the only one who thinks so, bu-”
“It’s not by choice,” Beatrice interrupts, stopping him in his tracks, “At least, not fully.”
“What’s that su-”
“This is about fixing your sorrows. My business is my business.”
Now Zeldrich’s curiosity is piqued. He needs to hear this.
“Well,” he starts, “Another step in my healing is the helper letting the victim know that they know how they feel. So since you clearly have an idea of how I feel, I need to hear how.”
Beatrice groans in frustration from the stipulation. She thought she’d take this story to the grave along with the bastard who made her feel this way. But here she is. She folds her arms, saying,
“Fine. I’ll tell you. This kind of goes without saying, but if you laugh, you die. Am I clear?”
“Crystal,” Zeldrich replies,
“Alright. Some time ago, I was at the mercy of someone who put me in a lust spell to make it easier to vanquish me. Of course, he decided to have his way with me first before killing me. He wanted me to pleasure him, but because of my inexperience, he couldn’t exactly enjoy himself. So he changed his mind and thought pleasuring me first would suffice. But soon after stimulating me with his tongue, he...he voiced his disapproval of the sounds of my moans. After being ridiculed for my...‘annoying ass voice’, my rage overpowered the spell and that fucker was no more. So to spare myself further embarrassment, my sacred garden remains intact. So there. Now you know my story. Are you satisfied?”
Zeldrich can’t believe what he’s just heard. No wonder she’s so cruel and ruthless with her opponents. No one deserves to be treated like that. Especially during their first time. And judging from the brief, yet noticeable cracks in her voice as she was sharing, it clearly still bothers her to this day. Before he can say anything, though, Beatrice stops him in his tracks.
“Save your breath. I’m not seeking pity from you. I just need you to repair your wounded heart already so I can go home. So what’s the next step with this process?”
As she says that, she makes an attempt to discreetly wipe a tear from her eye with her shoulder. Zeldrich, seeing her pain, feels terrible for her. He just wishes he could help her in some way. Or at least give her a hug without her ripping his spine out through his palm. Then he gets an idea that might result in both of those being an outcome.
“Ok,” he starts, “I might have a method for you to help me.”
“What is it?” Beatrice questions,
“Before I say anything, I just need you to hear me out and trust me, ok?”
“That’s never a good sign.”
“No, no, just listen. I promise. This has a good chance of helping me, alright?”
Beatrice sighs in a foreboding manner, saying,
“Fine. Just tell me.”
“Ok, just take a seat on this bed.”
Beatrice raises an eyebrow in suspicion as Zeldrich pats a spot on his bed. She reluctantly obeys him, sitting down on his bed.
“Ok, now what?” she questions impatiently,
“Alright,” Zeldrich says with hesitation, “Now, close your eyes.”
Beatrice immediately raises her hand in pursuit of Zeldrich’s neck, but as a surprise to them both, he intercepts it, holding it in place.
“Listen, listen,” he continues, “Just do what I say and you can have your stuff back. Trust me.”
She snarls before snatching her hand away and closing her eyes.
“One wrong move and I will slash every corner of your body,” she warns,
“Duly noted,” Zeldrich responds.
She does as instructed, shutting her eyes as he positions himself behind her, placing his hands on her shoulders and gently rubbing them. Though her guard is still at an all time high, Beatrice decides to relax her shoulders for less uncomfortable friction from his touch. Taking notice of Beatrice relaxing herself, Zeldrich brings his thumbs to the back of her neck, lightly applying pressure to it as he continues massaging her shoulders.
Bit by bit, second by second, Beatrice’s guard is being chipped away as Zeldrich puts his educated hands to work, stimulating her shoulders and neck. Admittedly, she’s starting to enjoy herself a little. She’ll be damned if she expresses it out loud, but internally, she likes his touch.
Zeldrich then decides to be slightly more ambitious. Continuing his massage, he gathers up the courage to lean into Beatrice’s right ear and gently blow on it. The sudden unexpected sensation of his cool breath entering her ear along with the fabulous massage she’s receiving proves to be too much for Beatrice as she lightly gasps in response to Zeldrich’s actions. She immediately catches herself, going back to that heart shattering moment as those cruel words ring in her head again.
“That was the most beautiful sound I’ve ever heard,” she hears Zeldrich whisper in her ear.
Beatrice is astounded. Her voice was actually...complimented. But she can’t just let him think that he’s won her over. She still has an image to maintain.
“What, am I supposed to melt in your hands for whispering bold faced lies in my ear, you cretin?” she says in a cold tone,
“Fine. Don’t believe me. I always thought it was better to show instead of tell, anyways.”
He then makes another bold move by taking Beatrice’s ear lobe in his mouth and gently sucking on it as he continues massaging her shoulders and neck. This time, though, Beatrice is more aware and alert of herself. She refuses to allow Zeldrich to garner another sound out of her. No matter how good his hands and mouth make her feel.
But her declaration begins to tarnish as Zeldrich moves from her ear lobe down to the side of her neck, kissing and sucking on it as he maneuvers his hands from her shoulders to her hips. She sighs in pleasure, trying to keep herself from giving in so easily. But then Zeldrich starts sucking a little harder on her neck and her attempt to resist his advances instantly start to crumble. She brings her hands to the mattress, gripping onto the sheets as she tries her damnedest to not give any reaction whatsoever.
Zeldrich is absolutely loving this. Her trying her best to hide her enjoyment is so cute to him. He just wishes he could break her barrier to tie it all together. And after a moment of plotting, he might have thought of just the way to do it.
“You seem to be enjoying yourself,” he whispers,
“N-no I’m not. Shut up,” Beatrice lies,
“You sure? Cause if I remember correctly, the deal was that if I made one wrong move, you’d shred every part of my body. Well, here I am, unshredded. So by that logic, it’s pretty safe to assume you like it when I talk to you like this.”
He kisses her neck, causing her to tighten her grip on his sheets.
“You like when I kiss you like this.”
He guides his hands all over her flat stomach, earning more sounds of enjoyment from her.
“And you like when I touch you like this.”
Beatrice doesn’t say anything. Both from not having a retort to his claims, which are one hundred percent correct, and not wanting to risk another sound escaping her mouth. But he’s so tender with her that she can’t help but to love his advances. Her self restraint is only getting her so far. It’s only a matter of time before she completely cracks.
Zeldrich’s motivation to keep going is only growing. Right now, the most powerful being to set foot on land is melting by just his touch. And her hymn-like noises of approval are just heaven to the ears. How anyone could be so dumb as to insult her for it is baffling to him. But at the same time, he can’t help but to be grateful for it. He gets to be the first to please her and show her the sweet savory feelings of lust.
By this point, all caution is tossed into the wind for Zeldrich. The regard for his own safety is barely given any thought anymore. All he wants right now is for Beatrice to feel good. So if it comes at the cost of his life, then so be it. He couldn’t care less.
He plants a light kiss on her cheek, trailing his way forward before finally making contact with her lips. Beatrice is taken aback by his bold move. Under any other circumstance, she would’ve reduced him to dust. But by this point, his touches, his words, and most of all, his comforting aura has completely set her at ease. This kiss just serves as concrete evidence that she needs for his genuinity. And it's quite welcome evidence.
She turns her head to meet him, reciprocating the kiss as she places her hands on top of his. She finally concedes to his advances, whimpering as he continues gliding his hand up and down her skin. With each ascension, he grows closer and closer to her bra. Right as his hands make contact with the piece of cloth, Beatrice squeezes his hands, giving him the green light to remove it. Not needing a second invitation, Zeldrich follows her subliminal message. He grabs onto her bra, unclasping it from the front and exposing her d-cup breasts.
Beatrice moans as Zeldrich brings his hands to her chest, pulling her closer to him as he grabs and kneads her breasts. She's in pure bliss. No one's ever touched her like this before. Never did she think that anybody would be willing to. She always felt envious of other terrorizing acquaintances voicing their escapades and she’d never have anything to add. But now that finally changes. Because judging from their stories, this situation is completely different. Everyone else just had a fling; just someone to screw around with for a few minutes. And here she is, being with someone who actually cares about how she feels. She gets to enjoy this to the fullest. Something that everybody else apparently can't say.
Beatrice shifts herself around to straddle Zeldrich, caressing his face with her hands as she continues the kiss. He then guides them down onto the bed, embracing her as they enjoy each other’s feel. She's so surprisingly soft. The contrast of her typical savage and ruthless demeanor to her pale, silky, supple frame are night and day. It just makes the fact that she's relinquished herself to him even more satisfying.
Zeldrich shifts their positions, pinning her down to the bed as he climbs on top of her before breaking the kiss and trailing down to her neck, collarbone, and finally stopping at her chest. He latches his mouth onto her right breast and brings a hand to her left, lightly massaging it. Beatrice closes her eyes and tilts her head back, melting from his attention to her breasts. His mouth feels phenomenal on her. She never wants him to stop.
She brings a hand to the back of his head, giving him more encouragement as she strokes his hair. Zeldrich then sets his focus on her nipple, dragging his tongue over it. The sensations Beatrice is experiencing right now are otherworldly. She feels like she's been transported to heaven. Zeldrich then decides to elevate her experience even more, bringing his free hand to her lower half, teasing her right above her waistband before finally inserting two of his fingers inside of her shorts.
The feeling of his fingers nearing her sex briefly sends her mind in a blind panic as the familiar sensation brings her back to that horrible moment. But then she feels the magic of his fingers rubbing across her slit. Her mind is then set at ease as his delicate touch calms her down. That is until she feels him descend downwards. As he moves down, kissing her stomach, navel, and abdomen, her anxiety skyrockets. The familiarity of the feeling of someone nearing her crotch causes her to panic again.
Before Zeldrich can manage his fingers under her waistband to pull off her shorts, she instinctively pushes him away from her. He looks up at her and her face says it all. She’s scared. She doesn’t want that experience again. She doesn’t even wanna risk reliving it being a possibility. The hurt, humiliation, and anger she felt back then resurface as she’s internally hearing those words over and over and over again.
But her mental turmoil is put to a halt as Zeldrich plants a deep kiss on her lips, snapping her out of her thoughts. He then breaks the kiss, looking directly into her amber eyes before saying,
“Just relax, ok?”
She takes in the assurance of his words, calming down as her doubts are pushed to the side. After all, he’s been hearing her noises of adoration the entire time and he clearly doesn’t have a problem with it. Bearing that fact in mind, she hesitantly nods her head. He gives her one last peck on the lips before returning his attention back to her lower half. He hooks his fingers under her shorts and pulls them down her legs, completely exposing her bare body.
She can’t help but be embarrassed at her current position. She’s never been completely naked in front of anyone before. Even with that one adventurer, who only took off her shorts. It feels weird. Weirder still is the fact that Zeldrich can’t stop staring at her. She’s so gorgeous.
“Y-you just gonna sit there and stare at me all night?” she questions, blushing from embarrassment.
Zeldrich takes the hint and leans down to her lower half, spreading her legs apart. He then kisses her right inner thigh, slowly moving closer and closer to her center with each kiss. The feeling of his lips nearing her sensitive area is driving Beatrice insane. He’s so close to it, but it’s as if he’s actively avoiding it.
After moments of teasing, Zeldrich decides to finally put her anticipation to an end. He finally brings his mouth onto her waiting slit, earning a sharp gasp from the needy vampire as he starts dragging his tongue along her folds. Beatrice closes her eyes, basking in the utopia that Zeldrich’s magical mouth is bringing her through.
Zeldrich hooks his arms under her thighs as he savors the alluring taste of Beatrice’s pussy. She’s so surprisingly sweet. Her taste is damn near addicting. He could taste her forever. And he just might if he gets to hear her lovely moans.
He then brings his tongue to the entrance of her pussy and slides it in and out of her, earning louder sounds of the blissful pleasure that he loves so much. Beatrice arches her back, bringing her hand to his hair and gripping it as she rolls her hips for more friction. She’s actually enjoying herself. Someone’s bringing her pleasure beyond her wildest dreams without villainizing her. She’s finally...happy. All thanks to Zeldrich.
After minutes of enchanting sensations coursing through her body from Zeldrich’s actions, Beatrice eventually feels an awesome overwhelming sensation of pleasure building. She never thought she’d ever experience it before. She grips tighter on Zeldrich’s hair and wraps her legs around his head. Then her limit is breached. She squeezes her eyes shut as she reaches her orgasm, practically screaming in pure delight as she coats Zeldrich’s tongue with her essence.
Beatrice feels reborn. She’s been enlightened to pleasures beyond her imagination. To think that someone was actually willing to aid her in realizing it all. Someone’s actually brought it upon themselves to make her happy. It’s unbelievable.
After riding out her orgasm, she relaxes her legs and releases his hair. Zeldrich climbs her body, embracing her in a deep kiss. Beatrice accepts the kiss, wrapping her arms around his neck as he takes off his briefs, sliding them down his legs.
During their kiss, Beatrice feels his erect member in between them. As moments pass of feeling it on her wet slit, her desire for it grows as with each slight movement made during the kiss causes it to rub against her. She was always curious about this portion during sex. Though, she knows that since this is her first time doing so, it's going to hurt. But she doesn't care. If penetrative sex feels as good as others say it does, she has to experience it for herself.
“Put it inside,” she says after breaking the kiss, “I want to feel it inside me.”
Of course, Zeldrich has no objections to this. But just to ensure that this is truly what she wants, he says,
“Are you sure?”
Beatrice nods her head, making it abundantly clear that there's no doubt in her mind that this is what she craves. getting the message, Zeldrich leans up before positioning himself at her entrance. Beatrice looks on, bracing herself as he prepares to insert himself inside of her.
“Now, just so you know,” he says, “Since this is your first time, it's going to sting a little. So if you need me to stop, don't hesitate. Just say the word and I will.”
Again, Beatrice nods her head, showing she understands completely. After receiving confirmation, he continues on with his actions, pushing against her entrance as she grips onto the bed sheet again. After a couple of attempts, he manages to slide the tip of his member inside of her. Before he makes any more movements though, he notices the look of overwhelming panic on her face. So wanting this to be as pleasurable as possible, he brings his hands on top of hers before intertwining each other's fingers, causing them to hold hands.
Beatrice's attention is now solely on Zeldich as she feels him hold her hands. The fact that he’s going to such lengths to make this as enjoyable as he possibly can makes her so glad that he chose her of all people to do this with. Seeing the worry and panic leave her face, Zeldrich decides to advance further. He pushes more and more of himself inside of her, stretching out her tight virgin hole with each inch.
Beatrice winces as he penetrates her, lightly hissing as she feels her previously virgin body adjust to his intrusion. Now, she definitely feels a bit of pain. It’s probably the equivalent of a flick, but overall, it's not that bad. From how others described it, she was expecting it to be way worse. It's almost a let down.
Before long, Zeldrich manages all 6 ½ inches of his member inside of Beatrice, loving the warmth of her tight wet cunt. He focuses on Beatrice's reaction, seeing no traces of discomfort anywhere.
“Do it,” Beatrice says in a wanting tone.
Zeldrich happily obliges, Slowly moving his hips back and forth. They both moan as his cock slides in and out of her pussy. She tightens her grasp on his hands as the pleasure from his member penetrating her surges throughout her entire body. Wanting to hear more of her sounds of enjoyment, Zeldrich speeds up his pace.
“You’re so sexy,” Zeldrich says, looking into his partner’s stunning eyes, “You have the sexiest voice. Yeah, that’s it. Moan for me.”
All of this is straight out of Zeldrich’s dreams. He’s actually pleasing a powerful being like Beatrice. Her hypnotic sounds while being stimulated, her wetness, her beautiful face, he can’t help but to take it all in. She’s so beautiful. Everything about her is so sexy. He just wants to admire her forever.
But sadly, his admiration comes to an end as he feels his orgasm building. He tries prolonging it just a little more, but it’s too late. He buries his face in her chest, moaning as he empties his essence deep inside of Beatrice. But he can’t find it in himself to enjoy it. His curse just prevented her from enjoying herself further. He can’t imagine the thoughts of pure disdain running through her head.
But he couldn’t be more wrong. If anything, Beatrice is glad that this happened. Not only because she’s heard that when this happens, it typically means that the man simply couldn’t help himself from admiring the woman’s alluring charms, but also, it gives her the opportunity to make him feel better about his performance issues. And judging from his look of self loathing, he absolutely needs it.
Without saying a word, Beatrice changes their positions, pinning him to the bed as she mounts him. This takes Zeldrich completely off guard. He expected her to chew him out for ruining her fun. But before he can voice his confusion, she brings a finger to his lips, shushing him before saying,
“You helped me, so let me help you.”
She then brings her hands behind her, balancing herself as she moves herself up and down his length and gasping from the wondrous combination of his shaft along with the satisfying feeling of his warm creamy cum inside of her. Zedrich grabs onto her hips, guiding her along his shaft as he basks in the softness of her curves.
“Yes, touch me wherever you want,” Beatrice encourages, riding him faster, “Enjoy this moment, mortal. Savor the feel of my skin. Bask in the sensations of penetrating my nether regions. Empty your seed to your heart’s content. Because this pleasure is all yours. All of it is for you. I am yours to toy with however you see fit. Touch me. Feel me. Hear me.”
She rolls her hips, elevating the pleasure for Zeldrich as he maneuvers his hands from her hips to her chest. This is the greatest day of Zeldrich’s life. It’s a dream come true and he never wants to wake up.
He thrusts his hips, pushing himself further inside of Beatrice as she rides his cock, garnering more sounds of approval in response. She then leans down, stopping inches away from his face. He snakes his hands from her succulent breasts to her rounded hind, locking passionate eye contact with her as he continues his thrusts.
As they continue staring into each other’s eyes, a faint mutual feeling is apparent to both of them. It’s barely noticeable, but it’s still there. There’s a sense of adoration for the other. The fact that both looked beyond each other’s faults and are genuinely enjoying the shared embrace awakened something. It’s almost as if nothing and no one exists except for them. And they like it.
But before those feelings are explored any further, Zeldrich feels himself reaching orgasm for the second time. And despite what’s been said and declared prior, he can’t help but to feel guilty that Beatrice has yet to reach her second orgasm. Seeing his look of guilt, she caresses his face, saying,
“I want it. Fill me with your essence. Breed my pussy with your seed. Zeldrich.”
After hearing that, his mind is instantly set at ease. And with his tranquil mindset, he does as instructed, shooting his fluids deep inside of her for the second time. He’s then completely caught off guard as Beatrice sinks her fangs into his neck. Normally, this would send an overwhelming sense of dread throughout Zeldrich’s body. But right now, he couldn’t care less about it. It still stings, but he has a feeling that the intent has no malous in the slightest.
Both partners are completely spent. All they can manage to do is lie on the bed as they catch their breath. They can’t move. They can’t think. They can barely see. But most notable of all, they don’t care. Neither would be doing any of it even if they could. The mutual embrace and touch is arguably better than the various sensations from the act that they just indulged in.
That goes double for Beatrice. For the majority of her life, she only knew fear and anguish. All who had her image in mind wouldn’t dare enter her path and those foolish enough to do so would meet an unfortunate end. And she was very content with that being the case before today. But Zeldrich has shown her the joys of so much more. Empathy, vulnerability, tranquility, all of the things that she saw as weakness. And here she is, experiencing it first hand and being happy. She likes it. She likes him. She likes him a lot.
“Ahem, alright,” Beatrice starts after regaining her stamina with a spell and leaning up from Zeldrich’s chest, “Well, it’s safe to say that your heart’s been mended, correct?”
“Uh...what?” Zeldrich questions,
“Your lady issues. Surely, your heart’s at peace by now.”
“Umm-...oh. Oh! Oh, right. Yeah. Completely over it. Thanks a bunch. I feel so much better.”
“Great. Now, if you’ll excuse me.”
As she grabs her clothing and puts them on, Zeldrich suddenly remembers the nagging pain in his neck.
“Wait a second,” he says, grabbing her attention, “What’s gonna happen with this bite.”
Beatrice sighs before saying in a sarcastic tone,
“What do you think is gonna happen?”
“Am I gonna tur-”
“Finish that racist assumption and I’ll turn you inside out and leave you to the buzzards!”
Zeldrich immediately shuts his trap.
“My kind uses a lot of energy when we teleport, so by the time we get to where we wanna go, we lose about half of our strength, depending on the distance. Which is why your shoulder was only shattered instead of being ripped off. When we bite someone, that process is a lot less harsh with no energy being spared when we teleport to them.”
“So when you bite someone, it’s guaranteed that you’re gonna see them again?”
“Don’t read too much into it. I only did it to ensure my point gets across.”
“What point?”
Beatrice levitates Zeldrich and swiftly brings him close to her, saying in a harsh tone,
“If a single soul catches an inkling of anything that was said, done, or even insinuated here, I will nail you to rusted steel and watch with a gratuitous amount of joy as I resurrect your fallen family members and torture them. And I’ll know. My kind shares everything seen, heard, and said from our victims. Get it?!”
“Got it.”
“Good. Now, I’m gonna get my stuff back.”
She drops him on his hands and knees before getting on her knees and placing her hands in her lap. Once she does, she focuses on Ulrich, who’s playing with her gold and creating sculptures with them. She growls before standing back up and preparing to depart.
“Oh, and eat more iron,” she says to Zeldrich, “Not only does it make your blood more bearable, but it’s good for you.”
And with that, she pats his head before disappearing without a trace, leaving Zeldrich grinning ear to ear as he lies down on his floor. He doesn’t need a special bond to know that her reasoning was complete bologna. He knows better than to spill personal information like that. Plus, if anyone were to find out that he mated with a monster like her, he’d be considered an abomination and executed before she can have her turn. Not that it would stop her, of course. She definitely has a more selfish reason for wanting to return.
Regardless of the reason, he definitely plans on carrying himself differently. If he’s to expect a guest that suddenly at inopportune times, he’d might as well make his place of residence more presentable.
Alright, how much time’s left?...Three and a half hours. Sure. Just half an hour passes after five hours of looking away from it. Fan-fucking-tastic. Ok, you know what? Not that bad. That’s 60 minutes three times and then one half. Each of those 60 minutes is just...uh...15? Yeah, 15 minutes 4 times. And 15 minutes is just 3 minutes 5 times. So in all actuality, I’m waiting 3 minutes...70 times and then my shift’s completely over. And I think one of those three minutes passed just thinking about that. So 69 more to go...heh. Oh, the joys of being bored as all hell. At least one good thing came from school. I can now add a bit of flair to counting down the minutes. Totally worth the 7 hours every day for half my life.
My internal calculations are interrupted by a loud thud on the conveyor belt, shocking me to my core. Once I recover from my jolt, I look in front of me to see the source of the noise. To my dismay, it’s someone I’m quite acquainted with, Mason. Oh, goody. As if my day needed more hell to endure. Whatever. Just need to scan his shit and he’ll leave me alone. As a matter of fact, he might just ignore me completely. He’s looking on his phone.
“Taiga?” he questions in an exaggerated tone, “Little gayby Taiga? Is that actually you?”
Fuck.
“Oh my God, I didn’t notice you here. How are you?”
“Sir, I’d thank you to refrain from calling me that,” I respond, scanning and bagging his things,
“Oh, sorry. I didn’t mean to make you all fussy. You want me to find you a guy to give you your pacifier?”
I ignore his taunting, scanning and bagging faster to get him out of my fucking face.
“What, this is what counts for customer service around here?” he continues, “You’re not gonna ask how my day’s going, if I found everything to my liking, or even ask if there’s anything you can do to better my experience? I thought you would jump at the opportunity to service your customers.”
All I can do is sigh and shake my head at his remarks. I reeeeeally need this job, so I just gotta let this slide. Plus, I’m almost done. Just gotta scan and bag these last five items and I’m home free. He’ll be gone and I won’t have any more threats of being fired.
“Come on, Taiga. Surely, you wanna do everything in your power to brighten my day. What, are you reserving your services for your boss? You saving your special assets for better job opportunities? I bet you are. I bet you like how hard they pull on your little tail while they give you your ‘promotions’. I bet when you heard of the different ‘positions’, you just couldn’t wa-”
“Ok, your total comes out to be $45.65. Will that be cash or card?” I interrupt, internally begging for all of this to be over.
He gives me a smug smirk before reaching into his pocket.
“Still got that temper on ya, huh?” he says, pulling out his wallet, “Honestly, you really need to work on your people skills, Taiga.”
“$45.65. Will that be cash or card?” I repeat, trying to hurry this along,
“Chill out, Taigy. I’m just trying to create conver-”
“Will that be cash or card?”
He snickers at my growing agitation, taking out his card and handing it to me, saying,
“Wow, someone’s extra cranky today, huh? Is that it? Is little gay baby Taigy cranky?”
Don’t get fired. Don’t get fired. Don’t get fired. Don’t get fired. Do not get fired. I take the card out of his hand and scan it. Hm. Declined. Who’da thought?
“I’m sorry, sir,” I say through the most convincing smile I can conjure up right now, “This card declined.”
His smug demeanor takes a noticeable shift. At least I can take solace in his embarrassment. He gives a smug scoff before reaching into his wallet again and pulling out another card. I take it and scan it.
“Declined,” I say, handing him the cards back, “Would you like to pay in cash?”
Admittedly, I’m starting to enjoy myself a bit. At least I don’t have to hear his stupid “jokes” anymore. Plus, the sight of him slightly panicking because he’s a big strong man who’s at risk of looking like a broke boy in front of someone he was just making fun of is just hilarious. It’s always a beautiful thing when the universe comes in clutch.
“No, no,” he says, “Just give me a second.”
He types away at his phone, probably just making it seem he’s settling things with his bank. Now I just wish there was a sea of people behind him just so he can suffer in the anxiety of being rushed. But you can’t have everything, I guess. A guy can dream, though.
“Ok, here,” he says, handing me the initial card.
I scan it and once again, it declines. I give him a smug look, saying in my most patronizing tone,
“I’m sorry, sir. It still declined. Would you like to try cash now?”
He grimaces before returning to his phone, aggressively tapping on it before bringing it to his ear. Uh oh. Someone’s gonna get a piece of his mind. Hopefully, he’ll be generous with himself. He doesn’t have that much to give. He turns away from me, whispering in the phone,
“Hey, I’m gonna need you to send like $50.”
“Just $50?” I hear his dad question through the phone,
“Yeah.”
“Now?”
“No, five years after I starve. Yes now.”
“No need to be aggressive. I’m just making sure. You seemed so sure you had enough. You want me to go in there?”
“No, I just need you to send the money!
“Well, what could you possibly be buying for that much anyway?”
“It doesn’t matter. I just have a bit less than I thought is all.”
“Well, it matters to me. $50 is a lot of money to just be sending out on a whim.”
“Like I said, it doesn’t matter. Just send it.
“Ok, ok. This is just a bit bizarre is all I’m saying...Aaaand sent. There you go.”
“Thank you. Jeez.”
“Also, side note, a “please” would’ve been much appreciated. Just something to take for the future.”
Ok, bye.”
“Oh, well, bye. I lo-”
He hangs up the phone, composing himself before saying,
“Ok, everything should be in order.”
I roll my eyes before swiping his card again. Sure enough, the payment goes through this time. Thank God. I place the card down on the conveyor belt along with the printed out receipt.
“There you go, have a nice day,” I say, forcing a smile,
“That’s it?” he questions in a sarcastic tone, “Come on, Taigy, where’s your hospitality? Can’t I at least get a ‘Goodbye’?”
“Sir, the transaction is complete. I now ask that you exit the premises unless you would like to make another purchase.”
“You’re so mean. What about a kiss?”
“Sir, I don’t take kindly to being harassed. Now, please leave or I will contact security to escort you out of here. And neither of us wants that.”
“Oh, now, you don’t have to go through such lengths, Taigy. Look, why don’t we just hang out after your shift like we used to? I’ll take you wherever you want, get you whatever you want, maybe we’ll go back to my pla-”
“Macy,” a thunderous voice says in the distance, causing Mason to turn white as a ghost, “What did we discuss about saying ‘I love you’ at the end of our calls?”
Mason’s frozen in place as his dad heads in our direction. Oh, sweet, savory, delicious karma, how I adore thee.
“You know how important it is to me that we end every conversation possible with those three words, Macy. Why’s it so difficult for you to say it?”
“Ok, ok, I love you,” Mason says with blatant desperation in his voice, “There. I said it. Now would you please quit calling me that so loud?”
“Oh, now you want proper considerations to be accounted for. I thought I raised you better tha-...Oh...Hello, Taiga.”
“H-hi, Mr. Klef,” I greet back with a wave, barely able to make eye contact.
I am now torn on how I feel. On one hand, I’m in the presence of the person whose marriage I accidentally ruined a few months ago because of a dumb drunken kiss that still eats me up to this day. But on the other hand, Mason’s feeling immensely worse about it for obvious reasons. Both him and his bitch mom’s lives have been turned upside down and I’m the reason why. It’s funny how something as minor as homewrecking can be the cause of such a weird mix of emotions.
“I- uh-...I didn’t know you worked here,” he says,
“Just started a few weeks ago,” I reply as my heart races trillions of miles a second, “It’s-...part of a bet I have going on with a friend. Winner gets $1,000. I’m here in retail and he’s got food because scissors beat paper.”
“Hm. That’s...good...I guess...Keep up the good work.”
“Yeah, yeah, we get it, he’s doing such a good job,” Mason chimes in, “Now, if you’ll excuse us, we were talking about plans for later before you rudely interrupted.”
“Oh...oh...I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to interrupt. I should probably-...get going anyways.”
“Yeah, ok, bye.”
His dad starts to say something, but stops himself before hesitantly turning around and walking back outside. Once he’s out of sigh, Mason turns his attention back to me, saying,
“Anyways, like I was saying, we could go back to my place. Maybe catch up, rekindle that flame maybe. I missed you.”
Is he insane? Not even 15 minutes ago, he was insulting me. Now he’s saying he misses me? I’ll never understand the guys I hook up with. But maybe there is some catching up that needs to be done with someone else.
“You know what?” I respond, leaning forward on the counter, “You’re right. What’s life without reconciliation? My shift ends in about 6 hours. You come back at around that time, then I’ll take you up on your offer. Who knows? Maybe one thing leads to another and I’ll let you show how much you missed me.”
He tries his best to hide his intimidation, failing miserably.
“Alright, then,” he manages to say, “See you in 6 hours.”
“Can’t wait.”
He walks away, trying to look suave, but in reality just looks like he’s just learned what his legs are. Fucking creep. I guess one good thing about dating a dumbass like him is the fact that he never stops to consider things like how the store closes at 9 instead of 12:30. I just wish I could be here to see his stupid ass face.
But enough about him. His dad is all I’m after, anyway. I could smell his grief a mile away. He’s the only reason I feel bad. He’s such a nice guy. He didn’t deserve that ungrateful fucking cow in the first place. And he damn sure doesn’t deserve the pain of finally getting her out of his life. Maybe I can show him a good example of how much better other options can be.
Eventually, the egregious hours pass by and I’m finally free from my cell. I’m really wondering if this $1,000 is worth it at this point. I say my goodbyes to my fellow coworkers before stepping outside and sitting on the bench. I then take out my phone and search my contacts for Mason’s dad’s number. After finding it, I call him and wait for him to answer.
“Hello?” he greets,
“Uh-...hey,” I reply, remembering that blindly walking into something like this probably isn’t the best idea in the world, “It’s-...it’s me.”
“Taiga?”
“Y-yeah. I just-...A friend kinda stood me up and I’m kinda...stuck. Do you think you can...give me a ride?”
“Yeah, sure. No problem at all.”
“Cool. Thanks. You’re the best.”
“Alright, see ya in a bit.”
“Ok, bye.”
I hang up the phone and put it back in my pocket, waiting for my knight in shining armor to appear and rescue me. After a few minutes of waiting, I finally spot his car driving up to me. Once he’s parked in front of the store, he rolls his window down, saying,
“You rang?”
“Maybe,” I reply, opening the door and getting inside,
“Alright, where do you live?”
“Um...I was actually thinking that...maybe we could...go to your place. Just to...you know...talk.”
“Oh...Uh...Ok. If that’s what you want.”
He pulls off and drives back to his house. The car is radio silent during the drive. It’s so uncomfortable and awkward. I should probably be thinking about how I’m gonna start this damn conversation, but it’s kinda hard to find an opening statement to “Hey, so how’s the single life treatin’ ya after the 20 years were crushed before your very eyes?”.
We soon arrive at his apartment before stepping out of his car and heading inside. After shutting the door, he leads me to the living room before we take our seats on his couch. It’s way more rugged than I remember it being. Hopefully, that doesn’t become too much of a problem.
“Soooo,” I start, trying to get the ball rolling, “How’ve you been holding up?”
“Oh...You know, about as well as I can. What about you?”
“Same...Same...Content creation’s really lucrative.”
“Well, that’s good...That is good.”
God, this is so awkward. This used to be easy. It’s so weird what a bit of extra information can add and take away.
“So I couldn’t help but notice Mason with you during your shift,” he says, “What was that about?”
“Uh...It was a bit of an...awkward reunion,” I reply, trying to mask my agitation, but judging from his look of concern, I’m failing miserably, “His memory’s still as sharp as ever. Still carries around that little nickname that Mrs-...Or...Ms. Felder made for me.”
“Oh, wow, I’m so sorry.”
“It’s fine. Demeaning homophobic nicknames never hurt anyone. At least it stopped me from being bored.”
“You want me to say something to him?”
“No, like I said, it’s fine. I just look at it as his way of coping with what happened. Plus, he’s a momma’s boy, so it’s kind of a given that he’d mimic everything about her.”
He snickers before saying,
“Yeah, that boy does have a bit of an obsession with miming that woman, doesn’t he?”
“Exactly. Thankfully, you know better than to do something that dangerous.”
“What do you mean?”
“I meant every word of what I said, you know.”
He goes silent. All he can do is look at me with guilt as he remembers my words that night his wife caught us.
“She didn’t deserve you,” I continue, “She had the best man anyone could ever ask for and she took him for granted. She only took notice when someone else realized your value. Someone that blind has no right leading someone as sweet, passionate, smart, funny, handsome, and tender as you. Mason might not realize that, but it’s good to know that you do.”
“T-Taiga, you ca-”
I bring a finger to his lips, shushing him before straddling his lap and looking directly into his beautiful emerald green eyes, saying,
“She’s not here anymore. She told you loud and clear how much she cared about you by leaving you. If she’s gonna show you nothing but disrespect for that long and end it like that, why show her any kind of respect now that she’s gone? Especially when someone willing to treat you how you deserve to be treated is right here sitting on your lap.”
He stares back into my eyes, taking everything I’m saying into consideration. He then gives me a grin before bringing a hand to my hair, lightly petting me and scratching my ear, making me pur.
“You know what?” he says, “You’re right. She didn’t appreciate anything I did for her. There was always a problem. Nothing I did was good enough for her. I missed out on outings, birthdays, and other events for her. And that’s the thanks I get. Well, since I was apparently such a burden, it’s just one less thing for her to worry about so we both can move on. And now’s as good a time as any to move on, right?”
“I couldn’t agree more.”
And now we find ourselves in the same exact position we were in last time. I’m on his lap, he’s stroking my hair, and I’m getting so lost in his eyes. Just one more thing to make it identical. I lean closer to him, dimming my eyes as I wrap my arms around his neck. He brings his hands to my waist, closing his eyes, too as our lips connect with each other.
Fuck, I’ve been wanting to do this with this man for so long. I couldn’t stop thinking about it ever since it happened. And this time’s even better. His lips are softer than I remember. His touch is more comforting than last time. This feels infinitely better now that I really get to enjoy it this time. And judging from a certain hardening object in between us, I’m not the only one who thinks so.
I would be lying if I said I didn’t let that cross my mind, too the last time we did this. We probably would’ve if that bitch didn’t interrupt. But she’s not here anymore, is she? No, she isn’t. Which means we can go as far as we want with no one telling us we can’t. And I’m gonna start by doing this.
I lightly roll my hips, grinding myself against his hardening cock. I crack my eyes open just a bit to see his reaction. I’m greeted with such an adorable bashful expression from him before he pulls away from the kiss. He starts to say something, but again, I bring a finger to his lips, stopping him in his tracks. I then lean in to his neck, giving it a light kiss before whispering,
“You don’t have to say anything.”
I give his neck a small lick, trailing my tongue from his neck to his chest.
“You don’t even have to do anything if you don’t want to.”
I get off of his lap and onto my knees right in front of him.
“Just let me take care of everything.”
I unbutton and unzip his pants before pulling them to his thighs and grabbing onto the hem of his briefs.
“I’m gonna give you the happiness that you rightfully deserve. You’re such a sweet man, Mr. Klef. It’s about time someone finally acknowledged that in a way that truly matters.”
I pull down his briefs, exposing his hardened, beautiful, 6 inch cock. I then wrap my hand around it, slowly stroking it as I look into his pleasure-filled eyes, earning light moans from my actions. Fuck, he smells so good. And his voice is so sexy. I wanna hear more.
Wasting no time, I lean down and open my mouth before taking his delicious cock inside as far as it can possibly go. I manage around half of his length before bobbing my head up and down his length. He moans in response to my mouth, stroking my hair as I continue worshiping his perfect, big, tender, warm, hypnotizing, intoxicating cock. It tastes so fucking good. And his pre-cum is just elevating the flavor.
I should’ve done this the first time. I could’ve had this wonderful cock to myself for months. Fuck what that fucking skank had to say about it. I could’ve savored his alluring tangy taste, basked in his glorious musk, and melted in the hymn-like sounds of his pleasured moans as he pets me for being his good boy. But I have the opportunity now. And I’m gonna enjoy every nanosecond of this.
I wrap my hands around the remaining half of his cock, jerking it as I continue sucking it. He moans louder, tightening his grip on my hair.
“Fuck, your mouth feels so fucking good,” he moans, “I can’t believe we’re waiting until now to do this. Yeah, that’s it. Use your tongue. Yeah, good boy.”
Those two words...Those two goddamn words...Oh, God, I need him to say them again. But not like this. No. I want to show him exactly how much of a good boy I am. I gradually stop my stroking and bobbing before pulling his cock out of my mouth, already longing for its taste the millisecond it leaves my taste buds. But with what I have planned, the taste just might pale in comparison. I reach into my pocket, reaching for the true star of tonight’s show before I hear him say in a coy tone,
“Whatcha got there?”
I giggle in response before saying,
“Oh, just something that’ll really cement me as being a good boy for you.”
And with that, I present to him, the handy dandy bottle of anal lube I definitely purchased from the store I currently work at with actual real money that was used as the totally real transaction that took place. After one glance at the bottle of heaven in my hands, his smirk grows as I open it.
“And how long have you been planning on this, you naughty boy?” he questions,
“Ever since I saw the sexiest man ever sculpted head into my place of work and bless my eyes with his presence again,” I reply, pouring a generous amount of lube on his dick and coating it by slowly stroking it, “You know me. I’m not much of a planner. I’m more of a here and now kinda guy. So with our little...reunion, I figured you’d be open to a bit of fun.”
“Woah, you’re quite the risk taker, huh? What if I refused.”
“Well, I’d never let this go to waste. And I have my ways when it comes to persuasion. So if you didn’t come to your senses, you’d have quite the video being sent to you to show you what you’d be missing out on.”
He’s completely speechless. Is he really that turned on from the thought of what a naughty boy I’d be willing to be for him? He then answers my internal question as I feel his dick twitching in my hand as I stroke it.
“Oh, what’s wrong, Mr. Klef?” I taunt in a patronizing tone, bringing my hand to his tip and rubbing it, “Cat got your tongue? You thinking about that naughty, naughty video that would’ve been in your possession if this went any other way? It would’ve been something, huh? Watching this little cat boy bouncing up...and down...and up...and down on his toy for your viewing pleasure.”
He looks like he’s gonna blow just from my hand and voice alone. He’s so cute like this. But as cute as this is, I don’t want a single drop of him being wasted anywhere else but inside of me. So I let go of his cock and stand up, taking off my khaki pants, polo shirt, and underwear, saying,
“Well, good thing you don’t have to imagine that happening, huh? You get to watch your naughty boy do it in person. Isn’t that so much better?”
He’s still speechless. Can this man be any more irresistible? I straddle him again, spreading my ass open with one hand and lining his cock up with my other. He helps me by guiding my hips as I lower myself onto him. I soon feel him pushing against my entrance. And after a few attempts, I manage to slide his tip inside. I shudder from the intrusion before grabbing onto his shoulders as he guides me down his shaft. My grip tightens on his shirt as I bury my face in his chest, adjusting to his size. He’s stretching me so much. Mason’s never felt this big. That apple just fell all the way down to hell, apparently.
After sliding his entire length inside of me, I take a moment to adjust to his size. But in the process, I take notice of the fact that my claws have extended. I open my eyes, fearing the worst before being relieved that nothing was damaged...Accept his shirt. I retract my claws, feeling absolutely terrible as I look at the holes before saying,
“Oh, wow, I’m so sorry.”
He gives me an assuring smile before replying with,
“It’s fine. Not like I’m gonna be needing it right now.”
He then pulls his shirt over his head and tosses it aside, blessing me with the sight of his Godlike body. Fuck, he looks so yummy. I bring my hands to his perfect toned chest as I slowly roll my hips. He brings a hand to my waist and the other to my right thigh, looking me in my eyes as if internally asking me if I’m ready. I nod my head, giving him the green light to take me as his. He accepts my invitation, gripping onto my body and carefully guiding me up and down his shaft.
We both moan as he slides in and out of my ass. After moments of careful movements, the pain gradually subsides, leaving me with immense pleasure. I start riding him on my own, moving a little faster than he’s been moving. He’s reaching deeper inside of me. He feels so fucking good.
This is my utopia. Everything about him is just perfect. His looks, his smell, his taste, the sound of his moans, and the feeling of his cock inside of me. He’s the full package. And he’s all mine. Just for me. And I’m his. I want him to say it. I want him to claim me.
“Tell me I’m your good boy,” I beg, bringing my hands to his face, “Please, say it. I need to hear it. I want you to submit my place as yours. Say I’m your good boy.”
He leans in, getting inches away from my face, saying,
“You’re my good boy, Taiga. You’re such a good boy.”
Music to my fucking ears. I ride him even harder, moaning even more before planting my lips on his. He reciprocates the kiss, maneuvering his hand from myhip to my ass. His touch is so addictive. I don’t think I’ll ever get over how much I love when he touches me. No one’s ever made me feel like he does.
He breaks the kiss and latches onto my neck, making me moan even louder. I tilt my head back, giving him better access. I then feel him pulling onto my tail, driving me insane. It’s like he knows all of my weaknesses. I can feel my limit building with every passing second and his actions are just speeding up the process. I don’t know how much more I can take.
“You’re so sexy,” he says in between kisses, “I love when you moan for me. I wanna hear more. Moan for me, sexy boy.”
I do as I’m told, moaning even more for him. I love being his thrall. His smile grows as I obey his command. I then notice his moans getting as loud as mine. He’s about to cum, too.
“Yeah, that’s it,” I encourage, “Cum inside of me. Breed me. Pump me full of your cum. I wanna feel it. I need to feel it. Yes. Yes! YES!!! FUCK!!!”
We both moan, embracing each other as we both reach orgasm. He fills me to the brim with his warm, sticky, creamy sperm and I empty mine in between our stomachs. He strokes my hair, scratching my ears as we ride out our orgasms. I wanna stay like this forever. I could die happy right now in his loving arms.
“So how do you feel knowing you’re gonna be a kitten daddy?” I joke, earning a chuckle from him,
“Looking forward to it. Good thing I have you for practice in the meantime.”
I playfully smack his cinder block of a shoulder before saying,
“Shut up. I’m a full grown cat, you meanie. I wipe my own ass.”
“Oh, well, forgive me, Mr. Maturity. How could I be so mistaken? You’re clearly the picture perfect definition of what an adult is.”
“And don’t you forget it. Now hold me tighter. I wanna take a nap and your hugs are better than blankies.”
He laughs before tightening his embrace as he continues petting me, providing me with the most comfort I’ve ever had as I bury my face in his chest. The room is now radio silent with the exception of my purring from the comfort. I couldn’t be happier. But then I hear the sound of my phone buzzing from my pants. The ultimate mood killer.
“Who’s that?” Mr. Klef asks,
“Doesn’t matter,” I answer, “For all they know, I’m sleeping right now, so answering shouldn’t be that much of a priority right now.”
“Can’t argue with that.”
But that is a good question, though. Who the fuck would be calling me right now? Brad didn’t seem to need anything when he closed up shop. The other coworkers don’t call. They text in the group chat to make sure their message is seen by everyone. I don’t think any friends would be calling at this hour. So whomst?
Who all has my number that would be so desp-...Ooooh. Mason. I forgot all about him. He must be at the store now, wondering where I am now that he finally saw the schedule of the store. Man, am I gonna have quite the explanation for him tomorrow.
Milo couldn’t be happier with his life right now. He’s at the tail end of the worst part of his life, his freelancing career is starting to get off the ground, and he’s now in a relationship with the greatest girl he’s ever come into contact with. He never thought he’d be this happy in his senior year.
“Shut up,” Rosaline says with a giggle, lightly shoving Milo, “I like kittens. Leave me alone.”
“I’m just saying they’re little prissy brats,” Milo retorts with a shrug, “Yeah, they’re cute, but they just go around ordering you around like they own everything. They’re like the late stages for a spoiled rich kid.”
“Well, I don’t care what you say. I’m getting one.”
“And I’m not gonna stop you. I’ll just place it somewhere really high if it annoys me.”
“Then it’ll climb back down and scratch you.”
“Then I’ll eat its food.”
“Then it’ll bite you.”
“Then I’ll bite it back to assert dominance.”
Rosaline giggles again at Milo before saying,
“Oh my gosh, you’re such a jerk.”
“What, you never complained when I ate your kitten before. What’s different now?”
“Milo, stooop.”
As the pair enjoy each other’s company, Milo’s friend, Rayleigh approaches them, taking note of their merriment.
“What’s up, lovebirds?” he starts, “What’s going on here?”
“Nothing much,” Milo answers, “Just discussing how she wants her kitty in my mouth and how it’ll result in me getting scratched.”
Rosaline gasps and blushes at Milo’s phrasing before pounding his shoulder, prompting him to laugh at her embarrassment.
“Classy, you two, real classy,” Rayleigh says with a smirk, “Well, the reason I came over here was to inform you that Alex is inviting everyone to his house for a bit of an end of the year get together. So you guys wanna ride with me or do you wanna continue your kitten conversation at your place first?”
Rosaline pouts at his statement before folding her arms. Milo embraces her in his arm before answering with,
“Yeah, we’ll go. Didn’t think that Alex was the party type.”
“Senior year just brings out the inner party animal, I guess.”
“That honestly doesn’t surprise me. Especially since he’s been stressing like crazy since the year started.”
“Yeah, this might be more therapeutic for him than anything. Alright, I’ll tell him he’s got two others on the guest list.”
Rayleigh walks away, leaving the pair alone again.
“You’re so embarrassiiiing,” Rosaline whines through a playful pout,
“Yeah, you’re right, I’m the worst,” Milo plays along, “Tell you what, I’ll embarrass myself by fucking up a backflip when we get to the party. Will that make it better?”
“Noo. I don’t want you to get hurt.”
“It won’t be permanent. I’ll just knock the wind out of myself.”
“No. You’re not gonna inflict harm upon yourself in any way.”
“Ok, you win, mom. I won’t intentionally hurt myself. But what if I-”
“Oh, hey there, Milo!” a familiar voice says, gathering the pair’s attention,
“How are you doing?” another familiar voice follows.
Milo groans in agitation before palming his face, immediately recognizing the two voices. These two girls have made his and Rayleigh’s entire high school experience a living hell. The fact that they only have to deal with one more month of it couldn’t make them happier. Not only are they gonna be done with school forever, but there’s a fairly favorable chance that they’ll never have to see either of these girls for the rest of their natural lives.
“What do you want?” Milo questions, not even looking at the pair above him,
“Is that any way to greet your best friends?” Bianca teases,
“Yeah, why do you have to be so mean to us?” Jenna chimes in, ruffling his hair.
Not wanting to be framed for inflicting harm on the girls again, Milo just endures the verbal and physical torment.
“Ooo, Milo,” Jenna taunts, turning her attention to Rosaline, “Why didn’t you tell us you got yourself another girlfriend?”
“W-wait, ‘another’?” Rosaline questions, confused at the insinuation, “What is she talking about?”
“Oh, he didn’t tell you about us? Milo, you big meanie. You can’t keep these things from her. You’re in a relationship. You gotta tell her these things.”
Irritated with the lies she’s spewing, Milo snaps back with,
“What? What are you talking about? There was never an ‘us’.”
Jenna brings her hand to her chest before letting out an exaggerated gasp and saying,
“Oh my. So cruel.”
“Yeah, Milo,” Bianca piles on, “Not cool, dude. How could you forget all the good times we all had?”
“You...all?” Rosaline questions with disgust,
“Rose, I swear, they’re lying,” Milo assures, “They’re just a couple of assholes. Let’s just go.”
He stands up, bringing a reluctant Rosaline up with him, but before they can walk away, Bianca stops them in their tracks, saying,
“Wow, quite the language you have there, Milo.”
“Come on, you know good and well that boy has quite the mouth on him,” Jenna says, “Let me tell you something, you’re a very lucky lady. Has he shown you how educated his tongue is yet? He just reaches all the right places, doesn’t he?”
“Well, he’s kind of a cheater. He’s basically obsessed with having you sit on his face. But he more than makes up for it with how much he’ll touch you, know what I mean?”
Rosaline’s face gets redder and redder with every word. Partly because of the perverse speaking from the pair, but mostly because their descriptions of Milo’s actions are 100% accurate in her experience. Their claims are getting more believable the longer she listens.
“Oh, if you think that’s cheating, just wait until you see how he found out how to do those things,” Jenna says, “One look at that internet history would have a nymphomaniac blushing.”
Milo’s immediately shaken to his core as soon as the mention of his search history is mentioned. Taking note of his sudden apprehensive demeanor, Rosaline looks at him with even more disdain than before.
“Not only that, but let’s just say he might have the law giving him the side eye,” Bianca chimes in, further strengthening Rosaline’s suspicions,
“What-...what do they mean by that, Milo?” Rosaline questions, fearing the answer,
“Rosaline, just listen,” Milo starts, trying his hardest to dissolve her suspicions of him.
He takes her hands into his, but she immediately snatches them away, staring directly into his eyes and holding back tears in hers.
“What do they mean by that?” she repeats, demanding to know the answer,
“Well, if you’re that curious, let’s just find out together,” Jenna says, swiping away on Milo’s phone.
Milo, petrified beyond belief, tries desperately to retrieve his phone. But Bianca stops him in his tracks, holding him in place and giggling.
“Seriously, putting your phone in shorts that baggy is just begging people to snatch it,” she says as Milo tries fighting out of her grasp,
“Ok! Let’s see what we have here on Milo Turner’s search history on his phone!” Jenna announces, gathering the attention of everyone in the gym,
“Jenna! No! Stop! Ple-” Milo pleads before Bianca covers his mouth with her hand,
“Alright, let’s see, here! Ahem! Just last night we have: ‘POV Step daughter sucks step dad’s cock while mom sleeps’! ‘Mommy domme pegs her baby boy’! ‘Kitsune femdom erotic audio’! ‘Granny stuck in a wall and begs for anal pounding’! ‘Dragon Maid Kanna Yuri Smutfic’! ‘...Wait a minute...What’s this?!”
Milo, instantly realizing what Jenna has found, tries even harder to break out of Bianca’s hold. But she has him locked in too tight. His fighting proves to be for naught. He’s already overflowing with embarrassment, but if Jenna follows through with exposing what she’s found, he’ll never hear the end of it. So he continues desperately fighting Bianca until,
“Big brother you’re the best
Especially when you touch my breast
I like the way that you touch me
Your chin-chin makes me kimochi
Just put your dick in my mouth
I’ll make it go in and out-”
The entire gym erupts in a mix of laughter, repulsion, second-hand embarrassment, and a combination of all three. Milo can’t even bring himself to look at Rosaline, who is recoiling at him with a look of shock, horror, confusion...and hatred. She doesn’t recognize him anymore. She can’t believe what he’s been hiding from her. And she fears that’s not even a fraction of what he’s been hiding.
Rayleigh snatches Milo’s phone out of Jenna’s hand before frantically closing out of the tab. But the damage is already done. Everyone’s either laughing at Milo or giving him a look of utter contemptment, Jenna and Bianca are joining the former, laughing up a fit, and all Milo can do is sit back down against the closed bleachers and cover his face in shame. Rayleigh then notices that Rosaline is nowhere to be found. He scans the gym for her, catching her angrily storming through the gym door. He then spots Milo’s lime hoodie that he let her wear haphazardly tossed in the trash bin.
From the noises of his peers, to the tragic end of his best friend’s relationship, to the heinous act that the two girls before him committed, Rayleigh is seething with rage. They’ve done some terrible things to them in the past, but this was diabolical. He can’t believe that they would stoop this low. They completely demolished the image of one of the most respected guys in the school. And they’re laughing about it. It’s so infuriating to him. They get to do anything they want with no consequences. No one to teach them what happens when you constantly meaninglessly antagonize. Well, he’s had enough. He refuses to have that be the case anymore. Somehow, someway, Rayleigh will embed that message into their skulls.
A few weeks pass after the incident and Milo continues to remain in his room. He doesn’t bother mending anything with Rosaline, finding it to be a lost cause, he doesn’t interact with his parents, he doesn’t answer Rayleigh’s attempts to reach out to him, he doesn’t even plan on attending school for the last month. He’s too ashamed to bear the thought of showing his face in public with everyone knowing what they know. Thankfully, his grades allow him to afford to do that.
As Milo continues lying in his bed and thinking about his ruined status in the eyes of his former peers, he hears a knock on his door. Believing it to be his mother, he ignores it in hopes that she’ll leave him alone. As expected there’s another knock and it’s met with the same treatment. He’ll set her mind at ease when he eats his breakfast later. He just doesn’t want to see her or anyone.
But things take an unexpected turn as another knock is heard. This time being slightly louder than the previous knocks. However, it still doesn’t prompt a reaction from Milo. He just continues to lay in his bed in hopes that the unwanted visitor will get his message. That is until he finally hears Rayleigh’s voice say,
“Ok, screw this. Open the door, dumbass!”
Milo is taken aback by the subversion, but that still doesn’t motivate him to get out of bed. He still doesn’t want any company. Rayleigh ignores Milo’s nonverbal objection and opens the door himself and steps into his room.
“Sup, dude,” he greets, “Haven’t seen you in a bit. You doin’ alright?”
Milo doesn’t answer. He doesn’t even look at his intruder.
“Yeah, I figured. Don’t worry, I’m not gonna stand here and give you some long-winded boring speech about how you shouldn’t waste your time wallowing away in the confinements of your room and how you need to pull yourself up by your bootstraps and fuck the horse and whatever. Not gonna do any of that. That’s just gonna be a huge waste of time. Instead of telling you to get out of this room, I’m dragging you. Come on.”
He grabs onto Milo’s arm and pulls him out of bed. Milo doesn’t really put up a fight. For one, Rayleigh would just relent until he conceded. Plus, he doesn’t have the energy to persist. It’s just easier to follow along until Rayleigh’s done. The lack of a struggle takes Rayleigh by surprise, but it doesn’t slow him down. He drags his friend downstairs and outside into the passenger seat of his car before stepping into the driver’s seat.
“Ok,” he starts, “We’re gonna go somewhere.”
“Yeah, we’re in a car,” Milo grumbles, wanting this to be over and done with already,
“How right you are. Now, where do you wanna go?”
“Back to my room.”
“Alright, bowling alley it is.”
Milo sighs as Rayleigh grabs his laptop from the dashboard and places it on his lap. Rayleigh then starts typing on the laptop, prompting Milo to look on in confusion. What was the point of asking him if he was just going to type away on his computer? He rolls his eyes before leaning his head on his hand and looking out the window.
But just one glance shakes Milo to his core. Beside him is someone’s car that he doesn’t recognize. He looks forward through the windshield discovering the aforementioned bowling alley. As he takes a moment to process what exactly just happened, Rayleigh just gives him a smug grin.
“Yeah, still wanna be in your room now, Debbie downer?” he questions.
“Wh-.....WHAT?!” Milo shouts, not able to form any other words in his mind,
“Cool, isn’t it? I don’t know what happened, either. I just accidentally spilled some soda on it a few nights ago and it kinda sparked out. A full day in cinnamon and sage coated rice later and I’m in the possession of a keyboard that grants anything I type.”
“Creepy. Wait, cinnamon and sage?”
“Michelle was trying something and mom and dad wanted to be supportive.”
“You know, you say things like this and wonder why I wonder what the hell goes on in your house.”
“ANYWAY, you do know what this means, right?”
“Yeah. We can pretty much do whatever we want.”
“That’s one way of looking at it.”
Milo’s mind immediately starts racing at the infinite possibilities. He’s still trying to fully digest this. Anything that’s typed on that laptop becomes reality. They can travel back in time. They can raise the dead. They can achieve world peace. They can summon super models. They can change the laws. They can reshape the entirety of what they’ve come to know. And no one can stop them.
But Milo’s brainstorming is brought to an abrupt end as he hears Rayleigh typing on his laptop. With curiosity piquing, he asks,
“What are you doing?”
“Just a bit of debt collecting.”
“What do you mean by that?”
Right as he finishes his sentence, Rayleigh along with the rest of the scenery starts to fade. Confusion overtakes his mind as he peculiarly finds himself in a standing position with an unsettling unstable platform below his feet. As reality warps before him, Milo starts getting dizzy. He closes his eyes to avert the shifting setting.
After moments of patiently waiting, he starts to focus on what he can to get a feel of where Rayleigh could possibly have sent them. He takes a step forward, feeling the unstable platform shifting with the weight applied from his step along with a subtle squeak following behind. He immediately recognizes the platform to be a bed. He’s in someone’s bedroom. But as he’s coming to terms with his current environment, he hears something that freezes him in place,
‘Woah, this bottle is stronger than I thought it’d be. I’m already getting light headed.’
There’s no mistaking that voice. That’s Jenna’s. Milo snaps his eyes open, dreading the sight of the soulless blue eyes of the sadistic brunette. However, to his surprise, she’s nowhere to be found. He scans the bedroom for the girl, but she’s not seen anywhere. But during his search, he feels a slightly irritating sensation on his shoulders. He reaches for the source of the feelings, discovering it to be...his long...brown...hair.
‘The hell?’ he questions in his head,
‘Wait, who said that?’ Jenna’s voice questions,
‘Where the hell are you?!’ he exclaims, walking all over the room,
‘What the fuck is going on?! Why can’t I move where I want?!’
Milo relentlessly continues his pursuit, checking under the collection of plushies on the bed.
‘Wait, stop! I just organized those!’
Looking in the closet and carelessly tossing aside the shirts, skirts, dresses, and cheerleader uniforms.
‘Quit it! You’re going to rip them!’
Ripping down the signed boy band and inspiration posters to find a hole or something.
‘No! What is wrong with you?! I got that for my 6th birthday, you asshole!’
But coming up short at every turn. And the constant sounds of disapproval to his actions are driving him insane. Why can he hear her, but not see her? What did Rayleigh do to him?
In his pursuit, he passes by a mirror, catching a glimpse of himself. And with the brief sight of the reflection, he immediately recognizes that something isn’t right. He hesitantly steps in front of the mirror, taking a look at what is shown before him. His growing confusion and anger are immediately mixed with shock and horror.
His rugged hands have been replaced with the soft pale hands that have slapped his butt, earning a loud sound to be heard that caused him to catch the blame and be labeled a perv. His long hairy legs have been replaced with the short smooth legs that pinned down his arms while being force fed worms. His emerald green eyes have been replaced with the soulless blue eyes that gleefully watched his suffering over the years. His lightly bearded stoic face has been replaced with the clean silky face that smiles and laughs at his misfortunes. He is Jenna.
Milo stumbles back in disbelief. He’s in the body of the person he hates more than life itself. Why would Rayleigh do this to him? Where is he?
“Wow, you really don’t make it hard to find out where you are, huh?” he hears Bianca’s voice say behind him.
He turns around to the door and he spots the caramel toned girl standing in the doorframe accompanied with her signature curly brown hair, hazel eyes, and smug grin. He reflexively panics at first, but his mind starts piecing everything together. If he’s been put in Jenna’s body, it’s probably a safe bet that Rayleigh followed through with the obvious. And as if to make it even more obvious, upon further investigation, Milo spots his laptop in her arm.
“Wha-...what did you do?” Milo questions, covering his mouth as he hears Jenna’s voice instead of his own,
“I thought I made myself clear,” Rayleigh replies, “We’re gonna do some debt collecting. Remember? ‘We can do anything we want’. These skanks know damn well what that’s like. Year after year, they’re relentlessly on our necks with no one believing a word of it because ‘They’re such sweethearts. What could they possibly gain from doing anything malicious?’. Well, here they are: drinking alcohol, prank calling authoritarian figures, and committing other various acts that they have no business doing while we tried so desperately to stop them after we just so happened to pass by.”
Milo considers Rayleigh’s words, admitting to himself how fun it would be to give them a taste of their own medicine. But before his voice of reason can speak up, he hears Jenna saying in a dreadful tone,
‘Listen, I don’t know who or what you guys are or what you want, but just take it. Take whatever you want. Just please leave us alone. We don’t wanna cause any trouble. Please don’t hurt us.’
She wants mercy to be shown to her. And there’s no doubt in his mind that Bianca’s pleading for the same thing. They have the nerve to beg for mercy after everything they’ve done. Then his mind suddenly goes back to a few weeks ago. They ruined his image. They decimated most of his friendships. They demolished his relationship. The last thought cements his mind. He wants them to suffer.
“I’m in,” Milo says,
“That’s my boy,” Rayleigh replies.
The night ensues, seeing the pair of vengeful boys finally giving their oppressors their just desserts. Milo mixes a concoction of different drinks with Jenna expressing her disapproval throughout the entirety of her pleas. But her words fall on deaf ears as Milo gulps down every last drop of the drink.
“Woah, Jenna,” Rayleigh taunts, filming his friend’s actions, “Those drinks looked expensive. You sure your parents will be alright with only getting a quarter of those bottles?”
“Oh, don’t worry about that,” Milo replies with his most obnoxious fabricated valley girl impression, “Mommy and daddy will just get more.”
After a few more drink mixes, Milo takes Bianca’s phone, directing Rayleigh to the direction of Jenna’s parents’ room. They giddily giggle at the possibilities as they walk through the door. The very first thing that they spot is Jenna’s father’s nightstand, which contains a wedding photo, a necklace that reads “Love of my life”, a small teddy bear holding a heart containing a picture of Jenna’s mom, a stack of $100 bills, and the start of a bead portrait that looks like it took months to get a corner accomplished.
“Awww,” Rayleigh and Milo say in unison,
“How cute can a couple of people be?” Milo questions, getting closer to the nightstand,
‘No, no please!’ Jenna pleads, ‘Just stop! They’re gonna kill me if you do anything to this!’
“I know,” Rayleigh replies, picking up the teddy bear and gradually pulling at its head, “This is why marriage is so magical. Look at all of these one of a kind artifacts. And you wanna know the best thing about them? They’re just. So. Durable!”
The bear’s head rips off of its torso with Rayleigh’s last word. The pair giggle as Jenna cries in fear of what his dad will do to her after seeing this.
“Oops,” Rayleigh taunts, “Guess I was wrong. Looks like they won’t be needing this anymore.”
He rips the heart out of the bear’s sewed clutches before snapping it in half and tossing everything behind her.
“This might as well follow, right?” Milo says, picking up the wedding photo and throwing it at the wall, causing it to shatter,
“Oooo,” Rayleigh says patronizingly, “You broke iiit. You’re gonna get in trouble!”
He shoves Milo into the nightstand, causing it to knock over and send the beads scattering all over the floor.
“Well I won’t get into that much trouble,” Milo replies, “I just saved dad all that time and energy of finishing up that stupid fucking project.”
“Huh. I guess you’re right.”
They head out of the room with the girls dreading what they’re planning to do with them next. Rayleigh leads them to the dining room table, ensuring that he’s in frame of the video before sitting on the table and looking down at the table cloth.
“Hey, Jenna,” he starts, rubbing the cloth, “This table cloth looks really nice.”
‘Wait! No!’ Jenna begs, ‘Please! My aunt made that!’
“Like it?” Milo retorts, “Aunt Whatsherface just handed it to us. She’s such a fucking cheapskate. She couldn’t even be bothered to use Egyptian silk. Fucking bitch.”
“Yeah. Such a waste of quality if you ask me. But I know how to make it so much better.”
Rayleigh smirks directly into the camera as he crawls to the corner of the table. He then takes his preferred spot, leaning back on his left arm and bringing his right hand to the front of Bianca’s shorts. He rubs her clothed center as Milo continues filming, enjoying the show in front of him.
“It’s only right for such potential to have a more...modern woman’s touch, right?” he questions with a giggle as he pushes the shorts to the side, exposing Bianca’s wet pussy.
Milo gets closer as Rayleigh slowly starts moving Bianca’s hips back and forth, grinding her pussy against the table and soaking the cloth in her juices. He tilts his head back and moans as he starts rubbing Bianca’s moist folds to amplify the sensations. Milo gets a close up of Bianca’s swollen center, getting even more turned on the longer he observes her actions and listens to her sounds of enjoyment.
“That’s one way to improve something so heinous,” Milo teases, getting inches away from Bianca’s center, “You think my aunt would appreciate the honor of having such a pretty little pussy touching her disaster?”
“No doubt in my mind,” Rayleigh says in between moans, “Can’t wait until she sees this. Just the thought of her watching her niece’s friend getting off on her stupid cloth just makes me so fucking wet. Imagine the look on her face if she were here right now.”
“That would be so fucking hot. Maybe she’d wanna thank you in some way for improving her work.”
“Really? Like how?”
Without giving it much thought, Milo leans forward, sticks out Jenna’s tongue, and gives Bianca’s pussy a long sensual lick, prompting another blissful moan. He has no idea what prompted him to do it, but he’s not gonna complain about it. He thinks about repeating the action, but his better judgment emerges as he realizes what he just did. Not wanting to ruin the fun, he pushes his regretful feelings aside and continues filming.
“Ooo, you naughty girl,” Rayleigh says in a sultry tone, “You’re lucky your aunt’s not here now. You’d be punished for doing something so nasty.”
“Well, she’s not here, is she?” Milo responds, “So no punishment for me.”
“I wouldn’t be so sure about that. I have half a mind to bend you over and spank your misbehaving little butt.”
“Yet all you can do is talk about it, so I’m safe.”
Rayleigh slowly stops grinding before hopping down from the table. Milo tries to make a hasty retreat, but Rayleigh’s too fast. He grabs Jenna’s arm and pulls her back as the pair exchange laughter due to the roughhousing. Jenna’s then bent over the table, taking nearly the same exact position that Bianca was, but in reverse as Bianca’s hands explore her body. Milo moans in response to the softness of her hands as her hands reach Jenna’s awaiting butt.
“What, this is what constitutes spanking now?” Milo taunts, “I knew you wouldn’t do-”
He’s cut off as a loud slap is heard after Bianca’s hand swat’s Jenna’s ass. Milo whimpers in response to the sudden slap. But before he can collect his bearings, another strike is delivered, garnering the same reaction.
“What was that?” Rayleigh questions, “You were saying that I wouldn’t, right?”
Another slap ensues as Milo starts grinding Jenna’s pussy against the table, coating her shorts with Bianca’s fluids.
“Bad girls like you need to learn respect.”
Slap.
“You need to know who’s in charge.”
Slap.
“Someone really needs to put bad little girls like you in your place. You need to learn what happens when you step out of line.”
Slap.
With each strike that is delivered, a whimper is heard. And the more spanks that occur, the more those whimpers are heard as moans. Not only that, but the things being said and the way that they’re being said are making Milo feel things he never thought possible. Realizing the effects that the spankings are having, Milo snaps out of his pleasure fueled trance and leans up from the table.
“O-ok, Ray,” he says, stopping the recording, “Tha-that should be plenty to get them back now. There’s no way they’ll push us around anymore. Plus, I’ve read Jenna’s mind and her parents might be back soon.”
“Well, first of all, Bianca apparently made it so that they might not be back until Monday. So she is good for something. Who knew? And second of all, you still haven’t learned your lesson.”
“Oh...Well, uh-...I’m-...Tired! Yeah, just absolutely tired. Yawn, sleep, counting sheep, and what have you. Feminine charms like mine can’t just appear out of nowhere.”
Milo’s slightly taken aback by the last sentence he uttered. He didn’t even mean to say it. But he just brushes it aside, thinking of it as stress taking over for a moment. Meanwhile, Rayleigh looks at Milo, not buying his blatant lies.
“Wanna try something else or do you actually think I’m that stupid?”
“I-...I uh-...”
Milo can’t think of anything. He’s panicking too much. He stumbles on his words for a bit before he’s silenced by Bianca’s finger on his lips as he hears her voice shush him before saying,
“Relax. You know we’re not doing anything wrong. I know we’re not doing anything wrong. We’re just a couple of goofball girls having some fun, right? You like having fun, don’t you?”
The young brunette is conflicted. On one hand, this is going far beyond anything previously anticipated. There was no implication that the night would see both of them in this position. Not only that, but Milo always made it abundantly clear that roleplaying will never be something he indulges in. But on the other, hearing the soothing sexy tones of the ravishing ebony girl as her gorgeous hazel eyes are fixated on the ocean blue eyes of her prey tip the scales pretty significantly.
“N-no,” the confused brunette weakly protests, “B-Bianca, we can’t. We’re...we’re not-...ngh~”
The final protests of the brunette are immediately silenced as Bianca’s lips latch onto her neck, gently sucking on it. Jenna’s then lifted onto the table as she closes her eyes and tilts her head back from the newfound pleasure delivered from Bianca.
“That’s it,” Bianca whispers in between kisses, “Just let go of all that worry and overthinking. Be in the here and now. Don’t worry about what might happen. Feel my lips on your neck. My hands on your nice, soft, delicate body. Yeah, you like that, don’t you?”
Jenna can’t respond. She’s too infatuated with the various sensations coursing through her body. With each kiss, with every word, with every inch of her body that’s being touched by her pursuer, the more she obeys her commands. She’s slowly but surely giving into her desires.
Bianca then trails kisses from Jenna’s neck to her mouth, still exploring her body with her hands under her shirt. Jenna leans back on her hands, balancing herself as Bianca deepens the kiss. This causes Jenna to give in even more. She loves the feeling of Bianca’s lips on hers. She could stay like this forever.
After a few minutes into the kiss, Bianca briefly breaks it to pull Jenna’s shirt over her head. Afterwards, they resume the kiss with Bianca grabbing onto Jenna’s DD cup chest with her right hand and caressing the submissive brunette’s face with her right. Jenna moans into the kiss as Bianca squeezes it. She’s so firm, yet tender with her. She’s never felt anything like this before.
With every moment that passes of Bianca grabbing and kneading Jenna’s chest, the more Jenna longs to have her wrap her lips around her nipple. The thought alone drives Jenna wild. The more she thinks about it, the more she needs it. And as if reading her mind, Bianca pulls away from the needy brunette, trailing kisses down her neck and to her well developed chest. She looks up at Jenna, giving her a coy grin before latching her mouth onto her right breast. Jenna lightly moans as Bianca licks and sucks on her right breast, while squeezing and kneading the other.
The look on Bianca’s face along with the various sensations caused by her worshiping her chest earn more reactions from Jenna. She moans louder, gripping onto the table cloth as Bianca continues enjoying her body. Bianca then alternates, latching her mouth onto her left breast and squeezing the other.
Jenna’s in pure bliss. By this point, her fears and anticipation are nonexistent. She just wants this to go on forever. She’s feeling pleasures that were previously never thought possible. All at the hands of her best friend.
After moments of the intense pleasure, Jenna’s starting to feel an overwhelming sensation rushing throughout her body. Her moans get louder and louder as this extreme sensation builds and builds. Eventually, it proves to be too much for her and she arches her back, lightly spasming as she reaches her orgasm.
Jenna lies back on the table, riding out her orgasm as Bianca looks down at her, giggling at what she’s caused. She brings a hand to Jenna’s bare tummy, lightly rubbing it and saying,
“Good girl. See what happens when you fully give yourself to me? You feel wonderous sensations that you never would have otherwise. Now, do you want more?”
“Y-yes, please,” Jenna replies almost immediately, drunk with pleasure,
“That’s what I thought.”
Bianca guides her hand from Jenna’s tummy to her abdomen, latching her fingers onto the waistband of her shorts before pulling them down below her legs and fully exposing her entire body. Bianca then fully guides Jenna onto the table before taking off her own shirt and shorts and joining her on top of it. Before doing anything else, she observes the girl’s full frame. She watches from her chest as it rises and falls from her catching her breath to her soaking, wet, little pussy. She’s practically salivating at the sight of her. She can’t wait to ravage her. But before she does, an idea crosses her mind.
“You wanna know something?” Bianca starts, bringing a hand to Jenna’s drenched slit and lightly rubbing it,
“W-what?” Jenna answers, enjoying the feeling of her friend’s palm on her cunt,
“I’ve always wanted to have some fun with your flexible little body ever since I saw you do that backbend leg over the head combo.”
“Like how?”
“Oh, maybe something like this.”
Bianca grabs Jenna’s right leg and lifts it to meet her head, making her do a perfect lying split. She then straddles her, connecting both of their pussies with each other and slowly rolling her hips. Both girls moan from the action, staring deep into each other’s eyes as Bianca continues rubbing against Jenna’s pussy.
“Fuck, you’re such a sexy girl,” Bianca moans as her hips start rolling faster, “You look so fucking sexy like this.”
Jenna blushes at the comment, getting even more turned on from it as she continues moaning. Bianca giggles at her bashful demeanor, continuing with,
“Don’t be shy about it, sweetie. As cute as it is, I want you to know how sexy you are. Your beautiful eyes just begging for more, your cute little face expressing how good this feels, and especially your adorable moans from all of this.”
Bianca starts grinding a little harder against Jenna, making her moan even more.
“Yeah, that’s it, kitten. Moan for me. Let me hear how good I’m making you feel. Yeah. Tell me how good I’m making your little pussy feel. Oh, fuck, baby. Yes. That’s right. Just like that. Moan for me. Moan louder for me, baby. Yeah.”
Jenna does as she’s told, moaning louder and louder with Bianca following suit as her pace grows more and more. Not long after speeding up the pace, Jenna gets the overwhelming sensation again. And Bianca’s not too far away from it, herself. Without thinking, she leans down and embraces Jenna in a passionate kiss as both of their orgasms build more and more. Eventually, both release onto each other, moaning into the kiss as they soak the table with their fluids.
Bianca pulls away from the kiss and slows down her movements, allowing both of them to catch their breath. She then looks down at the exhausted girl, caressing her face and giggling before saying,
“Such a good girl. You did amazing, baby. I’m so proud of you.”
Jenna blushes again, secretly loving the comments she’s receiving.
“But you know, I’m kinda wondering what we both taste like together. Aren’t you?”
Jenna slowly nods her head. She can’t deny that she’s at least a little curious about what she tastes like. So Bianca leans back up and pulls Jenna up with her. She then backs away, spreading her legs to invite the brunette to have a taste of their combined fluids. Jenna hesitantly accepts her invitation, leaning down and placing her head in between the ebony girl’s legs. Bianca then brings a hand to the back of her head, guiding her face toward her awaiting pussy. Jenna then sticks out her tongue and drags it along Bianca’s soaked cunt, tasting both of their orgasms. In short, it’s one of the best things she’s ever tasted in her life.
She latches onto Bianca’s pussy, eagerly lapping up her mess as Bianca moans in response to her licks. She strokes her hair, taking in the sight of her friend eating her out. But she’s not content with her having the tasty treat all to herself. She’s entitled to some, too. So while Jenna’s hungrily licking Bianca’s pussy, Bianca leans forward and grabs onto her hips before lifting her bottom half over her top half and presenting her glistening cunt.
Bianca wastes no time. She wraps her mouth around Jenna’s pussy, immediately enticed with their combined flavors. Both girls are now needily savoring each other’s tastes, moaning from the sensations coming along with their indulgence in the tasting. They just can’t get enough of it. And the feeling of their mouths on each other’s pussies is unmatched. They both need more.
Jenna wraps her legs around Bianca’s head, pushing her further into her pussy, and Bianca wraps her arms around Jenna’s torso, doing the same. Bianca slides her tongue inside of Jenna’s pussy, making her moan louder and Jenna does the same. Jenna rolls her hips, grinding her pussy against Bianca’s face for more friction. Bianca brings a hand to the back of Jenna’s head to get the same effect.
Not long after the additional pleasures implemented by both girls are set in motion, the awe inspiring sensation makes its appearance once again, making both of them moan more and more. After moments of the sensations building, both girls release one final time in each other’s mouths, basking in both the second dosage of their fluids and the satisfying feeling of their orgasms.
Once they ride out their orgasms, Jenna plants her hands on the table, lifting her top half up with the help of Bianca. She then leans up in a sitting position on Bianca’s shoulders before descending and straddling her. They engage in another kiss with Bianca stroking Jenna’s hair and Jenna holding Bianca’s face in her hands.
This moment feels so serene to the pair. It’s almost as if after that entire segment, they’ve become one cohesive unit. It’s more than euphoria. It’s more than the joys of sex between them. It’s almost as if they-...
Milo snaps his eyes open, deeply inhaling as he catches his breath, coughing in the process. Once he’s composed, he takes a second to observe his surroundings. He’s in Rayleigh’s car.
‘Did I fall asleep? What the hell just happened?’ he internally questions.
Just as he has that thought, the memories of what had just occurred flood his mind. The sleepover, the damage, the-...He recoils at the thought of it all. He’d just had sex with the two most despicable people he’s ever known.
“So how do ya feel?” he hears Rayleigh’s voice say beside him, shocking him to his core, “You still gonna be a negative Nancy?”
“Ok, don’t you dare think I’m gonna go through that and not expect a fucking explanation from you!” Milo interjects,
“Alright, alright, jeez. Basically, I had us infiltrate their bodies for a bit to give them a taste of their own medicine. And the only way to get back was either when I said so or when their parents got back. And...well...I didn’t say so.”
“And you couldn’t have told me any of that because-?”
“Because it was fucking hilarious listening and watching you run around that damn room like a chicken with its head cut off while trying to figure out what was going on.”
“Well, fuck you, too.”
“You already did, gaylord.”
“First, we were in female bodies, so that’s incorrect, stupid. Second, even if it worked like that, you initiated, so you’d be the gaylord.”
“Spoken like a true gaylord.”
“Ugh. Whatever. You’re lucky that was actually kinda fun.”
“So no more lying around like a sad sack?”
“We still got that footage?”
Rayleigh pulls out his phone, saying in a smug tone,
“Oh, this isn’t going anywhere.”
“Nice. And everything’s transferred over?”
“Yup. The power of modern day technology and other science mixed in.”
“I still can’t believe that. That’s insane. Wait! Hang on a second. I just remembered something.”
“What?”
“You said that we’re only here because her parents came home early, right? Doesn’t that mean they’re getting chewed out right now because of what we did?”
“Oh yeah. You’re right.”
“You thinking what I’m thinking?”
“Typing it in now.”
It’s not fair. Why do people keep treating me like this? It’s not my fault. I didn’t ask to be born like this. And it’s not like I’m being a nuisance. I try to stay out of everyone’s way as much as I can. So why? Why does everyone feel the need to make fun of me? To laugh at me? To hurt me? Did I say something I shouldn’t have to someone really important? I didn’t mean to. This isn’t right.
“Ooo, what a fox,” I hear as I walk through the halls. I clench my bag.
“Hey, say something, foxy,” I hear someone else say. I walk faster.
“Shouldn’t pets be on a leash?” someone else adds on. My eyes start to water.
“Nevermind that, where’s her owner?” someone else chimes in. I run on the brink of tears, hearing nothing but the sounds of everyone’s amusement.
I make it to my safe space. It’s an empty hillside marked by a single oak tree. It’s pretty far from the school and very secluded from society. It’s the perfect place to go when I need to calm down. I place my bag down and curl up beside the tree, recalling the events of the day. They do nothing but push me. Pull my tail. Ask me what I say...Laugh at me. That’s the worst of it. They laugh at me. I hate it. I don’t know how much I can go through with this.
A few tears hit the ground. They’re doing this to me. I come to them in kindness and they do this. Maybe I should transfer again. There’s bound to be a place for me where I can be amongst humans without being jaded. There has to be. Right?
In the midst of my thoughts, I hear a noise. Footsteps? Uh oh. I thought no one knew about this place. That’s why I come here. I climb the tree, hiding in the leaves, waiting for the person to appear then leave.
The source of the footsteps appears and it’s...a boy? Oh no. The uniform. He’s from the school. Did he track me down? Why won’t they just leave me alone? Wait, what’s he doing? Why’s he kicking a rock? What did the rock do? Do these people have no bounds? Why must they pick on the defenseless? Wait, it doesn’t seem that he’s enjoying it. He seems...dour? Why? He gets closer, still kicking the poor rock. He eventually stops and stares at the horizon before sitting down and sighing.
“That poor girl,” he says, picking up the rock, “She gets chastised every day just for being different. Where is she? I swear I saw her go somewhere over here. Hm.”
What? He followed me? Why would he follow me? What could he possibly want? I cause nothing but trouble for anyone I come into contact with, so friendship’s out of the question. Did I drop anything out of my bag?...MY BAG!!! Pleasedon’tnoticepleasedon’tnoticepleasedon’tnoticepleasedon’tnotice! Ah! He’s noticing!
“Huh?” he says after noticing, “Is this her bag?” He stands and picks it up, scanning the area. He then looks up at the tree. Fuck! He takes a step towards it. Screw it. I dive out of the leaves, catching my bag in my mouth after scaring him. I then make a run for it on all fours just so he won’t keep up with me. I hear him calling after me as I run, but I don’t look ba-...Wait, how is it that it sounded close? I turn around to see that he’s nearly on my tail. Literally. Can humans really be this fast?!
“Hey!” he calls out, “Hang on a second! I just wanna talk to you!”
Liar. I can smell the stench of that lie from a lightyear away. I speed up to create some distance between us before casting a wall of blue fire with my tail. I stop in my tracks to make sure I didn’t hurt him. Doesn’t sound like it so that’s good. Looks like I’m in the clear. That is until I see him emerge from the flames. How tough is he?!
I try to start running again only for him to tackle me and lock me in place. I try breaking free, not wanting for him to do anything to me like...Petting me? What the hell? Is he really petting me? I start to calm down, both because he’s clearly not trying to hurt me and this actually feels...pretty...good.
“Shh,” he starts in a soothing tone, “I’m not gonna hurt you. You don’t need to be scared. I just wanna talk. That’s all. Calm down.”
I eventually comply, sensing no ill intent from him. He seems like a really strong human. I’m sure if he wanted to do anything by now, he would have.
“There we go,” he continues, “See? I don’t wanna hurt you. You’re safe.”
But can I trust him, though? Just because he hasn’t already, doesn’t mean he doesn’t plan to-ooooh yeah. Right there. Right behind the ear. There we go. Keep scratching. Yaaaaay. His scratching is making me melt. Fine. We can talk. Just don’t ever. Ever stop.
And of course he stops. Perfect. I look at him and he looks back at me. I give him a wanting stare and he gets the message. He continues with the ear scratches and once again, I’m in pure bliss. This is heaven. Keep it up. Please.
“You seem to be enjoying yourself,” he says. I snap out of my daze before saying,
“Animal instincts. I am a fox.”
“Really? Couldn’t tell.”
“Cute.”
“Nope. Only one of us here holds that title.”
He pokes my nose and I blush. Is he serious? Does he actually find me cute?
“Tell you what,” he says, picking me up and walking, “How’s about we talk at my place? It’s starting to get chilly. I wouldn’t want you to freeze.”
“Oh, I couldn’t,” I respond, “I wouldn’t wanna impose.”
“Nonsense. You’re more than welcome to convene at my humble abode.”
“Well, ok. Thank you.”
“Sure thing.”
He continues walking while carrying me. He’s so warm and comfy. It’s so nice. He feels like a mobile bed. I instinctively burrow into his chest. He just feels so good. Eventually, we get to his house and he steps inside. He places me on his couch and he sits in a nearby chair.
“So,” he starts, “Fox girl, huh? That’s gotta be something.”
“Nothing that exciting,” I respond, “One minute, I’m watching a movie, the next, I’m scratching a flea out of my tail. Pretty dull.”
“Well, you make it interesting. That fire trick is something else. How’d you do that?”
“I was born with it. Fire’s kinda like my heartbeat. Always got it and it’s always handy.”
“Now, when you say ‘born’, does that mean your parents are…”
“Ummm, well, that’s kind of a weird story. Please promise not to judge.”
“Wouldn’t dream of it.”
“Alright, well, my father was a very adventurous man. He was a chemist who did studies on human and animal hybrids. One day, he befriended a fox, and here I am, a human girl with a bushy tail and some ears. I told you it’s a weird story.”
“Doesn’t mean it’s bad. Are they still in the picture? You’re saying ‘was’ a lot.”
I clench onto my skirt. This part is always the hardest to get through.
“Oh, I’m sorry,” he says after seeing my reaction, “If you can’t say, it’s fine.”
“No,” I respond, “It’s fine.”
I let out a sigh. Don’t cry. Don’t cry.
“I was seen as just an experiment to him. He’d study my every move, question me at every opportunity, buy me things just for the sole purpose of noting my reaction; of course it was fine at first because I was just a cub. I didn’t know any better. But he’d also focus on negative spectrums: responding coldly to some of my questions, shooing me when I wanted to play, ‘unintentionally’ pushing me, etc. But it wasn’t until I was fifteen when I started to piece together that he didn’t really want me. I confronted him about it, he denied, I pushed harder, he broke, we fought, he said some things, I said some things, and I thought that was the end of it. Until the next day when I found that he set my mom free. He wiped her memory of my existence and sent her back to the wild. My mother was the only one who cared for me. We were so close. And that bastard ruined it. We fought again. He threatened to get rid of me and start over. I slapped him and told him I never wanted to see him again. Then, I left and never looked back. But I noticed that people of a certain age get into trouble when they’re not in school. So to prevent that, I’ve been using school as sort of like camouflage for five years. Oh, I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have told you all of this. I know it’s too much to take in.”
Judging by his reaction to the story, he seems upset. I knew I shouldn’t have dragged it out for so long. I’m pretty sure a simple “no” would’ve sufficed. Now he’s traumatized. I should just go. I don’t need to be telling people my life’s story.
“I should probably go,” I say standing up, “Again, I’m sorry for taking this much of your time.”
Before I can take a step towards the door, I feel him grab my arm. He turns me around and embraces me in a hug. I’m confused. Why’s he doing this? I thought hugs were given when you care about someone. Does he care about me? That can’t be. No one cared about me before. So why him?
“I’m sorry,” he says. Does he feel sympathy for me? Have I finally met someone who’s not spiteful of me? Am I finally doing something right?
I hug him back, realizing that I’m sobbing. Why am I crying? Did reliving that experience affect me more than I thought it would? No. The feeling I have right now doesn’t match it. Yes, the story still hurts, but the feeling seems to originate from him. But he isn’t hurting me or making me sad in any way. I don’t understand. What am I feeling?
“Are you ok?” he says, noticing my tears, “I’m sorry. I didn’t realize the story would be that painful. I shouldn’t have made you go through it again.”
“It’s not that,” I correct before sniffing, “I don’t know why I’m crying. There’s this feeling I have right now. I don’t know what it is. But I feel that you’re causing it. You’re the first person to ever listen to me or speak to me without shaming me. What is it?”
“I see,” he responds, “Tell me, the feeling you feel right now, is it similar to the feeling of the bond you had with your mother?”
“Well, it’s not quite there. Nothing ever compared to it. But there’s hints of it.”
“Ok, so that means that you care for me now. Some call it a feeling of love.”
Love? I’ve heard it here and there in shows and movies. Is that a real thing? If it is and this is what I’m feeling, I don’t want it to end. Well, maybe it can slow down a bit. It’s starting to become overwhelming.
“Is it supposed to be this intense?” I question, “If so, how can I tone it down.”
“Well, I’m afraid it’s not that simple,” he responds with a chuckle. That’s a shame. Wait, what’s that look he’s giving all of a sudden. He looks like he’s seen a ghost.
“Wait,” he continues, “You said the feeling’s becoming intense, right?”
“Yeah,” I respond,
“And You’re half fox, correct?”
“I am.”
He then pulls out his phone, frantically typing. I’m getting a little freaked out. What’s going on? His face then changes from mortified to something else. It’s redder than my tail. Is he mad? What’s wrong?
“Ummm,” he finally says in a shaky tone, “Alright, so...Are you aware of the month?”
“December,” I answer, “Why? What’s wrong?”
“Oh boy,” he says, scratching the back of his head, “I assume you’ve never had...the talk.”
I’m taken aback. Why’s he bringing that up now? It’s hardly the time nor place. We’ve just met. Humans and their hormones.
“I have,” I respond, blushing, “It’s when two humans, both man and woman, get together and...procreate. But I hardly see what that has to do with anything.”
“Ok, you have one half of the spectrum, but what about the other half?” he questions. What does he mean? I’ve only ever been taught on the human portion. I’d assume it’s the same for foxes. I’m so lost. I guess he sees my confusion, so he says,
“Have you ever heard of the term ‘In heat’?”
“Yes,” I respond even more confused, “What does warmth have to do with procreation? And what does that have to do with anything? You’re being strange.”
“Wow, ok,” he says, taking a deep breath, “Never would’ve thought I’d explain this to a fox, but here we are. Alright, at certain parts of the year, typically around this time in December all the way into March, foxes have a cycle in which they have a deep need to...fulfil certain...urges. Us humans refer to it as going in heat.”
Well, now I’m embarrassed. Not only does a human know more about my anatomy than I do, but I just had to exude the most embarrassing quality. I’ve never gotten why characters wanted to be killed when bashfulness strikes, but now I do. I hide my face in my hands, unable to even face him anymore.
“It’s fine,” he says, “It’s just nature. Nothing to be ashamed of.”
He’s so kind. But I wish he’d tone it down. It’s just making the feeling worse.
“There’s a way to stop it,” he starts, “But I’m not sure you’d like it. Like you said, we just met, so that’d be weird.”
Under normal circumstances, I’d completely agree, but this feeling is becoming more and more unbearable by the second. I don’t think I care anymore.
“No,” I say, “Let’s do it. I mean, if it’s a known method, it can’t be too bad, right?”
“Well, only if you’re sure,” he says,
“Positive. Please, just make this stop.”
“Ok, follow me.”
He heads up his stairs and I follow him. We walk into a room and he shuts the door. Is this his room? It looks nice.
“Ok, so to do this, you’re going to need to get undressed,” he says.
I blush before nodding and stepping out of my shoes. I then remove my blouse and skirt, foreboding what next two articles of clothing have to follow. Then the feeling makes its presence known, knocking away that thought. I take a breath before unclasping my bra, letting it fall to the floor as I cover my breasts. I then pull down my panties and cover my...area, turning my head away from him. I noticed he removed his shirt, but stopped moving when I finished. I can feel him gazing at my body. While embarrassing, it is a little endearing. But the former overlaps it.
“Don’t stare like that,” I say, “It feels weird.”
He chuckles before removing the last of his clothing. I glance towards him and he’s stunning. I’ve never seen anyone without clothes on, but if they looked anything like this, I want animals and humans to switch views on clothing arrangements. He steps towards me, freezing me in place with his eyes of desire. I almost feel like I’m in the presence of a hungry wolf as he circles me, waiting to devour me.
He gently shoves me to a nearby wall. I gasp at his sudden action before he stands before me, towering me. He then lifts my chin with his finger before closing the gap between our lips, giving me a passionate kiss. I feel his hand touching my body, tracing and exploring it with every touch. Yes. Touch me more. Please. His hand then lands on my right breast, grabbing and kneading it as his other hand lifts my left leg.
He then takes his leg and pushes it to my center, sending a jolt of pleasure to that one spot and causing me to let out a light moan. Fuck, that felt incredible. Do it again. Please, do it again. Do whatever you want to me.
My silent pleas are answered as he starts moving his leg, causing more moans from me. Without thinking, I start grinding on his leg, causing an even greater feeling. More. Give me more. I need it. But to my dismay, he removes his leg. He breaks the kiss and says,
“You liked that, huh?”
I bashfully nod my head.
“Well, you’re gonna like this even more. He slides his hand from my breast all the way down to my center, rubbing it.
I gently moan, letting him know that he was right. This is infinitely better than his knee. After a moment, he speeds up his movement, causing me to moan louder and more frequently. Eventually, he stops again. But now he’s bringing his hand to his mouth. What’s he-...And he’s licking some clear fluid from one of his fingers. What? It doesn’t look like what typically comes from there, thank goodness, but still.
He sees my confusion and brings his other finger to my mouth. I reluctantly give it a small lick. It’s surprisingly good. I take his finger in my mouth, licking the rest of the fluid. Eventually, he takes his finger back and puts it back on my center. But this time’s different. He’s not rubbing anymore. He’s going under. Before I can question his methods, I feel an intense wave of pleasure as he sticks his fingers inside of me. I let out a loud moan as he does so. He then starts thrusting his fingers in and out of me, causing more moans to escape me. He smirks at me before speeding up his movements, sending me into pleasure heaven. I don’t ever want this to end.
“Fuck, this feels even better,” I say in between moans, “Keep going. Please don’t stop. Oh, it feels so good. It feels so good. Yeah. Just like that. Oh yeah. Deeper. Please go deeper into me. Oooo. Fuck yeah.”
“Yeah, you like that, don’t you?” he questions,
“Yes. I love it. I love your fingers going deeper into my hole. It’s so good.”
I’m making such lewd noises, saying such lewd things, feeling such lewd feelings, all because of him. Is this also what it means to love? It’s glorious. He makes me feel so special. I never would’ve thought I’d want this, but he has to be my master. No one else makes me feel as complete as he does. I want to be his. I want him to own me.
“You’re really getting into it, huh?” he whispers in my ear, sending a shiver down my spine,
“Yes...master,” I whisper back. Wait, now he’s stopping. And he’s making an even more devious face. Was I not supposed to make that commitment yet? Is this the equivalent of proposing? Before I can say anything else, I’m picked up and carried to the bed. He places me down and spreads my legs. He then leans down, wrapping my legs in his arms, and starts licking my center, sending an even greater jolt all throughout my entire body. I instinctively arch my back and start moaning. This feeling is insane. Why do people celebrate Christmas when this can happen? I then feel him suck on a specific part of my center and it drives me wild. I grip onto the sheets, letting out even lewder moans than before.
“Yes!” I yell out, “Right there! Fuck! Oh yeah! Please keep going! Please! Suck on me more! Ah!”
His mouth feels so good on me. It’s like everything before now was just a dream and I’m finally being awakened. I don’t ever want to sleep again. He once again gradually stops his movements. This time, I’m just getting excited. It seems like every time he stops, we do something even better.
He places his hand on my stomach, lightly rubbing it. Ooo. That’s nice.
“So you want me to be your master?” he questions, still rubbing my tummy, “You want to be my little pet?”
“Yeah,” I respond, still savoring his touch, “I want to be yours.”
He pats my tummy a few times before turning me over. What’s going on now? He then lifts up the lower part of my body. I blush as my rear is presented to him. I then feel something rubbing against my entrance. Wait, are we gonna procreate? Am I gonna bear his children?
“You might wanna brace yourself,” he warns, “I’ll start out slow, but this is gonna hurt a little, ok?”
I’m scared but I trust him. He is my master after all. Plus, this is such a popular activity. How bad could it actually be-eeeeeaaahhhh! He grabs my hips and slowly pulls me towards him. Holy hell this hurts! But I can tough through it.
He then stops everything, rubbing my back for comfort. Eventually, the pain subsides. Huh. That wasn’t so bad. I let out a breath of relief. I guess he took this as a sign to move forth. He firmly grasps my hips and starts slowly moving in and out of me. With each thrust, pleasure starts taking the place of the pain. Soon, pleasure is all I can feel and I let out a light moan. He speeds up his movements a bit, earning louder moans. He then leans down to my ear, whispering,
“This is what us humans call ‘fucking’. If you want to feel even better, call to your master.”
Today just gets more and more informative. Not only have I just been informed that “Fuck” has a different side to it, but now I know just how amazing the human body is. This has been an interesting day. And now I’m feeling sensations I’ve never felt before. I want more. I need more.
“Master,” I call out. He speeds up the pace. More.
“Master.” He speeds up more. Even more.
“Master!” I cry out. He thrusts harder and faster, grabbing onto my breasts. Fuck, this is perfect. It almost feels like he’s getting deeper with each thrust. I love it.
“Yes master,” I moan out, “Fuck me. Fuck your little pet. Push deeper into me. Ooo. It’s so big. I love it. I love you. Claim me, master. Make me yours. Nobody else’s. I belong to you. Yes. Yes. Yes. Harder. Deeper. Faster.”
He’s driving me insane. I never would’ve guessed anyone would turn me into this. I love being a pet. If only I knew this is what came with being one. Why is it looked down upon if it feels this goooood?
Eventually, I start to get another new feeling. It’s building with every second. It’s the most extreme feeling I’ve ever felt.
“Master,” I cry out, “Something’s coming. What is this?”
He turns me around again and pins me to the bed, continuing his pace.
“This is called an orgasm,” he explains through breaths, “Otherwise known as cumming. And when you do, you’ll be a good girl. You wanna be a good girl for your master?”
I frantically nod my head. There’s nothing more that I want than to be a good pet for my master.
“Then make me proud and cum.”
I want to make my master proud. I’m gonna do it. I’m gonna cum for you, master. Watch me. Watch me as I cum for you. My orgasm builds more and more. Soon, I arch my back and let out a loud moan, feeling something come out of my center. There are no words for what I’m feeling right now. I feel like I’m constantly dying, but a little bit of life is returning to me. Moments later, the feeling settles, but my master keeps going.
“Good girl,” he says, still thrusting, “You enjoy yourself?”
I only manage to nod my head. It’s all I can do. I’m so drained.
“Good. Now here’s your reward.”
He thrusts a few more times before letting out a groan. I then feel something warm and sticky enter inside of me. Is this his cum? There’s so much. I love it. I’m officially his. I’m gonna have babies. This is so exciting. I’m going to be a mother. He takes a few minutes to catch his breath, then slowly pulls out of me.
“You’re such a good girl,” he says, petting me. It feels so nice being complimented. Especially by my master. “Now, here’s your treat. You get to clean me off.”
I never thought cleaning would be a treat, but hey, he’s my master. His rules.
“Ok,” I respond. I stand to go look for a rag and some soap, but before I take a step, he grabs my arm and chuckles.
“No no no,” he says, “With your mouth.”
I can clean things with my mouth? But mom always said it was “unsanitary”. Oh well. My master said so, so I’m gonna do it.
“Oh,” I say, “Alright. So how do I do it?”
“First, get on your knees.”
I comply.
“Open your mouth and stick out your tongue.”
I comply, confused.
“Good girl.”
He then positions his member to my mouth.
“Now, suck on this until it’s all clean.”
I wrap my lips around his appendage, sucking on it, savoring the taste of our combined fluids. He then grabs my head and moves it back and forth, letting out light groans in the process. I must be doing a good job. I’m making my master feel so good. He must be so proud of me.
“Yeah, that’s right,” he says, “Suck on master’s dick.”
“Dick?” Is that what this is? Wow, that just changes my perspective of anyone who’s ever been called that as an insult. I suck harder and move my head faster on my own, garnering better and better reactions from him. I bet I can do you one better, master. I slide more of him in my mouth, reaching the base of his dick, maintaining my speed.
“Fuck!” he calls out, “Fuck yeah! You’re such a good girl. Keep sucking. Don’t you fucking stop. Look at me. Look up at your master. Look at who you belong to.”
I do as I’m told, locking eye contact with my conqueror. The look on his face gives me euphoria. I’m bringing him such joy. He starts petting my head. He’s the best master I could’ve ever asked for.
After a few moments of sucking his dick, I feel it twitch. I take it as a sign that he’s about to cum. He pulls my mouth off of him and says between groans,
“Open your mouth and stick out your tongue like before.”
I comply as he takes his hand and squeezes onto his dick, rapidly moving it up and down the length of it. He then lets out a grunt shooting ropes of his cum on my face and in my mouth. I swallow what I can as he catches his breath. He then grins at me.
When he composes himself, he goes over to his pile of clothes saying,
“Stay right there for a moment.”
I obey. He reaches into his pocket, pulling out his phone. He walks back over to me pointing it to my face.
“Smile,” he says. Before I can, I’m blinded by the light and hear a click, realizing that he took a picture of me like this. It’s an odd way of commemorating a memory, but to each their own.
“That was amazing,” I say after he puts his phone down,
“I’m glad you enjoyed it,” he says, “But it’s getting a little late. I should probably be taking you home now.”
Oh right. I have one of those.
“Ah, yeah,” I reply, “Right. That’s probably the move.”
“Alright, let’s clean up your face, get dressed, and we can go.”
He hands me a towel and I wipe my face of his essence before putting my clothes back on. Throughout all of this, the last hour just went on repeat in my head. Every sensation I felt, every sound I made, every look he gave me, it was just phenomenal. I want to do this again. Surely he does, too. He’s so eager for next time, he’s already dressed. When I finish getting dressed, we both head downstairs and out the door.
On our way to my house, we crack a few jokes and have some really thought provoking conversations. We even had a debate on what our future children would look like. When we get to my house, we take a moment to stare at each other. He’s so gorgeous. This is my master. I belong to this man alone. Nothing can change that.
He embraces me in his arms and kisses my neck, causing me to let out a light gasp. No fair. Now I’m gonna struggle to wait until next time. You’re so mean, master. He lets go and says,
“See you tomorrow, pet.” He then heads home. I step inside my house before leaning back first on it and sliding down. I’ve always wanted to do that. And now I have a reason. There’s finally a person who truly cares about me. And he owns me. I can’t wait to see him again. I head to my room, reliving my amazing experience before drifting to sleep.
The next day approaches and I couldn’t be happier. I get to see my master again. I prepare for the day and head to the school. As I’m walking, I get the usual stares and snickers from the usual people. But that’s not getting me today. Nothing can upset me anymore. Nothing will get to me anymore. As long as I...have...him.
What I see before me, causes my heart to stop. I reach the school and see a print out of a photo of me. But not just any photo. It’s the photo from last night with my master. Who did this? Why did they do this? How did they do this? Did they steal his phone?
Before I question it even more, my joy returns when I see my master. But what’s he doing with the bullies? Oh, right. He’s new here. He doesn’t know that they’re jerks. I walk over to him.
“Master!” I call out, “Master, it’s me!”
He turns to me. But he doesn’t seem too thrilled. I guess he saw the pictures, too.
“Master, it’s terrible,” I start, “I need to speak to you. It’s urgent.”
“Oh no,” he says mockingly, “Don’t tell me some dashing rogue put up some images of the aftermath of him thrashing your little fox hole last night.”
He laughs along with his crew. What?
“Don’t you get it?” he continues, “You’ve been played, you little whore. And I’m sure as hell not your master. Come on, you really thought I just so happened to be following you on that day in particular? Wow. For a freak accident of a crazy scientist and a dumb fox, you’re really just as dumb as they come.”
What?
“Now, just do us all a favor, alright? See if you can get someone over there to claim you. See if you can get more pics like this. And please get them to have you say things like this again.”
He pulls out his phone and my voice starts playing.
“Fuck me. Fuck your little pet. Push deeper into me. Ooo. It’s so big. I love it. I love you. Claim me, master. Make me yours. Nobody else’s. I belong to you. Yes. Yes. Yes. Harder. Deeper. Faster.”
I feel...funny. My heartbeat is the only thing I can hear now. I can’t see anything as clearly anymore. It’s all blurry. I can’t move. Why can’t I learn? Humans are nothing but scum. Why would I trust them? Why would I let them get in my head like this? They don’t want companionship. They just use. Manipulate. Hurt. Well, I’m done. No more. Humanity is nothing to me. They can burn for their sins.
Huh? My vision is returning. Why is everything blue? Wait, I think I can hear something. Birds? Ooo. Nice. Wait, something else...fire? Hang on, does that mean I can move now? I sit up and realize I’m in the middle of some rubble. Huh. Maybe I should find a different form of camouflage.
“10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, blast off!” I announce to the crew.
Funny how something as simple as that still sends chills down my spine. Granted, it isn’t really relevant in this case. Ships and rockets are completely different. But I don’t care. It’s fun.
I wave at family, friends, colleagues, and everyone else gathered around to watch us take off before finally putting a year’s worth of dreams and plans into action. I start gaining momentum, preparing to take flight as everyone else braces themselves. Once I gain enough speed, I bring us off of the ground and retract the wheels. We are now airborne. I guide us all the way to the top of the world, taking in the last sight of the beautiful land that I’m gonna get for 6 months. See you soon, guys. Once I’m far enough in the air, I bring my hand hovering above the thruster controls, preparing for the jump.
“Alright, hang on, everyone,” I warn, turning to my crewmates, “It’s gonna get a bit bumpy.”
After they grab onto their solid objects, I activate the thrusters and go full throttle, pushing us through the thermosphere all the way to the exosphere with the g-force proving to be strong, but us proving that we’re stronger. You’re nothing to us, science!
Once we breach past the last layer of the Earth, I ease up on the acceleration, bringing us to a stable cruising speed. All of us take a breath, relaxing as we head toward our target. I then decide to lighten the mood even more by turning on the intercom and saying in my best pilot voice,
“Attention, passengers, this is your captain speaking. You’ll be happy to know tha-”
“Alex, we’ve been through this,” Mandy intervenes, “You can either do the countdown or the pilot bit, but not both.”
“Apologies for my lack of fucks to give about your stipulations that I don’t seem to recall agreeing to. Furthermore, I am in possession of the steering wheel, so therefore I make the rules. And the first rule: I’m your captain.”
Everyone laughs at my comment with Jaqui saying,
“You’re such an asshole.”
“Affirmative,” I continue with my flawless pilot impression, “Now, like I was saying, you’ll be happy to know that we’re in pursuit of the unidentified flying object within Earth’s atmosphere and it should be smooth sailing from here on out. So you’re welcome to maneuver about with your magnetic boots on the ground at all times. We wouldn’t want another Dani moment, now would we?”
“I thought we agreed to never make that a thing,” Dani whines,
“And I thought I made it abundantly clear on how I feel about these stipulations that I’ve never agreed to, but here we are.”
“Plus, it’s not our fault that you thought floating around would be cool,” Jaqui chimes in,
“I told you I forgot where I put them,” Dani replies,
“They were right by your bed,” Mandy points out,
“You guys are mean.”
“We love you, too,” I say, smirking at her before turning back to the space road, “Now, quiet down. We’re here.”
We inch closer and closer to the foreign material. Jeez, it looks even weirder up close. I’ve never even seen anything like it. What’s that even made out of? It looks sleeker and more sturdy than any metal I've ever seen.
“Alright,” Jaqui starts as I bring the ship to a stop, “Soooo, now what? Do we just go up there and ring the doorbell?”
“We’re here to ask another species questions about their intentions, Jaqui, we’re not asking for sugar,” I reply,
“Fine, then. What do you suggest we do, ‘captain’?”
“Well, I’m glad you asked, my underling. The xeno station discovered a mutual galactic symbol that portrays docility. And Lincoln just so happened to stitch together a 60x90 flag that displays that symbol.”
“Uhhh...when?” Dani asks,
“Last month. They told him to make sure that he set it up under the ship.”
“Wait, wait, they told Lincoln to set that flag up on a ship a month before we did this?” Jaqui asks, confused,
“Well, yeah,” I confidently answer, “He was the only one who knew how at the time.”
“Do you really see nothing wrong with anything you just said?” Mandy questions,
“What? You guys are acting like he’s untrustworthy.”
“No, we’re acting like Lincoln was transferred to a different department 2 months ago because there was a message from the aliens that no one else could decypher,” Jaqui says, “You know, the one where it said that they will only speak to females. Hence the reason we’re here in the first place.”
“What? No. He left right before his birthday.”
“Which was?”
“....GODDAMMIT!!!!”
“How could you not realize this?!” Dani interjects,
“How was I supposed to know that the people relaying the message to me were wrong?!”
“Oh, I don’t know, maybe asking?! Or at the very least checking the damn cargo?!”
“Ok, ok, let’s just cool it. It’s not the end of the world.”
“Yeah, it’s the edge,” Mandy jokes, earning a groan from everyone,
“Another one of those and you’re staying here,” I warn, “Now, with everything we know about extraterrestrial language and symbols, surely we can display one so that these guys will know that we’re peaceful.”
“Longshot, maybe ours can mean the same thing?” Jaqui suggests,
“Yes, Jaqui, a symbol from a species that they’ve never interacted with in the history of their lives would know exactly what their symbols mean.”
“I said it was a longshot. No need to be such a jerk about it.”
“Well, maybe it will work,” Dani chimes in, “We’ve only known that these guys were here for a year. Who knows how long they’ve actually been here? Maybe they’ve been watching us, studying us. It wouldn’t be so outlandish to pick up on our subliminals.”
“See?” Jaqui says, defensively,
Huh. That’s a good point. It would only make sense for that to be the case if they were here for that long.
“Oh, so it’s a good idea when she says it, but I’m the idiot for coming up with it?” Jaqui says in an annoyed tone,
“What are you talking about?” I ask, confused,
“What do you mean? I have ears, you know.”
“I didn’t even say anything.”
Before she can say anything else, Mandy starts laughing, confusing us all.
“Dani, that was just mean,” she says through her laughter,
“What?” Dani questions,
“So you’re just gonna act like none of us heard you say that?”
“Say what?” Jaqui asks,
“Yeah, I didn’t hear anything,” I add on,
“Ok,” Mandy says, folding her arms, “Keep acting like you didn’t hear Dani calling Jaqui an actual idiot.”
“I think I would’ve heard that coming from lightfoot over here,” Jaqui says, bringing a hand to her hip, “Looks like you’ve been spending too much time with Justin and his herbs.”
“Woah, woah,” I intervene, “Now, that was just a low blow.”
“What do you mean?” Jaqui questions, “You mentioned it first.”
“I only said it as a joke. It’s not even confirmed he does anything yet. Plus, keep your voice down. They’re still listening in through the radio. I don’t wanna get him fired or something.”
“First, what moron couldn’t see that that guy clearly does shrooms? I’m pretty sure he’s safe. Todd does far more than that. Second, there’s no way you heard that. I was...thinking...about it...Oh.”
Yeah, it’s not hard to see what’s happening here. They’re making us read each other’s minds. So if they can do that, then maybe-...
“Alright, guys, I’m gonna try something,” I announce before closing my eyes and concentrating.
Um...Aliens! If you can hear me right now, and if you understand a single word I’m saying, just know that we are here with no ill intent! We’re only here to ask you some questions and research you and your kind! After that, we’ll be on our way! Please, give me a sign that you understand!
I open my eyes and...Nothing.
“Impeccable idea, captain,” Jaqui says in a snarky tone,
“Fuck off, crewmate,” I reply,
“What? It’s not my fault you’re acting like a su-”
“Finish that sentence and I’m punching you in the throat.”
She starts to say something else, but she’s interrupted as we all hear,
“Um...Attention, humans, we have provided your- uh...as you put it...your “spaceship” with a protective barrier filled with oxygen so that you will be able to breathe. We will now present you with a-...walkway? Ok, this has to be a joke. They cannot be this basic with their lexicon considering everything else...Ugh, fine. We will present you with a ‘walkway’ so that you have a way to cross over to our ship. Once you transfer here, we will be more than willing to answer any questions you have.”
I look over at Jaqui, who’s avoiding eye contact with me all of a sudden for some reason.
“What was that you were saying earlier?” I ask, taunting her,
“Fuck off,” she grumbles,
“Yeah, that’s what I thought.”
I turn back to the controls and open the door. Once it’s open, we gather at the exit, waiting for the bridge to be drawn out. Moments pass and we’re still waiting. Any moment now.
“Sorry,” we hear the same voice say, “I forgot to mention that the materials we have used for it were crafted by divine beings, so it is impossible to see with the naked eye. But I assure you, it is as sturdy as the floor of your ship.”
Because of course it is. Why wouldn’t I expect a ship to contain a transparent bridge that’ll carry me across the unforgiving nothingness of the cosmos? I look back at the girls and just as suspected, they’re not exactly willing to walk on this invisible walkway. Well, this is the joy of being the leader, I guess. I close my eyes and take a breath before bringing my foot forward. But before I can place it down, I instantly hear,
“WAIT!!! WAIT!!! NOT YET!!!....Ok, now, you can go.”
Alright, now I'm terrified. Was it not out before? What happened? Ok, you know what? Doesn’t matter. It was just a mistake. No such thing as the same mistake happening twice. Plus, with that happening, no way these wussies would dare take a step. And since we’ve gotta move at some point, I make another attempt at walking in space.
I place my foot down and, just as advertised, there’s most definitely a ground. I step forward, bringing my other foot on the surface. Same result. So I take a few steps, showing everyone that it’s perfectly safe in an attempt to ease their nerves.
I look back and Jaqui’s the first to follow behind, reluctantly placing her foot down on seemingly nothing. Once she ensures herself that she’s not gonna die, she joins alongside me, maneuvering to the aliens’ ship.
“You guys are insane,” Dani announces, “How do we know that they’re not just gonna make it disappear beneath us? Or if they’re just doing this with their mind and all it takes is the slightest distraction to make us float off? Or i-”
“Oh, just shut up and move,” Mandy interrupts, pushing her forward, making her whimper in fear.
As we traverse to the other ship, I start to feel...weird. Like half of my thoughts have just disappeared. My fear of falling off this bridge lightens up. My worries about what kind of aliens we’re dealing with are vanquished. The stresses of home are no more. It’s like with each step those thoughts just slipped out of my mind. And I can tell that the same effect is being had with everyone else. Jaqui’s walking more confidently, Mandy doesn’t have to push Dani anymore, and Dani herself isn’t whimpering like a little pussy. What exactly are we walking into?
We make it to the entrance of the ship, waiting for it to open. But instead, a speaker descends from the top of the ship all the way to our level. After moments of anticipation, we hear the voice we’ve been hearing this entire time saying,
“We cannot help but notice that your kind wear soft materials over your body. And to our understanding, being in the presence of those without these materials is uncomfortable and frowned upon in your culture. But in our own culture, expression of the body is the norm. So if you are uncomfortable with that, you can tell us now and we will accommodate you.”
“Aw, sweet,” Mandy says in a whispered excited tone, “So you’re saying I can look at nude bods for the next 6 months and not be reprimanded for it? Sign me the fuck up!”
I smack her on the back of her head before saying,
“We have no issues with it whatsoever. If it’s part of your culture, we will respect it.”
“Are you sure?”
“Absolutely. There’s no objection on our end.”
The speaker then retracts back to the top of the ship as we continue waiting.
“Did you have to hit me so hard?” Mandy complains,
“Do you have to be such a horn dog?” I respond, “They’re living beings just like you and me, and should be treated as such. There’s more to life than ‘Looking at nude bods’. There’s actual brains and personality inside of those bodies. Maybe try gawking at those from time to time.”
“Oh, cut the crap. I don’t need to read your mind to know that you were thinking the same exact thing.”
“I don’t know what you’re talking about. I don’t lust after every attractive body I see.”
“So you’re telling me if I ask them what you were thi-”
“Oh, look, the door’s opening.”
Thankfully, as I say that, the door actually opens, giving us access to the inside. Thank you, divine extraterrestrial beings. We step inside of the ship with it closing behind us. We then start walking forward through a short narrow tunnel decorated with pictures of an interesting looking planet, a few monuments from Earth, and a framed “I ❤️ NY” shirt. We gaze and snicker respectively at the items as we head towards the nearby doorway.
After stepping through it, we’re introduced to a giant monitor projecting various parts of Earth, a glass-like window showing the wonders of space, and most notably of all, three people standing on elevated platforms in front of the controls, looking back at us, completely nude as advertised. I thought I’d be able to have more self control over my mind, but I can’t keep my eyes off of them. Especially the last one. She’s so cute.
They all appear to be human women, but with some very differing features. First, they all have different skin colors. The left is purple, the center is light blue, and the right is hot pink. Second, all three have different glowing white markings all over their bodies. They have three straight horizontal lines below each of their eyes and vertical lines on their arms and legs, but the purple one has various paint brush shaped markings on her torso, the light blue one has what appears to be clouds, and the pink one has hearts. And lastly, their ears are...pointed? Wait a minute, are they-
“Greetings humans,” the center one says, looking at a sheet of paper, “Welcome to our...‘humble abode’?...Hm. Ok. Um, per your culture, we are to formally introduce ourselves. You are welcome to include your last names, but our kind does not follow that tradition. Forgive me if I find that tradition a bit ridiculous.”
“Well, she sure isn’t afraid to speak her mind,” Jaqui whispers to me.
I nudge her arm before saying,
“It’s not a problem at all. As I’m sure you’re aware, there’s a lot about our kind that makes no sense. So I guess we should start, since we’re the guests. I’m Alexis Young. You can call me Alex for short. This is Jaqueline Lace. She also goes by Jaqui. This is Mandy Ridge. You can just call her Mandy. And this is Danielle Phinton. And you can just call her Dani.”
“Wait a minute,” the left one says, “Dani Phinton?”
“No relation,” Dani jokes,
“Interesting. We must talk more about that later.”
“You’ve got yourself a deal.”
“Well, before that, we need to hold onto our end. My name is Xen.”
“I am Liy,” the center one says,
“And I am Val,” the last one says, bowing, “I am pleased to make your acquaintances.”
“Showoff,” Liy mocks,
“I fail to see how that could possibly be the case. I am just communicating with the humans in the manner that they are familiar with. I mean, it is what we were to study before coming here, was it not?”
“Well, pardon me for being too busy to comply with the assignment. I am the pilot. Do you think that I would have the time to fully digest the knowledge in that amount of time?”
“We had two centuries.”
“Irrelevant information.”
We snicker at their banter before Dani says,
“Well, for what it’s worth, you’re all pretty fluent in our language.”
“Why, thank you, Dani,” Liy says, “It is nice to have someone finally acknowledge my strengths for a change.”
“So are you just not going to be truthful and tell her about our technique?” Xen questions in a smug demeanor,
“Are you not supposed to be taking the vow of silence? Whatever happened to your interest in that?”
“That was before the humans appeared before us. It would just be rude to remain speechless in front of our guests, would it not?”
“You two have been observing the Earth far too much.”
Wow. Do we really have an impact on extraterrestrial life? And is this really the take away from our kind? I don’t know how to feel about that.
“What’s the technique?” Mandy questions through a chuckle,
“If either of you answer, there will be dire consequences,” Liy says, sternly.
Silence.
“We are speaking in our native tongue,” Val starts, earning a look of malous from Liy,
“Basically, whenever we speak in front of those of other species, our voices travel through the foreigner’s mind and their perception of what we say is seen to them as if we are speaking in their language of origin and vice versa,” Xen adds on, earning the same look from Liy,
“However, due to different dialects and context structures within different languages, studying such mannerisms is essential whenever interacting with others. Otherwise, we would be speaking utter nonsense.”
“And-
“She-”
“Is-”
“Apparently-”
“Too-”
“Lazy-”
“To-”
“Learn.”
“I do not much care for either of you right now,” Liy responds, “That isn’t even a part of the reason as to why I’ve chosen to neglect this particular language.”
“Wait, then why?” Jaqui questions, “Our language is probably the language that makes the most sense on our planet.”
“Read.”
“Ok, I see your point.”
“Honestly, the mere fact that you humans not only learn such a complex structure, but do so at such a young age, yet fail to grasp other basic aspects of the universe is somewhat admirable.”
“I mean, it’s not that bad,” Dani objects,
“Oh, was that last example not enough for you? Well, there is also your nonsensical rule of the letter ‘i’ coming before ‘e’ except when it appears after ‘c’ in your words, yet more of your words break that rule than follow it, your incessant need to add letters to words for no apparent reason, such as ‘pterodactyl’ or ‘opossum’ or ‘queue’ or ‘freight’, how words break the rules that they set, for example, the word ‘apart’ appears when things are separated, yet ‘a part’ means those brought together, and let us not forget how all some words need for there to be a completely different pronunciation is a single letter to be added. How does ‘though’ become ‘through’?! And why does that have the same pronunciation as ‘threw’?! How inebriated were your ancestors when conceiving these concepts?!”
“What she is trying to say is your language can be infuriating,” Xen says,
“That is quite the understatement, Xen,” Liy punctuates,
“Now, Lyi, I am always presenting you with a quote that might help you: ‘The English language may be difficult at first, but it can be mastered through tough thorough thought, though’.”
“It is times like these where you make me want to throw away your lunch.”
“But that would be very unkind of you, now would it?”
“That’s a pretty specific threat,” I say with a chuckle,
“Our species is incapable of violence, so that is basically all that she can threaten me with,” Xen explains, “As you all have noticed, your mood has become more tranquil upon nearing our ship. That is the effect of our presence. We are so passive, any being that comes within range of us instinctively becomes at least twenty percent more calm.”
“So, you’re all essentially walking bottles of melatonin?” Mandy questions,
“That would be an odd way of looking at it,” Val answers with an adorable giggle, “But if it helps to better your understanding, then yes.”
“Also, if it makes it easier for your minds, since all of you have been wondering the same thing since you saw us, after extensive research on them, I believe we are similar to the mythical creatures you call ‘elves’,” Xen says,
“Oh, God, thank you,” Mandy says, “That’s been bugging me.”
We all look at her, dumbfounded.
“What?” she says defensively, “You heard her. We were all thinking about it.”
We roll our eyes before turning our attention back to the others.
“So,” Liy starts, “It is our understanding that you had some questions for us?”
“Oh, right,” I say, getting my mind back on track, “Well, um, I guess a good place to start would be where you’re from.”
Liy tries to answer before Xen interrupts with a dramatic tone,
“We hail from a distant galaxy far far away! Our brethren are those who are referred to as Deinlites. We-”
“So that would be the answer to that,” Liy interrupts back, “Apologies for her ignorance. She is excessively fascinated in your...your...‘theatrical arts’.”
“I fail to see the reason behind your exasperated tone. Theater is an exemplary innovative art.”
“...Right. So next question.”
“How exactly were you able to go so far with your advances in technology?” Dani asks, “I can’t even tell what the material used in your ship is made of.”
“Oh, that I am afraid is a question we cannot answer.”
“Before you ask why,” Xen adds on, “Are you truly surprised that we refuse to give that kind of information to a species that is hellbent on accelerating their own extinction with each generation and always finds weird ways to fornicate with everything they see?”
We don’t even try to refute. They’re right.
“Alright, well, here’s something you might be able to answer,” Jaqui starts, “What made you choose Earth to study?”
“Oh, we are not studying you,” Liy answers, “Studying you would be too boring and dour. We tried it when we first got here. All we found out was that you humans really like destroying your own creations.”
“Umm, alright, so...no offense, but, why are you here?”
They look at each other before saying in unison,
“Because you humans are entertaining.”
“Your so called ‘memes’ are stellar, your shows, games, and movies are inspiring, your wide range of different cultures are very interesting, and some of your comedians are hilarious,” Xen explains,
“Also, your furry companions are endearing, your landmarks are breathtaking, and your music is ironically otherworldly,” Val adds,
“Not to mention your planet itself is interesting,” Liy continues, “It has its beautiful moments along with its chaotic ones. And the fact that both blend together so perfectly is nothing short of fascinating. You have natural disasters that ultimately create your remarkable scenery, you have the concept of death that looms over your minds, yet that only drives you to live out your passion, and you have your failures that inspire you to try again and succeed. You humans are quite the persistent organisms.”
“Wow, thanks,” Mandy replies, “That really means a lot.”
“No, no, thank you for the free entertainment,” Liy jokes,
“Oh, ‘Free entertainment’, huh? That’s gotta be nice.”
“It really is. Any other questions?”
“Uh, yeah,” Mandy says, “I hope this doesn’t seem rude, but what do the markings on your bodies mean?”
“Fret not, it is not rude at all,” Liy responds before bringing two of her fingers to the markings on her arms, “Think of the marks on our arms and legs as the veins that you have under yours. They’re one of our many life sources, pumping various nutrients to every portion of our bodies. The brightness of our marks overall signify our health. The brighter they are, the healthier we are.”
“So does that mean that they become dimmer when you’re close to death?”
“Well, yes, but it has other meanings along with our decreasing life energy,” Xen informs, “It could also signify our decreased energy in general, such as if we are tired or fatigued. It may also symbolize when our mood changes. For instance, Val, would you like to inform the humans on the effects of your body markings?”
Val lets out a surprised gasp before turning away from us all. Then, after a moment, her markings gradually turn from white to yellow. Is...that her way of blushing?
“No, you are correct,” Xen continues, “It would be more effective to have a visual demonstration. Good thinking.”
Val immediately turns back to her, trying to voice her disapproval of Xen's idea. But it’s too late. Xen brings a finger to the center of her stomach, pushing one of her hearts. The heart then immediately starts glowing, causing a light popping noise to sound before Val lets out the most adorable giggle I’ve ever heard in my life.
“Hmm,” Liy says, approaching the other side of Val, “Something tells me that the humans do not yet fully grasp what her markings do.”
“No, no, they do!” Val objects in her giggling fit,
“No, I do not think so, Val,” Xen disputes, “From what I can tell from reading their minds, they are still confused.”
“I have noticed the same thing, Xen,” Liy cosigns, “It would seem that further demonstrations need to take place.”
Before Val can disagree with the sentiments of her associates, they start their barrage of pokes on various points of her marks, laughing as they earn more adorable giggles as she pleads for them to stop.
“No, no, stop!” she says through giggles, “They get it! They get it! Please tell them you get it!”
“How wrong would it be to join in?” Mandy asks,
“Don’t you dare,” I reply with a smirk,
“What, are you telling me you’re not the least bit tempted to poke her little body? Or...Oooooh, I see. You’re picking your moment for yourself, aren’t you? Or are you thinking of sticking your fingers in another part of her body?”
“Mandy, are you ever not thinking of something lewd? Is there any moment in time where that’s not clouding your mind? Any at all?”
“I’m not hearing a ‘no’~”
“I’m not saying a ‘yes’~”
“You seem to forget that we’re in front of mind fucking reading aliens. Lying really isn’t an option for you right now.”
“Who says I’m lying?”
“My next question.”
“You. Wouldn’t. Dare.”
Her smug smirk widens as I glare at her. And without turning away from me, she says,
“Hey, guys, I’ve got another question for ya. What’s Alex thinking right now?”
The commotion stops with Val trying to compose herself. After moments of silence aside from Val’s settling giggles, we hear Liy say,
“Oh, my.”
Xen then follows behind with,
“Uh-...You umm...It would probably be within your best interest if we did not tell you.”
“Oh, really?” Mandy questions, looking proud of herself,
“Yes, it is...not really...appropriate.”
“Ooo. Well, now I gotta know. Trust me, this wouldn’t be anything I haven’t heard before. Enlighten me. What’s in that dirty, dirty brain of hers?”
“Well, if you insist,” Liy says before clearing her throat and quoting, “‘Are you all aware of the time Mandy was caught by everyone at our base-...um...fornicating with a make-shift ‘hunk of a man named Fiago’ with rocket models shoved-...’ Please do not make me read anymore. I just feel...dirty.”
“Also, were the mental images really necessary?” Xen adds,
Mandy stands there, head tilted in embarrassment as her shame is now known to our hosts. I give her a smirk of my own, saying,
“Well, you were right. It’s nothing you haven’t heard before.”
“You know what?” she starts, “You’re not a nice person.”
“Yeah, whatever, kettle.”
“Anyways,” Jaqui says, grabbing both of our attention, “We’re also here to study you and your culture for a few months. So would there be a way for us to follow you to your home world?”
The three girls giggle to themselves before Liy says,
“What do you mean? You are already here.”
Confused, we look out the window and sure enough, they’re right. We’re no longer surrounded by stars and neighboring planets. We’re now on solid ground with a pink sky and surrounded by really weird looking bushes. What the hell? When did we move? When did we land?
“Humans,” Xen starts, gesturing to the wonderful view, “Welcome to Deinz! It is quite convenient, is it not? Along with mind reading, we also have the ability to transport back home if we stray too far. And we are able to transport back to our last coordinates. So once your research has been concluded, we shall bring you all back with no issues whatsoever.”
“Now, normally, we would be within bounds of our launchpad, but because of Liy’s inability to study, our landings are always randomized,” Val says, earning an agitated look from Liy,
“Must you take any and every opportunity to point out my flaws?” Liy huffs,
“Must you take any and every opportunity to make it easy for me?” Val responds with a smirk,
Liy grumbles in defeat as Val basks in her victory. Oh, she’s just a peach. These guys are certainly interesting. To think that they come to us for entertainment. But there’s a pretty obvious concern of mine looming about.
“Uh, what about our ship?” I ask,
“Oh, it is right out there,” Xen answers, pointing outside, “Not only can we teleport ourselves, we can also teleport any objects within range if we willed it.”
We look at the ground and, sure enough, there’s our ship, sitting right there in all its glory.
“Yes, your ship may be here, however, the reception could not carry over with it. We are five galaxies away from Earth, after all.”
“Five galaxies?!” all four of us say in unison,
“Worry not,” Liy assures, “Like Xen has informed you, when the time comes where you have all of the information you need, we will gladly teleport you back home. And we will continue watching your planet.”
“Well, that’s nice of you,” Mandy says, “And a bit creepy when you put it like that.”
The three girls chuckle as Xen pushes a button on their controls. Once she does, a buzz is heard throughout the ship before the side wall disconnects from the ship and slowly descends, forming steps as it gets lower to the ground. Aw, why can’t we have that technology? Once the wall makes contact with the ground, Xen gestures to the exit, saying,
“Shall we?”
We accept the invite, heading down the stairs and onto the foreign land. Right as my foot makes contact with the ground, I notice a few things about it: it’s so warm. And it’s so soft. It has the look of concrete but the consistency of grass. I then notice that there’s light increments of a fog-like substance low to the ground. I kneel down, getting a better view.
I lower my hand, getting a feel for it. Ok, this is strange. The fog is kinda cold, but the ground is warm. I love it. The contrast between the two oddly makes it work perfectly. It’s so...soothing.
“I see you find our halcyon mist interesting,” I hear, snapping me out of my trance, “It is essentially the source of our tranquil nature.”
I look up to see Val standing above me with her hands behind her back, beaming at me with her adorable smile. But while I’m trying to focus on her smile alone, my eyes can’t help but admire her gorgeous body, her wonderful c-cup chest, and her-...
“O-oh, really?” I say, snapping myself out of yet another trance, “Wow. That’s-that’s really cool. A planet with natural pacifying mist. That’s...that’s just...wow.”
Yeah. Of course. “That’s just wow”. Why not just go full on idiot and say, “DuRh yOu So PrEtTy HhEhe” while you’re at it? Dumbass brain.
“Quite the vocabulary you have there, Alex,” Jaqui taunts,
“You really want me to show you the extent of my vocabulary, Jaqui?” I reply,
“No thanks, I’m good.”
Val giggles at our exchange, making my heart melt. God, her voice is just so cute. And her laugh is just to die for. I could hear it all day. Xen then interrupts my thoughts, placing her arm around Val’s shoulders, making her markings turn yellow again.
“Well, how would you all like a tour of our world?”
We all voice our approval of the idea and we get started. We traverse the planet of Deinz, learning about the lore of the Deinlites and how they came to be. While they’re telling us about their cultures, origins, and miscellaneous information, we do our individual jobs and record everything we can. Dani’s in charge of notes, Jaqui’s in charge of video taping everything, I’m in charge of snapping photos of everything interesting, and Mandy’s in charge of collecting available artifacts.
As we travel around the world, we start to pick up on a few things: there’s not a single car or motor vehicle in sight, no one seems to be in any kind of a rush, no factories are present, the streets are clean, there aren’t any weapons, and there doesn’t seem to be any kind of government or authority figure. Plus, everyone we come into contact with is very inviting. Everyone. I mean, yeah, it’s because of the mist and I should know this, but it’s still such a nice change of pace.
But before we know it, night eventually falls. We decide to take a break from learning for the night, giving us time to review everything we’ve learned and seen. I’m not gonna lie, I definitely need this review. Half of the things that were said basically went over my head. I just couldn’t stop looking at Val. Her adorable face, her short light pink hair, her cute freckles on her upper lip, her perfect curvy body, the way the sun expanded on it by giving her a gorgeous gleam, she really is a sight for sore eyes. I even found myself drawing her, masking it as me putting my take on pictures I took.
“So, how do you feel about our planet thus far?” Liy questions,
“It’s amazing,” I reply,
“Nothing like I’ve ever seen,” Jaqui agrees,
“Loving it so far,” Dani piles on,
“It’s out of this world,” Mandy comments, earning looks of disdain from everyone, “I refuse to apologize for exercising my rights.”
“So anyway,” Liy continues, ignoring her, “I apologize, but none of us own any shelter. We have found it infinitely better to sleep outdoors and gaze at the stars. You are more than welcome to find a place to rest for the night. Your currency will be converted to ours, so that should not be a concern. Plus, the rest stops here are immensely affordable, so expenses should not really be a concern, either.”
“Nah, we’re fine,” Jaqui says, “It’s like we’re camping back at home. Nothing better than a huge canvas of nothing but stars. I just wish we could make s’mores.”
“If you insist.”
They make their own means for shelter as Mandy, Jaqui, Dani, and I go over everything we’ve learned so far and holy hell, was it a lot. I’m still trying to figure out their science. How is anything with our language confusing to Liy when almost everything about this planet just beats the ever living fuck out of all of Newton’s Laws? Sometimes pushing one way results in a 90 degree angle, carbon doesn’t make fire here, but water does, reflections don’t exist unless you move, inertia speeds you up, their planet doesn’t have a core, and for some reason, echos don’t exist.
But aside from their weird logic and physics that bully ours, their history and day of life is so intricate. Their ability to befriend other beings, not just in their solar systems, but within SEVERAL galaxies is unreal. What’s even more unbelievable is how they manage to develop cures for every last one of their diseases within months of learning about it. Not to mention the fact that they’ve managed to create an infinite food source, which is still racking my brain. And that’s not even a quarter of the things that Dani wrote.
This world is gonna take some getting used to. And we’ve just got a measly 6 months to not only grab this information, but to actually digest it and really learn about it. Is it gonna be enough? Probably not. But is it gonna get easier? Definitely not. But at least they’re better teachers than Earth’s, so that’s assuring.
Hours pass and everyone’s unconscious. But since I’m such a night owl and so determined to catch up on everything I’ve missed, I’m nowhere near tired. Plus, I have no idea how I could possibly sleep with this view. Due to our light waves being completely different from theirs, the night sky is a variety of colors instead of just black. There’s violet with a hint of blue, specks of green, and deep orange on the horizon. Not only that, but their luminous leaves and vibrant city lights inspired by Earth make the scenery so much better. It’s kinda like I’m back at home. But with their creative takes on it and the leaves dancing in the air, it gives the different atmosphere that demands appreciation from the viewer. And I will happily concede to those demands.
After reviewing everything, I just drop everything and lie back, drinking in the scenery. I take a breath, observing the beauty in front of me. It’s quite neat.
“Quite neat indeed,” I hear a familiar voice say, taking me off guard.
I turn to see Val, who’s lying right next to me on her stomach with her head in her hands, brightening my night with her signature smile.
“Jesus,” I announce with a chuckle, clutching my chest, “Someone should just put a bell on you.”
“I apologize for startling you. I am unable to sleep.”
“Why’s that?”
“I am just so thrilled to have outsiders not only visiting our planet, but also enjoying it. My heart will not stop racing.”
“Yeah, I guess it would be pretty sweet to have foreigners show interest in you and your culture.”
“It is.”
Moments go by of us staring into the beauty before us. She then breaks the silence with,
“So, Alex, I have a question for you now.”
“Go for it,” I reply,
“I have noticed that you have been constantly comparing your planet to ours and your comparisons with Earth have always been negative. Do you hate your planet?”
“That’s a good question. But the answer might just confuse you.”
“Why is that?”
“Ok, well, you remember how Liy said that Earth’s mixture of chaos and beauty is what keeps it interesting?”
“Yes.”
“Well, the way that I look at Earth is that exact same way. You can’t have chaos without beauty, you can’t have light without darkness, and you can’t have love without hate. With how the planet works, there’s a perfect balance of everything. For every meaningless war occuring due to leaders with a constant need to have a dick measuring match every five minutes, there’s a country willing to aid the damaged country in its time of need for the innocent. For every abusive relationship where one fears the other, there’s a relationship where both participants end every single day with a cuddle. For every idiot bitching and whining about the slightest thing and bringing our species backwards, there’s a kind-hearted soul doing things that push our species forward. For every Twilight series, there’s a Kung Fu Panda series. There’s always an opposite to everything, but the world makes it so that one never outweighs the other. For light to work, there needs to be something to light. And that’s where darkness comes in. The way I see it, there’s three ways of looking at it: you’re either seeing it through rose colored goggles and it’s glass half full, you see through blood-stained contacts and it’s glass half empty, or you just see it for what it is: a half cup of what the world has to offer. The comparisons that you saw were just my frustrations with the Earth and how easy it would be for all of negativity to be gone, but then realization set in about how impossible it would be to maintain it all if it were this positive. But that’s just my thoughts on it. Ask the other girls and they’re probably gonna say something completely different. And that’s the best part about Earth. Different perspectives can create such a different view of the same picture. Oh, sorry. I’ve just been rambling, haven’t I? A simple ‘no’ would’ve sufficed, wouldn’t it?”
“No, no, I do not mind at all. The entire point of a question is to have it answered, right? That actually kind of resonates with my views of Earth. The others and I constantly discuss things about the Earth and we always come to the same conclusion: it’s perfectly imperfect.”
“Well, I’m glad to be able to answer a question of yours for a change.”
We share a laugh before returning to the scenery. After a few moments, something that I’ve been wondering for a while suddenly pops up. And I need to know the answer or I’ll go insane.
“So speaking of questions being answered,” I start, “You got room for one more?”
“Always,” she replies,
“Your markings: were you guys born with those designs or do they just form after a certain point?”
“Well, we actually create our own designs. We also create the noise and the effects it can have once activated. It remains for a few years, then we create another whenever we desire if we so choose.”
“I see. Wait, so you actually wanted to be tickled?”
“It was-...as you would put it, a ‘drunken dare’. After a few generations of watching the Earth, we stepped down to obtain some of your alcohol. Soon after, your ancestors created the torture method of tickling. Now, with us not fully grasping that it was intended as a form of torture, it was brought up during a wager that you humans would just exterminate yourselves during that time. And clearly, I was wrong. But I got my revenge. Xen thought that you would not discover technology until the 25th century. And now, she has paint brushes that allow the activator to have her do anything they wish.”
That’s just hilarious. Even aliens aren’t exempt from the temptations of alcohol and dares. I laugh before saying,
“Woah, that’s hardcore.”
She joins in my laughter, saying,
“My intention was never particularly meant to be nefarious. In fact, it is the reason why we specifically requested qualified, mature, intelligent females. I just had her grab me some of your food.”
We share another laugh as I blush. She thinks I’m intelligent? Aww. But I guess we kinda missed the maturity mark with Mandy.
“Also, the effect of our markings are only as potent as the activator wishes. Which is why the level of torture was so grand earlier.”
Hm...interesting.
“So you’re saying that there’s a way to make it more pleasu- uh- I mean, pleasant for you?” I ask, fumbling the hell out of my words,
“Yes,” she answers, “It just requires a gentle touch instead of merciless pokes.”
Uh-huh. So she just needs a gentler touch is all? Well, with the assault that she endured earlier, surely she needs someone to alleviate that torment. I shift my body to face her, hesitantly raising my hand, saying,
“So-...So you mean if I just-...”
She grins, rolling over on her back, saying,
“Go on. I do not mind.”
That’s all I needed to hear. I bring my hand to the heart at the center of her belly, causing the markings to glow. This time, instead of a popping sound, it creates a humming sound as her body lightly vibrates. Val lightly giggles in response to my touch, looking me in the eyes. Don’tthinkabouthercutenessdon’tthinkabouthercutenessdon’tthinkabouthercutenessdon’tthinkabouthercuteness!
To keep my mind off of it and to hopefully dissuade her from reading my mind, I start circling my hand on her tummy. But the results of it are far different than I expected. Instead of giggling more, she...moans. I stop my hand movements and she stops giggling. This may not have been such a good idea. She then cements my thoughts of this being a bad idea with her markings turning from white to yellow. I remove my hand, relentlessly apologizing my ass off,
“O-oh my- I’m sorry. I’m so sorry. I didn’t know th- it was an- I thou-”
“I-it- it is perfectly fine,” she profusely accepts, sitting up, “It was only an accident. You had no idea of knowing. I should have informed you better. Please, forgive me.”
“No, no, you did nothing wrong. There’s nothing to apologize for. I should’ve been thinking before I acted. It’s my fault. Touching you was a big mistake from the get go.”
“But...I-...I was not...opposed to your touch.”
Now it’s my turn to blush. Before I can say anything else, she says,
“Listen, the past is the past. It happened and now we can either dwell on it, or move past it.”
Ok, good. She’s not too disturbed by me practically molesting her.
“I agree,” I cosign, “There’s no point in putting energy in something we can’t control.”
“Exactly. So how about we pretend that that never took place?”
“You read my mind.”
We share a laugh before laying back down on the ground, simply enjoying each others’ company. But now it’s completely different. I swear, I can feel...something with her right next to me. Not only that, I swear, she just said something. But I couldn’t hear what. Which is impossible. She’s right next to me. Even the slightest whisper wouldn’t be that quiet.
I’m awoken by the rays of the sun beaming down on me. The more things change, the more they stay the same, I guess. And that expression is proven even more as, like usual, I’m the first one up. My crew is still snoring away and Xen and Liy are still in their tents. But something immediately catches my eye. Val’s tent is completely taken down. Sweet. Now I have someone to talk to. But where is she?
I survey the area, seeing if I can spot her or some clue to tell me where she went. That’s when I notice that the door on our ship is open. Putting two and two together, I head over to the ship to surprise the invader. But as I reach the doorway, I spot Val sitting down with a bunch of papers in her hands, giggling as she observes them. Wait a minute, is she...wearing my clothes? Yeah, that’s my avocado tank top and Hello Kitty shorts. I didn’t think she’d have any interest in wearing clothes. Oh, that’s just precious. They’re so loose on her. But something about those papers she’s laughing at catches my attention. OH, SHIT, MY DRAWINGS!!!
I rush inside, trying to think of something that seems believable.
“Oh, hey, there, Val,” I greet, grabbing her attention, “Beautiful morning, isn’t it?”
“Yes, it is, Alex,” she says before turning her attention back to the pictures.
Ok, something believable. Something believable. Alright, she doesn’t know that Dani can’t draw. Aaaand I just now remembered who the hell I’m thinking in front of. Please, don’t judge me.
“I would never dare dream of it,” she says with a chuckle.
I make my way over to her, sitting right next to her and saying,
“So what do you think? I didn’t make you look fat, did I?”
“No, no,” she giggles, “I really like it. You have a real talent for drawing.”
“Aww, well, aren’t you sweet?”
She looks at me, smirking and I smirk back at her. Wow, just look at those eyes. Just my luck that the greatest being I’ve ever encountered has my favorite color in their eyes. And it absolutely works with the rest of her. Emerald green and hot pink are a match made in heaven.
She gives me a room brightening smile as her markings turn violet, confusing me. Then, I remember what it means when her markings change color. So to stop things from being awkward again, I say,
“Uh-...shoot. I’m sorry, I-”
But she stops me, bringing her finger to my lips.
“I am not offended,” she assures, “For me, violet means that I am happy. Your words are making me feel good.”
Aww. Looks like my brain isn’t completely useless after all.
“Well, I’m glad I could make you so happy with just my words,” I say.
Her smile grows even larger as I return one of my own. My attention then turns to my clothes on her body, making me uncontrollably snicker.
“So,” I start, pinching the shoulder strap of my tank top, “What happened? You just got bored?”
“Oh, I am so sorry,” she says, “I should have asked for your permission beforehand. I just always wondered what human clothing felt like since it is regarded as such an integral part of your species. I have made attempts to wear some in the past, but Xen and Liy would bully me for my taste. Honestly, I fail to see the appeal.”
“It’s alright, but is there any particular reason they’re still attached to your person if it’s not appealing to you?”
She shrugs before saying,
“I just got lazy.”
We share a laugh at her comment, enjoying the mutual relatability of it. Then, I get a random thought. It’s a longshot that she'll actually let me do it, but it’s worth a shot.
“So...” I start, trying to formulate the words I’m trying to say into a sentence without sounding pervy, “I mean-...You know-...If it’s just that uncomfortable for you...Do you want me to-...you know...help you?”
She gives me a look that I can’t quite pinpoint what it means. She then confuses me more as her markings turn...orange? Before I can even question her about it, she says,
“O-ok. I mean...only if you want to.”
Oh. Ok. Alright, then. Didn’t expect her to actually agree to that.
“Um, alright, then,” I say, standing up in front of her, “Well, for this to work, I’m gonna need you to lift up your arms.”
She does as instructed, raising her arms in the air. I then grab the bottom of the shirt, pulling it above her head, exposing her bare torso to the world once more. Also, revealing her-...chest...
“Um...what do I do now?” she asks, stopping my mind from being so enthralled on her,
“Oh, right,” I say, trying to push my lewd thoughts away, “Well, you don’t need to do much. I’ll just get you out of these.”
I kneel down in front of her, grabbing the waistband of the shorts and pulling them down her tender thighs as she lifts her legs to quicken the process. And there we go. She’s fully naked again. With me on my knees in front of her. With her legs spread apart from assisting in the removal process. Giving me a full view of her lower lips.
Before I can lose control of my mind and make her uncomfortable, I stand up, folding my shorts, saying,
“Alright...And...And there you go...Your body’s free, once again. Hehe.”
Silence. Shit, this just turned really awkward, didn’t it? She starts to say something, but we’re interrupted with Mandy practically screeching,
“WE’RE ABOUT TO BE ON THE ROAD AGAIN! MOVE YOUR ASSES!”
I swear to God I’m gonna kill her one day. I turn to Val and, unsurprisingly, she’s as yellow as a taxi. Definitely gonna end her existence at some point. But for now, we’ve got knowledge to cram. So I help Val to her feet before we both step out of the ship. She then turns to me, saying in a bashful tone,
“I should-...probably...um...check with the others to...see where we are going next.”
“Oh, sure-...sure,” I reply.
She gives me a small wave before heading to Xen and Liy, leaving me with my idiots.
“Ooooooooooo,” I hear the three say from behind me,
“Oh, shut up,” I say in response to their infantile behavior,
“Hey, don’t take your frustration out on us, you dog,” Jaqui says, putting her hand on her hip,
“Yeah,” Mandy chimes in, “Whatever happened to ‘looking beyond the body and studying what’s on the inside and gawk gawking the brain’ or whatever?”
“Oh, she’s studying Val on the inside, alright,” Dani adds, causing all three of them to laugh,
“You know, you’re all just a bunch of bitches,” I say back to them, turning away so they don’t see me blushing,
“Wow, do you kiss your Deinlite with that mouth?” Mandy jokes, earning more laughter,
“Oh, hardy har har,” I mock, turning back to them, “What about you? I see how you look at Xen. You wanna tell us what’s going on there?”
Now it’s her turn to blush, saying,
“I haven’t the slightest inkling as to what exactly you are referring to and frankly, I’m not too sure that I appreciate the insinuation.”
“Yeah, you mind saying that with her over here?”
“...I don’t need to take this abuse.”
She huffs away in a dramatic manner, leaving us to laugh at her instead. Good. Now I won’t be bullied throughout this entire trip. And I can actually get some work done.
3 months have passed and our knowledge on Deinz grows larger and larger. And as per our agreement, the incident with Val and I was never brought up or acknowledged. We’re just enjoying each other. It’s not awkward. It’s not forced. We’re really becoming quite close. Whenever she’s not quizzing me about Deinz, we’re just conversing about miscellaneous things about both of our planets. Our conversations range from silly subjects like what are the best animes and how many Deinlites would it take to purify the universe, to more serious things like death and the mind and our perception of how it works. She’s easily the smartest being I’ve ever met. I love picking her mind. I love being with her. I...I think I...like her a lot.
“Wake uuup~” I hear a soft voice say, “Come on, sleepyhead. It is time to wake up. Rise and shine. Wakey wakey and however the rest of that phrase goes.”
I arch my back, stretching as I awake from my slumber. But I’m immediately interrupted from my stretch as I soon notice something covering my eyes. What? What’s going on?
“Everyone, everyone, calm down,” I hear Liy saying, “You are in no danger. We just wanted to show you all the gratitude that you deserve for committing to our planet this much.”
“So,” Xen adds, “Using our knowledge that we have obtained from your planet when it comes to celebrating momentous occasions, we came up with the perfect means of celebration. We really wanted to make it count seeing as your time here is halfway over.”
“Now, as you all have probably deduced, you have been blindfolded,” Val says, “Keep those on, while we lead you to your surprise.”
Alright, then. If I didn’t know any better, I’d think this was an early bachelorette party. I stand on my feet, waiting for them to lead us to where we’re gonna go.
“Ok, you guys, over here,” Xen says from the left.
Alright, we’re gonna be following them. That’s new. So we follow her order, turning to the left and walking forward. After moments of going that direction, we hear Val on the right, saying,
“Alright, now this way.”
We turn right and follow. After a while of walking in various directions, I feel a wall in front of me. I feel for a way around it, eventually finding one. Then we hear,
“Ok, you can take off your blindfolds now.”
I bring my hands to my blindfold, removing it from my eyes. After they finally adjust to the light and overall consciousness, my mind immediately pauses. Before me is the greatest thing I could possibly encounter. Tables among tables of various alcoholic beverages. Wine, Tequila Sunrises, Screwdrivers, Margaritas, Long Islands galore. I’m...I’m home.
“Surprise!” the three angels behind us say in unison,
“We hope you enjoy,” Liy starts, “Obtaining this amount of alcohol was not easy.”
“Somehow, concocting the various recipes of these drinks was even harder,” Xen continues, “So we apologize if the quality is not to your standard.”
“Don’t even worry about it,” Jaqui says, already finishing half of a bottle of wine, “This is already plenty. Plus, it’s impossible for anyone to make alcohol taste bad.”
“Debatable,” Dani objects, “And have you no shame? You couldn’t at least wait to see if they wanted any?”
“It is no trouble, really,” Val assures, “There is plenty for everyone. Help yourselves.”
“Well, yeah, but still, common courtesy, you know? Mandy, back me up here.”
“Hm?” Mandy replies, downing a Mai Tai.
Dani gives her a look of unamusement, making me laugh. I then turn my attention back to the platters of the cups of sunshine. Ok, with how much time has passed, I think it should be about 11:30 or something. A bit too early in some areas. However, with how time here works, I’m pretty sure it’s around two hours ahead. So I’m pretty sure just a few drinks wouldn’t hurt.
I grab a raspberry mimosa, bringing it to my nostrils to give it a whiff. Good Lord, that smells like joy. I give it a sip, immediately melting at the flavors. This tastes amazing. I bring the cup away from my lips, looking to admire the beautiful drink again. But for some reason, the cup’s empty. Ok, I guess I was thirstier than I thought. Alright, as long as I just remember to pace myself, I should be fine.
I grab a wine glass and open another bottle, filling the glass half way full of the red liquidy goodness. Hm. Ok, this cup isn’t nearly as big as the ones we use at home. So just a little more should be a good amount, right? Sure, what the hell. I fill up the cup a quarter more. Ok, that should be good. I take a small sip, savoring the taste of the simple, yet satisfying treat. God, that’s delicious. I place the glass down, discovering that, yet again, my cup is empty. Ok, ok, that’s enough. No more.
But of course, just as I say that, I spot my kryptonite: the coconutty pineappley goodness just sitting right in front of me. No. No. It’s just a drink. It should be here when I’m ready to have another one. Oh, who am I kidding? Mandy’s gonna inhale it long before I give it another look. No. She’s too preoccupied with the others to even look in this direction. Plus, with Dani nagging her, that should dissuade her from this direction. That Colada is mine. I just need to wait.
Hang on, where’d it go? I look around, trying to find it to no avail. I eventually glance at my hand, finding the glass of the island sexiness. Ok, just one more. Yeah. It’s not even that much. This shouldn’t really be that effective, should it? Plus, with how much time passed between me taking out my blindfold and now, it should be around 5:00 now, right? Yeah, sounds about right.
After a few more drinks, I feel myself getting a little buzzed. Ok, I’ve got to stop now. I would just die if my first time letting loose around a different species ended up with me making a fool out of myself. My drunken state is something I wouldn’t dare expose to my worst enemy. Mostly because I live with four of them and they’ll bully me forever. So to avoid further temptation, I walk over to the wall, waiting for myself to sober up.
After minutes of posting against the wall, Dani stumbles up to me, giggling with a bottle of wine in her hand. Fuck, I forgot how much of a lightweight she is. She trips over herself, spilling some wine on the ground. I catch her, saving her from falling.
“Whoopsie daisy,” she slurs before giggling more, “I alm- I just- d-I’m almo- dieded. Thaaaaaanks, frieeeend.”
“No problem, Dani,” I reply, laughing at her drunken state, “Just be careful, ok?”
“Nonononono. I mean it. If- if y- if- if y- i- if you weren’t here, I’d be doomed. Hehe. Dooooomed. Dooooooooooomed. Heh.”
“Happy to help. Now, what do you say about putting down the bottle, ok?”
“I’m DRUNK!”
“I can see that. So you wanna give me the bottle for a second?”
“Okay.”
She holds out the bottle...to the opposite side. I chuckle before reaching over and taking it out of her hand. She giggles again before saying,
“You’re such a nice lady. The world needs more nice ladies.”
“Thanks,” I reply, putting the bottle on the table, “I try.”
“Y-yeah. Tha- that’s why you’re such a nice lady. You know how to try. You’re the friend best, Alex.”
“You’re the friend best, too, Dani.”
“No, you are. You don’t understand. Dude, I frickin love you, man.”
“I frickin love you, too.”
I rub her head, consoling her as she sputters and slurs more empty nothingness.
“I take it you all are enjoying yourselves,” I hear Val’s voice say from beside me.
I look up to see her, standing over me with two steaming mugs.
“Eh, you could say that,” I say, looking down at Dani,
“YOU’RE the only one with the dildo in yer butt,” she blurts out, making us both laugh,
“She seems quite inebriated,” Val comments,
“Yeah, just a bit,” I reply, “I think I’m just gonna take her back to the ship so she can sleep it off. Tomorrow’s gonna be a bitch for her, though. You mind if we just stay behind and look after her? That hangover’s gonna hit her like a truck.”
“Not at all. Take all the time you need. Do you need assistance with bringing her back to your ship?”
“Yes, please. The less movement with her like this, the better.”
“Ok, I shall grab the others.”
“No, the other two can hold themselves better than we can. I swear, they could inhale this entire gathering of alcohol three times over and they’ll act like it was just a drop. I wouldn’t wanna ruin their fun.”
“Alright. Well, just grab onto my shoulder and I shall transport you to your ship.”
I do as instructed, helping Dani to her feet before bringing a hand to Val’s shoulder. And before my eyes, we go from the party all the way back to our ship. She helps me lead Dani inside and onto a chair as she continues her monologuing.
“Just a sec,” I say before heading to the control panel.
I input the commands for her bed to appear, which it does after I enter the codes. I then lift her up with the help of Val, lying her onto the bed.
“You’re both so great,” Dani slurs, “Such a great group of people. All fifteen of you. Heh. You’re in your own hair. Isn’t that cookies? Hehehe. No, not cookies. Cookie. I don’t know why I would say cookies.”
Val giggles at her utter nonsense, placing the mugs of what looks to be coffee down on the nightstand, saying,
“I do not understand.”
“She’s trying to say kooky,” I explain, “She learned it from a pretty old show and I guess it’s just resurfacing now.”
“You really know your way around a cookie, you cookie heads,” Dani sputters, earning more laughs from us both,
“Any way you could put her to sleep?” I ask Val, “Staying up like this isn’t really doing her any favors.”
“Oh, yes, of course,” she answers.
She brings her hands to Dani’s temples, closing her eyes as her markings lightly start glowing before saying,
“Shhhh. You must rest now.”
And within seconds, Dani’s eyes are closed shut with her lightly snoring soon after. Val then removes her hands from her head, lightly stepping away from her with me following behind. We stealthily make our way out of the ship and shut the door. Once we’re out, we quietly maneuver to the entrance of Val’s ship.
“Thank you so much,” I say as we step inside,
“Oh, it is no trouble, really,” Val replies, “You are the one who has done most of the work. She is very lucky to have such a considerate friend like you.”
“Well, it was your transportation that sped up the process. You shouldn't down size your contributions. You’re too amazing for anything you do to be considered irrelevant.”
She turns her eyes away from me, biting her lower lip as her markings shift to yellow. I smirk at her demeanor, loving how absolutely cute she always is. Without thinking, I bring a hand to her cheek, grabbing her attention. As she looks me in the eyes, my mind endlessly wanders. I can’t think straight. My thoughts are moving a thousand miles a second.
Moments pass of being trapped in my own head as I stare at her beautiful face, feeling myself lose control with each passing second. Then, surprising both me and Val, I lean forward and plant a kiss right on her soft lips. A few seconds pass before I realize what the hell I’m doing and pull away.
Oh my God. Oh my God! Oh my God!!! What the hell did I just do?! Why did I do that?! Why did I think that that was ok?! Fuck! She’s gotta hate me now! Shit! I just ruined everything! Oh, God, I knew I shouldn’t have drank that much! Now we’re gonna get kicked out and we’re never gonna see them again! And it’s all my fault! It’s all my fu-
“Alex,” she says in her light voice, interrupting my thoughts, “It is alright. I am not mad. Not at all. In fact, I am quite relieved. I was beginning to think that the thoughts that you had about me were what you refer to as ‘intrusive thoughts’. But the fact that those thoughts are genuine makes me so...happy.”
She gives me a smirk, but it’s not like the other ones I’ve seen from her. This one’s different. The look she’s giving me is one I’d never expect her to even be able to know, let alone pull off. I then take notice of her breathing. It’s slightly heavier than before. And now, her markings are changing again. At first I don’t recognize the color, but only when it sets do I recognize it as a deep blue. It doesn’t take a rocket scientist to know what this color means. She wants me to make her even happier.
She leans forward, planting a kiss of her own on my lips, taking me off guard. But I soon embrace it, reciprocating it as I bring my hands to her hips. I then push deeper into the kiss, earning a light moan to escape her lips. Fuck, I’ve been wanting to hear that sweet sound for so long. Ever since I first heard it, I could never stop thinking about it. Now I want more.
I tighten my grip on her hips before lifting her up. She makes a small sound of enjoyment of my sudden action, wrapping her legs around my waist and her arms around my neck, pulling me even deeper in the kiss. I maneuver my hands from her hips to her back, both to add more support for her and to explore her small, soft, sexy body. I want her. I fucking want her so bad. She giggles before briefly breaking the kiss and leaning into my ear, whispering,
“If that is true, then walk into the room on your right and show me how much you ‘fucking want me’.”
God, it’s like she knows exactly how to turn me on. She then pulls me back in to kiss me as I follow her directions, stepping into the room to my right. Right as we pass through the doorway, she extends her leg, pushing the button to close the door with her foot. I then step towards her bed, turning and sitting down on it, having her straddle my lap. She brings her hands to my face, caressing it as we savor each other’s taste.
My hands then maneuver around her body, sliding from her back all the way to her toned little tummy. I then remember a very interesting detail about her belly. Let’s see if I can recreate that. I snake my hand to the center of her belly, slowly and gently circling it. And just like last time, her body lightly vibrates, her markings light up, expounding on the deep blue that they’ve turned to, and finally, she blesses my ear drums with a soft little moan. The greatest sound I’ve ever heard in my life.
Still maintaining my circular motions on her tummy, I shift our positions, gently guiding her to the bed and lying her down as she keeps making her tiny moans, letting me know how good it makes her feel. I break the kiss to get a good look at her face. Just as I thought, she’s in pure bliss.
“You’re so sexy,” I say, grabbing her attention, “You like how I rub your little tummy like this? Feels good, huh?”
“Y-yes,” she moans, “I-I love it. P-please keep going. I-it feels so good.”
I chuckle at the neediness in her voice. She’s really enjoying herself. It just makes me wanna spoil her even more. I lean down to her neck, latching my mouth onto it and gently sucking on it, slightly taken aback at just how unbelievably sweet she is. She moans louder right as I make contact, arching her back and taking deep breaths. Seems like someone really liked that. I continue my actions, praising her neck and rubbing her tummy as she moans more and more, grabbing onto the bed sheets for dear life.
Her moans are turning me on even more. I can practically feel myself dripping. They’re also piquing my curiosity. If she’s like this just from me sucking on her neck, then what would happen if I did this?
After a few more seconds of treating her neck, I slither farther down her body, trailing kisses to her chest, taking her right nipple in my mouth and lightly sucking on it. This earns another moan from her right as I start sucking on her. This must be the very first time she’s done something like this. Am I really gonna be the very first being to have sex with her? Oh, that just makes this so much better.
I guide my hand from her stomach to her other breast, grabbing and squeezing it as I continue sucking on her. I then replace the former sensation with something even better, moving my knee up to her pussy and gently grinding against it. She shudders in response to my action, moaning even more. Fuck, she’s already so wet for me. She’s practically coated my knee with her arousal alone. Now I’m dying to taste her.
I pop her chest out of my mouth, looking right at her face as I descend her body, trailing kisses from her chest to her tummy. I kiss her right at the center of her marking before giving it a big lick, earning the same reactions I got from my hand. I then trail kisses from her tummy to her abdomen, stopping just above her pelvis before hooking my arms under her thighs. She lets out a small “Eep” as I pull her closer to me, making me chuckle at her reaction before sticking out my tongue and dragging it along her body all the way to her soaking wet pussy.
Right as I get the first taste of it, I’m already addicted to it. This is the sweetest taste that I’ve ever had on my tongue. I love it so much. She tastes so good. Everything about this girl is a treat.
I continue kissing and licking her sweet little pussy, earning moans and gasps in response, encouraging me to taste her more. I tighten my grip on her thighs, pushing her further into my face. She spreads her legs wider, giving me better access to her pussy.
After a few more minutes of light licking and kissing, I decide to go a bit further. I latch onto her cunt, making her moan even louder in ecstasy as I lightly suck on it. She grips tighter on the sheets, nearly pulling them off the bed as she tilts her head back.
Her voice, her actions, her taste, all of it is just driving me wild. I suck even harder on her, garnering more of every one of her perfect reactions. I feel her legs starting to shake in my arms as I eat her out. I take this as either the pleasure being so overwhelming to her or she’s about to cum. So I take my left hand from under her thigh and bring it to the entrance of her pussy, circling it with a finger before sliding it inside. She moans even louder as I slide my finger in and out of her tight little pussy, still sucking on her.
Within a few minutes of me fucking her with my finger, her markings start to change color again. They change from blue to red. No, green. Wait, now they’re gold. And now they’re pink. Now yellow. She moans louder and louder as her colors start changing faster and faster. So she is about to cum. I remove myself from her sex before moving up to fer face, deeply kissing her as I add another finger, curling them both.
After a few more moments of me fingering her, she lets out a loud moan into the kiss with her markings switching back to white, shining a bright light as she coats my fingers in her fluids. She rolls her hips, riding out the last of her orgasm as I slow down my fingers. She then lays limp on the bed and I break the kiss.
I look her in her eyes and she looks back into mine, catching her breath as her markings fade. My mind is completely blank. I don’t know what I’m feeling right now. I don’t know what I’m thinking right now. I just became part of an alien’s first time. And she liked it. Hell, she loved it. I loved it. I love her.
She gasps after that last thought, signaling to me that she heard it. No. That’s not gonna cut it. That’s not something to be heard in someone’s head. I caress her face, staring deep into her soul before saying,
“Val, I love you. So much.”
Her fading markings then shift to lime green as she smiles at me.
“I love you, too,” she replies with a small chuckle, “You are the best thing that ever happened to me.”
We share another kiss with her turning our positions so that she’s on top of me. She then brings her hands to the bottom of my shirt, saying,
“There are two things that I have always wanted to try when it comes to this ritual.”
She pulls my shirt above my head. She then reaches behind me, unclasping my bra and tossing it aside. She then leans down, planting a kiss on my lips before trailing kisses to my neck, making me moan as she brings her hands to my chest, toying with them as she worships my neck. She then starts sucking harder, elevating the pleasure for me as I finally get what she’s trying to do. After a few minutes of sucking on my neck, she finally releases me, giggling as she admires her work.
“There,” she says, “Now it is official that you are mine.”
I chuckle at her declaration, happily accepting it before saying,
“So if one thing you wanted to do was own me, what’s the other thing you wanted?”
“Oh, just this~”
She moves back, bringing her fingers to the hem of my shorts and panties and pulling them off of my body. She tosses my bottoms to the side, never breaking eye contact with me as she gives me a seductive look. She then moves back up close to me, bringing a hand to my pussy and gently rubbing it, making me lightly moan from her soft touch. After a few moments of rubbing it, she brings both of her hands behind her to balance herself. She then intertwines our legs, pressing our pussies against each other.
I lean forward, balancing myself on her leg as I grind against her. We both moan in tandem with each movement. Oh, God, I love this. I can’t believe I’ve never tried this position before.
She grinds harder against me, elevating the feeling for us both. I then pull her in for another kiss, speeding up my movements. She reciprocates the kiss, matching my pace as we both moan in each others’ mouths.
I then break the kiss, moving to her neck to return her previous favor. She moans louder as I ravish her neck. After a few moments, I release my mouth from her neck, looking at the hickey that matches mine.
“Now you-...belong to me,” I say in between moans, “You’re mine- ah...a-and I’m yours...Fuck...Now cement it for me-...Tel- oh, God...Tell me you love me. Say it. Let me hear it. I need it. Tell me you love me, baby- Yes!...Tell me.”
“I love you,” she obeys, “I-I love you so fucking much. Y-you are e- mgn! You are everything to me. I want you to be with me...Forever. Please say you will be with me...I wa-agn~...I want to be by your side...For the rest of our lives.”
I caress her face, giving her a grin, saying,
“I’m not going anywhere. I’ll be right here with you. I put that on my life.”
She embraces me in a hug as our movements get faster and harder. Within moments of our embrace, I take notice of her markings changing colors again, letting me know that she’s at her limit again. And I’m not too far away from mine either. So to do this right, to prove my words to be the truth, to absolutely give her no doubts whatsoever about what I just said and agreed to, I end the hug and look her directly in her eyes as our orgasms get closer and closer.
Her markings shift back to white and then get blindingly bright as we both let out a final moan, lightly spasming into each other as we release our fluids. I then lie down on the bed, pulling her down with me with her burrowing into my heaving chest as I catch my breath. Best. Day. Ever.
I don’t even know how much time has passed. Not since the party, not since us landing here, not even since I started going to school. I don’t even know how much time is passing right now. Seconds, minutes, hours, eons, no clue. And frankly, I couldn’t give less of a damn about it. With Val right here in my arms, I could die happy if this is how we spend the rest of our time living.
I hear her giggle, which is always welcome. I tilt my head down to her, saying,
“What’s so funny?”
“Oh, nothing,” she says teasingly, “It is just always nice to hear what you think about me.”
“You just love being in my head, don’t you?”
“Well, whenever I am not, I always am.”
“Smartass.”
“I learned from the best.”
We share a laugh as I bring my hand to her head, gently stroking her hair.
“You know what else is funny?” she says,
“What’s that?” I question,
“No matter how different you humans are, you have your habits that bring you all together. One of which being your incessant need to pet other organisms that you have strong feelings for.”
“Well, it’s not our fault that the things we decide to pet are so gosh darn cute.”
I give her a kiss on her head and she gives out a noise of approval. More time passes as we enjoy each others’ presence.
“Please say it again,” she suddenly says,
“Say what?” I ask.
She turns her head up to me, saying,
“Please say you will never leave me.”
I look her in the windows of her soul, saying,
“Val, you can rest assured that as long as I’m still around, I’m gonna be right with you. I put that on my life.”
“I love you.”
“I love you, too.”
Alright, the 6 months are up and we’ve gathered all the information we could possibly need. Departure is always the hardest. Especially when you made a very strong commitment. But some commitments just outweigh all others. Sometimes, you just need to prioritize where you’re needed the most. Sure, that might involve tears to be shed from those you’ve formed a powerful bond with, but with time, they will come to understand your decision.
“So are you sure you know how to land the ship?” I ask Dani,
“Alex, I went to the same school you did,” Dani replies matter of factly, “Earth’s stupid, but it’s not stupid enough to have just one person who knows how to drive an intergalactic vehicle.”
“Just checking. I just wanna make sure you all get home safe.”
“Yes, mom,” Mandy replies, “You wanna check to see if we brought our lunch next?”
“I’m gonna miss you, too, Mandy.”
“Promise you’ll come to visit from time to time?” Jaqui questions
“Well, all my stuff’s still there, so yeah. Also, our internet’s stronger than yours, so if I even feel that any of my stuff ends up being sold, I’m blowing up Earth, myself.”
“No promises,” Mandy responds, “Ow! What the hell?”
“I’m not dying because of you, you jerk,” Jaqui says.
I laugh as they argue amongst themselves before interrupting them with,
“Alright, bye, guys. Happy landing.”
“Bye, Alex,” they all say back before going back to arguing.
I’m gonna miss those morons.
“You know I would have understood if you went back, right?” Val says, looking up at me as I rub her back, “Earth is your home, after all.”
“Yeah, but it wouldn’t have felt right,” I reply, “Plus, I’m kinda into not having to deal with Earth and its shenanigans for a while. Everyone needs a break, you know? And it just allows me to make good on my promise to you.”
“That is true, I suppose. But are you not afraid that your superiors will mistake your absence for being a prisoner?”
“Eh, I told them to say that I decided to gather some last minute information. Plus, if they don’t buy it, what are they gonna do? We don’t even have the resources to make it past Mars, let alone five galaxies. Trust me, we’re safe.”
“And you are certain that being without your clothing is not bothersome to you?”
“Absolutely. I’m perfectly content with following your customs. Plus, it’d be kinda unfair for me to see all of you and not return the favor.”
I kiss her little nose, continuing with,
“Don’t worry so much. I’m very comfortable with my choice. And everything’s taken care of. My people won’t come for me, I decided to lock away my clothes for the time being, and most importantly, I’ve got you with me.”
‘You never fail to flatter me, Alex,’ she thinks to herself,
“And you never fail to make it easy for me,” I reply, planting a kiss on her lips,
“Well, here is a challenge for you,” she says in a coy tone, “It will be about two hours until we make our return to Deinz and the others. Let us see how much you can flatter me in that amount of time.”
“You’re on.”
We share a chuckle, embracing each other in a deep kiss.
Navigate All Stories
Start New Story
-
Chapter by
Eccho25 · 04 Oct 2022 -
It's easy to possess and direct someone physically. But the real challenge is helping their mental state. The mind and body are the most integral duo when it comes to making what you want a reality. So it's only right to teach someone that fact if they don't know it. Especially when they don't know why their mind and body aren't cohesive in the first place.
-
-
“Great job, Gina!” Ms. Rhodes says as the rest of us applaud, “Outstanding form!”
Gina gives a dramatic bow before getting back in line. Showoff.
“Ok, we’ve got time for one more performance,” Ms. Rhodes says, scanning the line to decide who’s going.
Don’t say me. Don’t say me. Don’t say me. Don’t say me.
“Tana!” she announces.
Oh, thank God.
“Remind your mother to order you another leotard. That pink streak is an eyesore. You’re up, Passion.”
I hate when she does that.
“U-uh, Ms. Rhodes,” I say, raising my hand, trying to figure out an excuse not to do it,
“If this is another doctor’s notice where he couldn’t find any paper, so he had you personally announce it, his objection is overruled. On the grounds that I said so. Now, let’s go. The sooner this is done, the sooner I can do my yoga.”
Goddammit. There’s no getting out of it, then. Might as well just get the humiliation out of the way. But let me at least do something I’m at least halfway decent at. I step away from the line and head to the uneven bars.”
“Excellent choice,” Ms. Rhodes says as pity applause follows.
I reach the low bar, taking a breath in an attempt to clear my mind. Ok. It’s just me. No one else is here. I’m all alone. Just here to do my standard routine. Nothing fancy. Nothing outlandish. Just something quick. Something simple, land, leave. Easy. Just a quick Shaposhnikova into a Tkatchev, a Shootover with a Pak Salto, Markelov, Double Tuck, done.
I hop and grab onto the low bar, perching myself up to a handstand. I then give two swings before leaping onto the high bar. After catching it, I turn my body and give one swing before releasing and catching again upon reversed soaring. Ok, so far, so good. Keep it simple. Just like that. Release. Catch. Swing. Swing. Flip. Catchitcatchitcatchitfuckingcatchit!!! There we go. Swing. Hold. Twist.
Ok, big finish. I can do this. I can do this. I’ve done it plenty of times...But those were flukes. I can’t do this! This was stupid! Why did I think I could do this?! No. Stop. They weren’t flukes. Three times I’ve done this. I can do it a fourth.
Swing. Swing. Swing. Release. SHIT!!! I let go too late, briefly throwing me off. But my form almost automatically fixes itself and I’ve regained the momentum I’ve lost, allowing me to go along with my Double Tuck and land. I slightly lose my balance upon my dismount, quickly catching myself. Stupid! You’re so stupid! It was right there! You fucking had it! Everything was going perfectly! And you couldn’t stick the fucking landing! The easiest part! You clumsy, worthless, mindless, fai-
“Nicely done, Passion!” Ms. Rhodes announces as another round of pity applause follows, “Beautiful display of body control. Nothing short of perfection.”
Alright, tone it down a bit. It was ok at best. Didn’t even stick the stupid landing.
“Ok, that about wraps it up,” she says, “Your parents should be out right now as we speak. Probably best not to keep them waiting. Stellar performance, girls. I really mean it.”
The girls collect their things and head out the door, conversing with each other as they take their leave, while I take a seat at a nearby chair. Ms. Rhodes stands at the door, saying her goodbyes,
“Bye. See ya next week. Outstanding footwork, Mikah. Enjoy your weekend. Later. Excellent focus, Cammie. Farewell.”
Eventually, everyone takes off, leaving just me and Ms. Rhodes. She closes the door, starting to hum to herself until she spots me. She gives me a shocked look before saying,
“Oh, hey, there. You need another ride home?”
I nod my head.
“Alright. Just give me a moment to shut everything down and we can go.”
“Oh, and...thanks.”
She looks confused before the sudden realization of what I’m talking about sets in and she gives me a grin before walking over to me, stroking my hair before saying,
“No problem.”
She then caresses my face before cleaning up. Afterwards, she cuts out the lights and heads over to me, sitting on the chair nearby.
“Amazing job today,” she says, “You’re one talented little tike.”
“Thanks,” I say, knowing she’s only saying that to be nice,
“So you wanna tell me about those last few swings and that dismount?”
“You saw what happened. I just slipped up. You always say that mistakes are fine.”
“Yes, mistakes are perfectly fine. Integral even. But that’s not what I’m talking about. And you know that.”
I turn my head away in response.
“I know that wasn’t your voice,” she continues before placing a hand on my shoulder, “You know that wasn’t your voice. We both know that your performance was immaculate. Timing: sharp. Focus: incredible. Landing: though you lost your balance a bit, it was still great.”
“Wouldn’t be saying that if you didn’t assist,” I reply, holding my head in my hand,
“Yes I would. And so would you if you didn’t have these thoughts clouding your mind.”
“Hate to break it to you, but those thoughts are a permanent part of my life.”
“Why?”
“You read my mind and saw my performance. You know exactly why.”
“Yes, but do you?”
I don’t answer.
“I understand it’s hard to accept. Something like that is never easy to come to terms with. Especially in your mid teens. But you need to understand your own turmoil in order to overcome it.”
“You don’t understand,” I say back, trying to hold back my tears, “Sometimes you just need to admit that you’re just not good enough. You’re not as good as you think you are. What comes naturally to others requires a bit more learning for you. My turmoil is my own doing. No one else’s. It’s why I’m here.”
“And whose words are those really?”
Once again, I remain silent, not wanting to answer her question.
“I see...then how about you let me understand?”
“What do you mean?”
“I mean, how about I walk a mile in your shoes for the weekend? Just to get a better understanding.”
“Ms. Rhodes, I appreciate you for trying, but from the bottom of my heart, I just could not let you do that. Please, just take my word for it, you’ll regret it before you even take a step in the house.”
“But I wanna help you. You have potential to do great things in life. You could take this world by storm. I just want to ensure that you realize that vision. And a little challenge never scared me. If anything, you’re fueling me with those remarks.”
I sigh before saying,
“I guess you’re right. And you’re sure about this?”
“More sure than anything I’ve ever been sure of in my life.”
“Ok, fine. Just don’t say I didn’t warn you. But before we do, you wanna do your ‘yoga session’ before or after you spend the weekend in my shoes?”
“What’s with those air quotes? I’ll have you know I’m well versed in the art of yoga.”
“Just like how you can hear my thoughts, I can hear yours if I really wanna. Do you really expect me to believe you’re doing the Balasana for stretching your back and nothing else?”
“I don’t appreciate your insinuation.”
“I just wanna know if you wanna get it out of your system before or after. During would just be too awkward.”
She chuckles before leaning closer to me, saying,
“Who said it had to be?”
I lean back, chuckling back, saying in a teasing tone,
“You could get in trouble.”
“What? We’re just talking about yoga. Plus, you can’t get in trouble if you don’t get caught.”
I playfully shove her, saying,
“You’re so gross.”
We both share a laugh before she stands up.
“So you in?” she asks,
I stand up in front of her, saying,
“Let’s do it.”
“Alright, you know the process.”
I nod before standing completely still and close my eyes, waiting for her to start the process. I hear the sound of her hands rubbing together eventually shifting into electricity sparks as the room heats up a bit. After moments of the various noises, the sound of friction between her hands stops as the crackles of electric volts near my ears. I then feel her hands upon my temples, causing me to vibrate as the volts course through my body. I try not to shift from the slight pain as she starts entering my mind.
But just as soon as it started, it ends. The sounds of volts are no longer heard. The room’s cooled down a bit. And her physical presence is no longer felt. I open my eyes to see that she’s gone. My gymnastics teacher is now a part of me.
“And here we are,” I hear her say, “I’m always shocked to see how organized your headspace is.”
“And I’m always shocked to see how heavy my body feels,” I respond,
“Hardy har har. You’re so funny. Now, my phone should be in the equipment room in the top drawer. Use that to call Kimmi to get you home.”
“Wait, why can’t you just take over and do it?”
“When you first sit down and forget to get something and someone else walks by, do you get up and get it or do you ask them to get it?”
“I hate that you’re right.”
“And I love being right.”
We laugh as I head in the room and retrieve the phone. I unlock it and go to her contacts, scrolling to the name Kimmi before calling and waiting. After a few rings, I hear someone say with a mouthful of food,
“What’s up?”
Charming.
“Uh, hello, there, Kimmi,” I reply, not sure how to react.
After a few moments, she says with a clear mouth,
“Who’s this?”
Before I can answer, I feel Ms. Rhodes take over before making me say,
“34 18 47 16 23 22 34 18 32 24.”
She then relinquishes control as I hear Kimmi say,
“Ooooh. Well, first, this code is just rude. And second, I’m on my way.”
“Thank you so much,” I reply,
“Alright, see ya in a bit.”
She then hangs up and I put the phone in the drawer.
“Before you ask,” she starts, “Are you really going to lie to me and yourself and say that you would’ve memorized those numbers?”
“Fair enough,” I reply, “What do those numbers even mean, anyway?”
“It’s past your generation, but what I will say is that that was our way of texting.”
“Heh, oldie.”
“I’m just eight years older than you.”
“Doesn’t change the facts.”
“Alright, just remember this in about five years since twenty is apparently the new eighty.”
“Sure. Hopefully, you’ll still be able to hear me by then.”
We laugh again before heading outside to wait for Kimmi. After five minutes, a car pulls up and parks next to Ms. Rhode’s car.
“That’s her right now,” she says, taking control and standing up before making me walk to her car.
When we get to her window, Kimmi rolls it down, saying,
“So this is how you spend your time off the clock? Your own perverted version of Duck Duck Goose with your students?”
“So what if it is?” Ms. Rhodes says, making me lean on the window, “You gonna tell me how to have fun now?”
“Well, when your version of fun has you spending your time deep inside of teenagers, most would call that the perfect time to give their two cents.”
“Oh, come on, when you say it like that, it just sounds gross.”
“And that’s the beauty of this ability of yours. No matter how you phrase it, it sounds just a bit gross.”
“Whatever.”
She gives up control as I walk to the other side of Kimmi’s car, getting into the passenger’s seat. Once I’m inside, Kimmi pulls out her phone before saying,
“So little lady, where to?”
“305 Manchester Rd.”
“Alrighty, just sit tight and we’ll be there in a jif.”
Ms. Rhodes, who is she?
‘My roommate,’ Ms. Rhodes replies, ‘Lived with her for about two and a half years now. She’s such a sweetie.’
And she knows about...this?
‘Oh, yeah. As you can imagine, the first time she discovered it, she got a bit...excited and started to question her world view. Then we talked about it and she soon learned to come to terms with it. Wish she stopped asking me to pull pranks, though.’
So you can come to a resolution by just talking?
‘Yeah. That’s how most issues should be solved.’
Get ready to say goodbye to that.
‘Don’t count me out just yet. We haven’t even gotten started.’
Ok. You’ll see what I mean.
Kimmi inputs the address and drives off, following the navigation. I bring my arm to the car door, leaning my head on my hand as I wait for Kimmi to reach my house. I’m perfectly content with waiting in silence, but judging from past experiences with Ms. Rhodes and Kimmi looking like she’s desperate to say something, it’s probably best that I break the ice.
“Almost unbelievable how insane the world is,” I say, grabbing Kimmi’s attention,
“What do you mean?” she asks, keeping her eyes on the road,
“You know, it’s just weird how the world can give someone this kind of power. Just when you think you’ve seen it all.”
“Yeah. I’m just glad the right person got a hold of that power. The wrong hands could have you going through something completely different.”
“Amen to that.”
“Yeah, it’s just so assuring to know that someone’s so responsible with this kind of ability. It’s almost too good to be true.”
“Right. The amount of people who’d just abuse it is almost scary.”
“Exactly. If only there were a way to have such disturbing people get their just deserts. Then the world would be a better place. Just ridding the world of the gutter minds. Doesn’t help that I know a couple of ‘em. Kinda tall, boring clothes, scar on his left che-”
“I’m not possessing your relatives to do unspeakable things to themselves, Kimmi,” Ms. Rhodes intervenes, taking control,
“Oh, come ooon,” Kimmi pleads, “It’d be so much fun to have him get what he deserves.”
“Kimmi, I said ‘no’. That wouldn’t fix the past, now, would it?”
Kimmi groans before pouting and saying,
“You never let me have any fun.”
“Only because I love you,” Ms. Rhodes replies, making me feel awkward,
“Still a child you’re talking through, friend.”
“Fair point. We’ll talk more about it on Monday.”
Well, that took a turn. Why would she wanna wish something terrible on her relatives?
‘That’s actually something that’ll help me later on, Passion,’ Ms. Rhodes answers, taking me off guard, ‘Just keep this in mind when the time comes.’
Help you with what?
‘You’ll see what I mean.’
Moments pass and I finally make it to my house. Kimmi parks the car, saying,
“Alright, we have arrived. I’ll be here first thing Monday to pick you up, Lexi.”
“Sounds like a plan,” Ms. Rhodes says, taking over, “Please don’t forget about my car, though. I just paid it off.”
“Not to worry. I’ll get Simon to help me with it.”
“You’re the best.”
“Back at ya.”
We step out of the car before shutting the door, waving at Kimmi as she drives off, waving back. She seems nice.
‘Ok,’ Ms. Rhodes starts as I turn around and walk towards my house, ‘It’ll be just like the last tournament. I’m not gonna do anything unless it’s absolutely warranted. And I’m only gonna be talking to you.’
And that’s why I hated when you stepped out right as it ended. If you didn’t, you’d get a taste of what you’re walking into.
‘Trust me, I can handle it. I deal with strict parents all the time. There’s nothing she can say that I’m not fully prepared for.’
Hang on.
I open the front door and just as expected, mom’s sitting in the living room, reading a book. Before I can even walk forward, I hear,
“I told you I was coming to get you.”
I step inside and close the door, saying,
“It was closing. There was nowhere else to go.”
“Sorry to inconvenience your delicate little feet. I know it’s quite the concept for you to grasp, but I’ve been busy. I would’ve made it over there in a few minutes. But thankfully, you decided a ride with a total stranger was the best option.”
“She wasn’t a stranger. She was a friend of my teacher.”
“Ah, yes. A ‘friend of the teacher’. That makes so much of a difference.”
“It was someone I trusted because she’s a friend of someone else I trust. What’s wrong with that?”
“Absolutely nothing if you don’t want there to be. I mean, here I am, being ridiculous, caring about your well being. And you’re just handing out your trusts to anybody without even calling me to at least tell me where you were.”
“I don’t have a phone.”
“Shouldn’t stop you from using one of your friends’, but of course, you didn’t think to do that.”
“The only friend I have who takes gymnastics class is Natalie and her phone was dead.”
“Well, you could’ve used your teacher’s. Or her ‘friend’s’.”
I don’t say anything.
“Yeah, don’t have a smart response for that one, do you?” she asks, placing her book down, “Funny how you had all those answers, but you still couldn’t think to do the basic thing. Bet you’re glad to still have to turn to mommy for answers when you’re lost.”
‘What the-’ I hear Ms. Rhodes say.
Mom stands up from her chair, saying,
“Oh well. You’re here now. Guess that’s the important thing. You wanna take a turn on the chair? I warmed it up for you. I mean, you clearly need it with all those cartwheels and trampoline jumps you do that you insist takes effort.”
“I’m actually going up to my room,” I answer,
“Hm. That’s new. Well, I’ll let you get to it. After all, you must be exhausted from all that jumping around at a glorified playground.”
She walks past me, patting me on the head before heading upstairs.
‘Ok, we need to talk about that,’ Ms. Rhodes says, “That was just not ok.’
Whatever happened to it not being a big deal? I thought there was nothing she could’ve said that would’ve been too much for you.
‘I meant with strict parents. Not these types.’
Yeah, when it comes to being strict, she’s kind of a cut above the rest.
‘Hold on, Passion, you don’t actually think that that’s what being strict is, do you?’
What do you mean? She was just worried is all. Sure, her phrasing could be better, but at the end of the day, she’s right. I could’ve called her on your phone.
‘Oh my-...Passion, I need to tell you something, but first, get some water. You’re actually exhausted.
Um, ok.
I do as instructed, heading into the kitchen and grabbing a cup before filling it up with water.
It’s only natural that she got upset. Mothers do tend to show nurture in different ways.
‘Passion,’ Ms. Rhodes starts as I take a sip, ‘Let me ask you something: when your mother speaks to you like this, is she usually that passive aggressive?’
Sometimes. Yeah, it’s annoying, but it’s just her way of showing her perspective.
‘By demeaning you and something you’re putting your heart and soul into?’
She didn’t mean that. It was just a heat of the moment thing. It hurts, but I’ve learned not to take that stuff to heart. Everyone knows how physically taxing gymnastics are.
‘Passion, you’re in denial.’
No, I’m not. I just look at all sides of the story.
‘Ok, then. I guess you wouldn’t mind telling me what you’ve learned from that ‘scolding’, huh?’
To call her and let her know of my whereabouts whenever I can.
‘Or else what?’
Or she’ll be upset.
‘And you see nothing wrong with that takeaway? Of all the reasons she could’ve instilled in your mind, she chose to go with that one. That doesn’t raise a flag? The fact that she has you prioritizing her own temper above your own well being?’
Ms. Rhodes, I assure you, that instance was just that: a singular instance. You only saw that one. Trust me, there’s plenty of events where she’s stuck her neck out for me.
‘Need I remind you that I’m on the surface level of your consciousness?’
So?
‘So every time you lie, there’s an overwhelming sensation of doubt that’s there because you know it’s a lie, and in turn, I feel it, too. So while you say that there’s nothing wrong with the way she treats you, there’s an aura of doubt that says otherwise. So I ask you again, do you honestly feel that there’s no issue with the way she speaks to you?’
I don’t reply. I consider the other conversations I’ve had with my mother. Her shutting down my advances on trying to compete in gaming, her calling me lazy almost every time we come into contact with each other, the differences in response when other people do something wrong as opposed to me. Why is it that other people can make mistakes with no issue, but I’m in the wrong if I do? Why are there different reactions with other people as opposed to me?
‘You’re not gonna like the answer to that question, Passion,’ Ms. Rhodes says,
What do you mean?
‘Your mother’s just a toxic human being. She doesn’t care about anyone but herself. As long as she’s on top and her reputation is squeaky clean in the eyes of others, then everything else is secondary. That’s not parenting. That’s not being strict. That’s just narcissism.’
What? No. That’s just...You’re just...No.
‘Remember, I’m in the education field. This kind of thing has come and gone through my doors for years. I know a sick parent when I see one. Honestly, the fact that you had your uncle sign you up for the class should’ve been a huge red flag. Not to mention out of all of the shows you’ve performed in, she’s only shown up to one.’
No. No, that’s not her. She’s sweet, she’s nurturing. She cares about everyone...She cares about me...Right?
‘When was the last time she’s legitimately told you she’s loved you? And no, not in the joking way, where she did or said something dumb and just gave a half hazard ‘I love you’. I mean, the legitimate one. The one you get when you head off to school, when she heads off for work, or when you head off to bed.’
I try thinking of every time I’ve stepped out of her sight in those instances. I try hard to think of a single moment where those words have been uttered. Nothing. All I remember are snide remarks to where I’m going to,
“Have a nice day at the worst place on Earth; I still don’t know what I need to do to get through to you that sometimes kids are just mean. I mean, get over yourself.” she’d say with a snicker as I headed off for school.
“Night, baby. Hope the Boogeyman doesn’t snatch you up and eat ya.” she’d taunt after I told her about my nightmare when I was eight.
“Off to go flip around in that little get up, I see. It’s amazing how teenagers these days really want that kind of attention from boys. But whatever. It’s your decision if you wanna present yourself that way.” she’d huff before I headed to the gym.
“Oh, you were sooo...good...Yeah. Good. I mean, you weren’t that Lindsay girl. I mean, that girl had moves. It’s a wonder how you two ended up in the same class. At least she could stick a fricken landing...I’m kidding. Geez, so sensitive.” she said after the first time she saw me perform.
Oh my God...Oh my God. She...she hasn’t said it. All she does is demean me...Laugh at me...I’m just a clown to her. She doesn’t...She doesn’t...
I sit down on the chair at the table, bringing my hands to my head as I try to collect my thoughts. I’m really nothing but a joke to my own mother. Nothing I do holds any value to her. Do I even hold value to her? Do I hold value at all?
“I’m sorry, Passion,” Ms. Rhodes says.
I look up at her, standing before me in her semi-physical form. She leans down, wiping a tear from my face before continuing with,
“I know this is too much to take in. It’s not easy finding out that someone you’re supposed to hold to a high regard thinks of you like this. Especially when they’re supposed to be a family member. But that shouldn’t be what you think of yourself as. You’re an exemplary gymnast, you’re smart, you’re beautiful, your innovation is unmatched, and you’re a pretty tough cookie. Not everyone can say that they’ve sprained their ankle and still performed. And you can say you’ve done it twice.”
I chuckle at her remark, sniffing and saying,
“I mean, I wasn’t gonna let months of practice just be tossed in the wind. Especially if it’s just a little sprain.”
“See? With ambition like that, who cares what anyone else thinks of you? You are even better than you think you are. On the mat, in your mind, at life itself. Don’t let other perspectives guide you. Even when it comes from relatives.”
I’m so glad that I have this woman in my life. Having her as my teacher is the best thing that ever could’ve happened to me. I embrace her in a hug and she reciprocates, rubbing my back as I hold her tight.
“Thank you,” I say,
“Sure thing,” she replies, patting my back and breaking the hug, “Now, here’s what I want you to do, you’re gonna find other activities to do outside of school and outside of gymnastics. Take some time to yourself. Grab your friends and go to the movies. Go to an arcade. Stare at the lake for a while and think. It’s actually really nice if you get there at the right time. I might take you some time. Just spend as little time as you can here.”
“Um, ok. But why?”
“The way your life is now, you’re either working or spending time in a toxic house. That’s not good for the human mind. Remember that interaction with Kimmi?”
“Yeah.”
“Well, I went through something similar with her. Just last year, I had her realize how terrible her uncle was to her as a kid. But what I failed to do was tell her the importance of letting go. Letting go of her anger, letting go of her need for reparations, letting go of her uncle.”
“Oh, no. Wait a minute, are you saying I should-...”
“While it is integral, anger is still a dangerous aspect of our minds. Like fire, it shares its importance with the others, but if you hold onto it and let it run rampant, the only outcome is destruction and pain with no proper resolution. And spending time here with her will only have your anger fester. You need an outlet so it won’t get out of hand. And once you’re able, well...”
“I’ll need to say goodbye?”
“It’s the only way you’ll truly prosper. Like I said, I see nothing but big things happening for you in the future. You just need to cut out the negative mindset holding you back. And from what I’ve seen and heard, this is what you need to cut out.”
Cut out my mother? Can I actually do that? This is someone who I’ve spent the majority of my life with. Someone who’s provided so much for me. Do I actually just walk away? As I ponder this, Ms. Rhodes brings a hand under my chin, saying,
“Remember, a house doesn’t make a home and relatives don’t make a family. ‘The blood of the covenant is thicker than water in the womb’, after all.”
We share another hug as I fully digest everything she’s saying. I need to do this. For my own sanity. For my own happiness. To keep balance within myself. I feel her slowly fade back into my mind, leaving me to come to terms with everything I’ve been shown and told. I can do this.
“I thought you said you were going to your room,” I hear mom say, “Was it such a hard day that you just can’t walk a few feet without getting tired?”
As she chuckles at her own “Joke”, I take a breath, trying to find the words to say.
“Passion, I’m just joking with you,” she says with agitation in her voice, “You gotta learn how to recognize one. Don’t be boring.”
“I-...I didn’t find it that funny,” I reply, looking up to see a look of shock on her face.
She’s not the only one. I’m surprised I let that slip out.
“What was that, hun?” she asks, leaning on the counter with a hand on her hip.
I’m speechless. What do I do? She clearly heard me, so I can’t just say I didn’t say anything. Why did I-
‘Relax,’ Ms. Rhodes says, ‘This is the first step in getting where you need to be. Your feelings matter. And she needs to know that. So just tell her how you feel.’
“Well, I’m sorry you can’t take a joke,” mom continues, “But it doesn’t make jokes less funny. Just because you don’t like it doesn’t mean it should be outlawed. You really need to grow thicker skin.”
I try to say something in response, but the words just won’t come out. I’m really about to talk back to my mom. This isn’t happening.
“Actually,” I start, surprised that I’m even saying anything, “There’s a word for when someone makes a ‘joke’ and no one’s laughing but them. And that’s called bullying.”
“Wow,” she responds, “So, what, you do a few flips and all of a sudden, you’re just a hot shot? Let me tell you something, I don’t know who you think you are, but I won’t tolerate this disrespect in my household. You’re under my roof, living under my rules. I’m paying the bills, I’m keeping this roof over your head. I’m putting clothes on your back. I’m putting food on the table. So don’t you DARE come in here and speak to me like that!”
“Congratulations, you’re doing the basic things a parent would do if they don’t want Uncle Sam banging on their door. You know what parents don’t do? Parents don’t make ‘jokes’ at their child’s expense. Parents don’t toss their financial contributions in their child’s face. Parents actually support their children without comparing them to other children. Parents don’t belittle their children’s achievements and skills. You know, unless they just don’t wanna see their child ever again once they’re gone.”
Silence. She doesn’t have anything to say. All she can do is stare at me. After moments of deafening silence, she slowly nods before heading back upstairs. Oh my God, I can’t believe I just said that. I did not want that to slip out. Holy fuck.
‘It’s what she needed to hear,’ Ms. Rhodes says, ‘She needs to know that one day, you’ll grow sick of her toxicity and leave. I know it’s hard, but it’s what needed to be said.’
No, you don’t understand. That last I said, those were almost the exact last worst my father said before he left.
‘Oh, I’m...I’m so sorry. I di-”
No. It’s ok. Maybe that’ll be the wake up call she needs. She needs to learn how to be a better person. And if two people she supposedly holds near and dear to her heart saying the exact same thing doesn’t do it, then she’ll just have to figure it out for herself.
‘You’re right about that. So what are you gonna do now? After that, she’s probably gonna get worse.’
Well, with that being the case, I think now’s a good time as any to take your advice. Time to catch up with some old friends. Something tells me they’re gonna be quite happy to know that my schedule’s finally open.
‘Sounds like a plan. Mind if I tag along?’
Well, other than the fact that you’ve still got me for the weekend, we are agreeing that I need to spend more time with friends, right?
We share a laugh before she says,
‘You’ve got a point there, little lady.’1 / 1Loading...Loading...- “Great job, Gina!” Ms. Rhodes says as the rest of us applaud, “Outstanding form!”
Gina gives a dramatic bow before getting back in line. Showoff.
“Ok, we’ve got time for one more performance,” Ms. Rhodes says, scanning the line to decide who’s going.
Don’t say me. Don’t say me. Don’t say me. Don’t say me.
“Tana!” she announces.
Oh, thank God.
“Remind your mother to order you another leotard. That pink streak is an eyesore. You’re up, Passion.”
I hate when she does that.
“U-uh, Ms. Rhodes,” I say, raising my hand, trying to figure out an excuse not to do it,
“If this is another doctor’s notice where he couldn’t find any paper, so he had you personally announce it, his objection is overruled. On the grounds that I said so. Now, let’s go. The sooner this is done, the sooner I can do my yoga.”
Goddammit. There’s no getting out of it, then. Might as well just get the humiliation out of the way. But let me at least do something I’m at least halfway decent at. I step away from the line and head to the uneven bars.”
“Excellent choice,” Ms. Rhodes says as pity applause follows.
I reach the low bar, taking a breath in an attempt to clear my mind. Ok. It’s just me. No one else is here. I’m all alone. Just here to do my standard routine. Nothing fancy. Nothing outlandish. Just something quick. Something simple, land, leave. Easy. Just a quick Shaposhnikova into a Tkatchev, a Shootover with a Pak Salto, Markelov, Double Tuck, done.
I hop and grab onto the low bar, perching myself up to a handstand. I then give two swings before leaping onto the high bar. After catching it, I turn my body and give one swing before releasing and catching again upon reversed soaring. Ok, so far, so good. Keep it simple. Just like that. Release. Catch. Swing. Swing. Flip. Catchitcatchitcatchitfuckingcatchit!!! There we go. Swing. Hold. Twist.
Ok, big finish. I can do this. I can do this. I’ve done it plenty of times...But those were flukes. I can’t do this! This was stupid! Why did I think I could do this?! No. Stop. They weren’t flukes. Three times I’ve done this. I can do it a fourth.
Swing. Swing. Swing. Release. SHIT!!! I let go too late, briefly throwing me off. But my form almost automatically fixes itself and I’ve regained the momentum I’ve lost, allowing me to go along with my Double Tuck and land. I slightly lose my balance upon my dismount, quickly catching myself. Stupid! You’re so stupid! It was right there! You fucking had it! Everything was going perfectly! And you couldn’t stick the fucking landing! The easiest part! You clumsy, worthless, mindless, fai-
“Nicely done, Passion!” Ms. Rhodes announces as another round of pity applause follows, “Beautiful display of body control. Nothing short of perfection.”
Alright, tone it down a bit. It was ok at best. Didn’t even stick the stupid landing.
“Ok, that about wraps it up,” she says, “Your parents should be out right now as we speak. Probably best not to keep them waiting. Stellar performance, girls. I really mean it.”
The girls collect their things and head out the door, conversing with each other as they take their leave, while I take a seat at a nearby chair. Ms. Rhodes stands at the door, saying her goodbyes,
“Bye. See ya next week. Outstanding footwork, Mikah. Enjoy your weekend. Later. Excellent focus, Cammie. Farewell.”
Eventually, everyone takes off, leaving just me and Ms. Rhodes. She closes the door, starting to hum to herself until she spots me. She gives me a shocked look before saying,
“Oh, hey, there. You need another ride home?”
I nod my head.
“Alright. Just give me a moment to shut everything down and we can go.”
“Oh, and...thanks.”
She looks confused before the sudden realization of what I’m talking about sets in and she gives me a grin before walking over to me, stroking my hair before saying,
“No problem.”
She then caresses my face before cleaning up. Afterwards, she cuts out the lights and heads over to me, sitting on the chair nearby.
“Amazing job today,” she says, “You’re one talented little tike.”
“Thanks,” I say, knowing she’s only saying that to be nice,
“So you wanna tell me about those last few swings and that dismount?”
“You saw what happened. I just slipped up. You always say that mistakes are fine.”
“Yes, mistakes are perfectly fine. Integral even. But that’s not what I’m talking about. And you know that.”
I turn my head away in response.
“I know that wasn’t your voice,” she continues before placing a hand on my shoulder, “You know that wasn’t your voice. We both know that your performance was immaculate. Timing: sharp. Focus: incredible. Landing: though you lost your balance a bit, it was still great.”
“Wouldn’t be saying that if you didn’t assist,” I reply, holding my head in my hand,
“Yes I would. And so would you if you didn’t have these thoughts clouding your mind.”
“Hate to break it to you, but those thoughts are a permanent part of my life.”
“Why?”
“You read my mind and saw my performance. You know exactly why.”
“Yes, but do you?”
I don’t answer.
“I understand it’s hard to accept. Something like that is never easy to come to terms with. Especially in your mid teens. But you need to understand your own turmoil in order to overcome it.”
“You don’t understand,” I say back, trying to hold back my tears, “Sometimes you just need to admit that you’re just not good enough. You’re not as good as you think you are. What comes naturally to others requires a bit more learning for you. My turmoil is my own doing. No one else’s. It’s why I’m here.”
“And whose words are those really?”
Once again, I remain silent, not wanting to answer her question.
“I see...then how about you let me understand?”
“What do you mean?”
“I mean, how about I walk a mile in your shoes for the weekend? Just to get a better understanding.”
“Ms. Rhodes, I appreciate you for trying, but from the bottom of my heart, I just could not let you do that. Please, just take my word for it, you’ll regret it before you even take a step in the house.”
“But I wanna help you. You have potential to do great things in life. You could take this world by storm. I just want to ensure that you realize that vision. And a little challenge never scared me. If anything, you’re fueling me with those remarks.”
I sigh before saying,
“I guess you’re right. And you’re sure about this?”
“More sure than anything I’ve ever been sure of in my life.”
“Ok, fine. Just don’t say I didn’t warn you. But before we do, you wanna do your ‘yoga session’ before or after you spend the weekend in my shoes?”
“What’s with those air quotes? I’ll have you know I’m well versed in the art of yoga.”
“Just like how you can hear my thoughts, I can hear yours if I really wanna. Do you really expect me to believe you’re doing the Balasana for stretching your back and nothing else?”
“I don’t appreciate your insinuation.”
“I just wanna know if you wanna get it out of your system before or after. During would just be too awkward.”
She chuckles before leaning closer to me, saying,
“Who said it had to be?”
I lean back, chuckling back, saying in a teasing tone,
“You could get in trouble.”
“What? We’re just talking about yoga. Plus, you can’t get in trouble if you don’t get caught.”
I playfully shove her, saying,
“You’re so gross.”
We both share a laugh before she stands up.
“So you in?” she asks,
I stand up in front of her, saying,
“Let’s do it.”
“Alright, you know the process.”
I nod before standing completely still and close my eyes, waiting for her to start the process. I hear the sound of her hands rubbing together eventually shifting into electricity sparks as the room heats up a bit. After moments of the various noises, the sound of friction between her hands stops as the crackles of electric volts near my ears. I then feel her hands upon my temples, causing me to vibrate as the volts course through my body. I try not to shift from the slight pain as she starts entering my mind.
But just as soon as it started, it ends. The sounds of volts are no longer heard. The room’s cooled down a bit. And her physical presence is no longer felt. I open my eyes to see that she’s gone. My gymnastics teacher is now a part of me.
“And here we are,” I hear her say, “I’m always shocked to see how organized your headspace is.”
“And I’m always shocked to see how heavy my body feels,” I respond,
“Hardy har har. You’re so funny. Now, my phone should be in the equipment room in the top drawer. Use that to call Kimmi to get you home.”
“Wait, why can’t you just take over and do it?”
“When you first sit down and forget to get something and someone else walks by, do you get up and get it or do you ask them to get it?”
“I hate that you’re right.”
“And I love being right.”
We laugh as I head in the room and retrieve the phone. I unlock it and go to her contacts, scrolling to the name Kimmi before calling and waiting. After a few rings, I hear someone say with a mouthful of food,
“What’s up?”
Charming.
“Uh, hello, there, Kimmi,” I reply, not sure how to react.
After a few moments, she says with a clear mouth,
“Who’s this?”
Before I can answer, I feel Ms. Rhodes take over before making me say,
“34 18 47 16 23 22 34 18 32 24.”
She then relinquishes control as I hear Kimmi say,
“Ooooh. Well, first, this code is just rude. And second, I’m on my way.”
“Thank you so much,” I reply,
“Alright, see ya in a bit.”
She then hangs up and I put the phone in the drawer.
“Before you ask,” she starts, “Are you really going to lie to me and yourself and say that you would’ve memorized those numbers?”
“Fair enough,” I reply, “What do those numbers even mean, anyway?”
“It’s past your generation, but what I will say is that that was our way of texting.”
“Heh, oldie.”
“I’m just eight years older than you.”
“Doesn’t change the facts.”
“Alright, just remember this in about five years since twenty is apparently the new eighty.”
“Sure. Hopefully, you’ll still be able to hear me by then.”
We laugh again before heading outside to wait for Kimmi. After five minutes, a car pulls up and parks next to Ms. Rhode’s car.
“That’s her right now,” she says, taking control and standing up before making me walk to her car.
When we get to her window, Kimmi rolls it down, saying,
“So this is how you spend your time off the clock? Your own perverted version of Duck Duck Goose with your students?”
“So what if it is?” Ms. Rhodes says, making me lean on the window, “You gonna tell me how to have fun now?”
“Well, when your version of fun has you spending your time deep inside of teenagers, most would call that the perfect time to give their two cents.”
“Oh, come on, when you say it like that, it just sounds gross.”
“And that’s the beauty of this ability of yours. No matter how you phrase it, it sounds just a bit gross.”
“Whatever.”
She gives up control as I walk to the other side of Kimmi’s car, getting into the passenger’s seat. Once I’m inside, Kimmi pulls out her phone before saying,
“So little lady, where to?”
“305 Manchester Rd.”
“Alrighty, just sit tight and we’ll be there in a jif.”
Ms. Rhodes, who is she?
‘My roommate,’ Ms. Rhodes replies, ‘Lived with her for about two and a half years now. She’s such a sweetie.’
And she knows about...this?
‘Oh, yeah. As you can imagine, the first time she discovered it, she got a bit...excited and started to question her world view. Then we talked about it and she soon learned to come to terms with it. Wish she stopped asking me to pull pranks, though.’
So you can come to a resolution by just talking?
‘Yeah. That’s how most issues should be solved.’
Get ready to say goodbye to that.
‘Don’t count me out just yet. We haven’t even gotten started.’
Ok. You’ll see what I mean.
Kimmi inputs the address and drives off, following the navigation. I bring my arm to the car door, leaning my head on my hand as I wait for Kimmi to reach my house. I’m perfectly content with waiting in silence, but judging from past experiences with Ms. Rhodes and Kimmi looking like she’s desperate to say something, it’s probably best that I break the ice.
“Almost unbelievable how insane the world is,” I say, grabbing Kimmi’s attention,
“What do you mean?” she asks, keeping her eyes on the road,
“You know, it’s just weird how the world can give someone this kind of power. Just when you think you’ve seen it all.”
“Yeah. I’m just glad the right person got a hold of that power. The wrong hands could have you going through something completely different.”
“Amen to that.”
“Yeah, it’s just so assuring to know that someone’s so responsible with this kind of ability. It’s almost too good to be true.”
“Right. The amount of people who’d just abuse it is almost scary.”
“Exactly. If only there were a way to have such disturbing people get their just deserts. Then the world would be a better place. Just ridding the world of the gutter minds. Doesn’t help that I know a couple of ‘em. Kinda tall, boring clothes, scar on his left che-”
“I’m not possessing your relatives to do unspeakable things to themselves, Kimmi,” Ms. Rhodes intervenes, taking control,
“Oh, come ooon,” Kimmi pleads, “It’d be so much fun to have him get what he deserves.”
“Kimmi, I said ‘no’. That wouldn’t fix the past, now, would it?”
Kimmi groans before pouting and saying,
“You never let me have any fun.”
“Only because I love you,” Ms. Rhodes replies, making me feel awkward,
“Still a child you’re talking through, friend.”
“Fair point. We’ll talk more about it on Monday.”
Well, that took a turn. Why would she wanna wish something terrible on her relatives?
‘That’s actually something that’ll help me later on, Passion,’ Ms. Rhodes answers, taking me off guard, ‘Just keep this in mind when the time comes.’
Help you with what?
‘You’ll see what I mean.’
Moments pass and I finally make it to my house. Kimmi parks the car, saying,
“Alright, we have arrived. I’ll be here first thing Monday to pick you up, Lexi.”
“Sounds like a plan,” Ms. Rhodes says, taking over, “Please don’t forget about my car, though. I just paid it off.”
“Not to worry. I’ll get Simon to help me with it.”
“You’re the best.”
“Back at ya.”
We step out of the car before shutting the door, waving at Kimmi as she drives off, waving back. She seems nice.
‘Ok,’ Ms. Rhodes starts as I turn around and walk towards my house, ‘It’ll be just like the last tournament. I’m not gonna do anything unless it’s absolutely warranted. And I’m only gonna be talking to you.’
And that’s why I hated when you stepped out right as it ended. If you didn’t, you’d get a taste of what you’re walking into.
‘Trust me, I can handle it. I deal with strict parents all the time. There’s nothing she can say that I’m not fully prepared for.’
Hang on.
I open the front door and just as expected, mom’s sitting in the living room, reading a book. Before I can even walk forward, I hear,
“I told you I was coming to get you.”
I step inside and close the door, saying,
“It was closing. There was nowhere else to go.”
“Sorry to inconvenience your delicate little feet. I know it’s quite the concept for you to grasp, but I’ve been busy. I would’ve made it over there in a few minutes. But thankfully, you decided a ride with a total stranger was the best option.”
“She wasn’t a stranger. She was a friend of my teacher.”
“Ah, yes. A ‘friend of the teacher’. That makes so much of a difference.”
“It was someone I trusted because she’s a friend of someone else I trust. What’s wrong with that?”
“Absolutely nothing if you don’t want there to be. I mean, here I am, being ridiculous, caring about your well being. And you’re just handing out your trusts to anybody without even calling me to at least tell me where you were.”
“I don’t have a phone.”
“Shouldn’t stop you from using one of your friends’, but of course, you didn’t think to do that.”
“The only friend I have who takes gymnastics class is Natalie and her phone was dead.”
“Well, you could’ve used your teacher’s. Or her ‘friend’s’.”
I don’t say anything.
“Yeah, don’t have a smart response for that one, do you?” she asks, placing her book down, “Funny how you had all those answers, but you still couldn’t think to do the basic thing. Bet you’re glad to still have to turn to mommy for answers when you’re lost.”
‘What the-’ I hear Ms. Rhodes say.
Mom stands up from her chair, saying,
“Oh well. You’re here now. Guess that’s the important thing. You wanna take a turn on the chair? I warmed it up for you. I mean, you clearly need it with all those cartwheels and trampoline jumps you do that you insist takes effort.”
“I’m actually going up to my room,” I answer,
“Hm. That’s new. Well, I’ll let you get to it. After all, you must be exhausted from all that jumping around at a glorified playground.”
She walks past me, patting me on the head before heading upstairs.
‘Ok, we need to talk about that,’ Ms. Rhodes says, “That was just not ok.’
Whatever happened to it not being a big deal? I thought there was nothing she could’ve said that would’ve been too much for you.
‘I meant with strict parents. Not these types.’
Yeah, when it comes to being strict, she’s kind of a cut above the rest.
‘Hold on, Passion, you don’t actually think that that’s what being strict is, do you?’
What do you mean? She was just worried is all. Sure, her phrasing could be better, but at the end of the day, she’s right. I could’ve called her on your phone.
‘Oh my-...Passion, I need to tell you something, but first, get some water. You’re actually exhausted.
Um, ok.
I do as instructed, heading into the kitchen and grabbing a cup before filling it up with water.
It’s only natural that she got upset. Mothers do tend to show nurture in different ways.
‘Passion,’ Ms. Rhodes starts as I take a sip, ‘Let me ask you something: when your mother speaks to you like this, is she usually that passive aggressive?’
Sometimes. Yeah, it’s annoying, but it’s just her way of showing her perspective.
‘By demeaning you and something you’re putting your heart and soul into?’
She didn’t mean that. It was just a heat of the moment thing. It hurts, but I’ve learned not to take that stuff to heart. Everyone knows how physically taxing gymnastics are.
‘Passion, you’re in denial.’
No, I’m not. I just look at all sides of the story.
‘Ok, then. I guess you wouldn’t mind telling me what you’ve learned from that ‘scolding’, huh?’
To call her and let her know of my whereabouts whenever I can.
‘Or else what?’
Or she’ll be upset.
‘And you see nothing wrong with that takeaway? Of all the reasons she could’ve instilled in your mind, she chose to go with that one. That doesn’t raise a flag? The fact that she has you prioritizing her own temper above your own well being?’
Ms. Rhodes, I assure you, that instance was just that: a singular instance. You only saw that one. Trust me, there’s plenty of events where she’s stuck her neck out for me.
‘Need I remind you that I’m on the surface level of your consciousness?’
So?
‘So every time you lie, there’s an overwhelming sensation of doubt that’s there because you know it’s a lie, and in turn, I feel it, too. So while you say that there’s nothing wrong with the way she treats you, there’s an aura of doubt that says otherwise. So I ask you again, do you honestly feel that there’s no issue with the way she speaks to you?’
I don’t reply. I consider the other conversations I’ve had with my mother. Her shutting down my advances on trying to compete in gaming, her calling me lazy almost every time we come into contact with each other, the differences in response when other people do something wrong as opposed to me. Why is it that other people can make mistakes with no issue, but I’m in the wrong if I do? Why are there different reactions with other people as opposed to me?
‘You’re not gonna like the answer to that question, Passion,’ Ms. Rhodes says,
What do you mean?
‘Your mother’s just a toxic human being. She doesn’t care about anyone but herself. As long as she’s on top and her reputation is squeaky clean in the eyes of others, then everything else is secondary. That’s not parenting. That’s not being strict. That’s just narcissism.’
What? No. That’s just...You’re just...No.
‘Remember, I’m in the education field. This kind of thing has come and gone through my doors for years. I know a sick parent when I see one. Honestly, the fact that you had your uncle sign you up for the class should’ve been a huge red flag. Not to mention out of all of the shows you’ve performed in, she’s only shown up to one.’
No. No, that’s not her. She’s sweet, she’s nurturing. She cares about everyone...She cares about me...Right?
‘When was the last time she’s legitimately told you she’s loved you? And no, not in the joking way, where she did or said something dumb and just gave a half hazard ‘I love you’. I mean, the legitimate one. The one you get when you head off to school, when she heads off for work, or when you head off to bed.’
I try thinking of every time I’ve stepped out of her sight in those instances. I try hard to think of a single moment where those words have been uttered. Nothing. All I remember are snide remarks to where I’m going to,
“Have a nice day at the worst place on Earth; I still don’t know what I need to do to get through to you that sometimes kids are just mean. I mean, get over yourself.” she’d say with a snicker as I headed off for school.
“Night, baby. Hope the Boogeyman doesn’t snatch you up and eat ya.” she’d taunt after I told her about my nightmare when I was eight.
“Off to go flip around in that little get up, I see. It’s amazing how teenagers these days really want that kind of attention from boys. But whatever. It’s your decision if you wanna present yourself that way.” she’d huff before I headed to the gym.
“Oh, you were sooo...good...Yeah. Good. I mean, you weren’t that Lindsay girl. I mean, that girl had moves. It’s a wonder how you two ended up in the same class. At least she could stick a fricken landing...I’m kidding. Geez, so sensitive.” she said after the first time she saw me perform.
Oh my God...Oh my God. She...she hasn’t said it. All she does is demean me...Laugh at me...I’m just a clown to her. She doesn’t...She doesn’t...
I sit down on the chair at the table, bringing my hands to my head as I try to collect my thoughts. I’m really nothing but a joke to my own mother. Nothing I do holds any value to her. Do I even hold value to her? Do I hold value at all?
“I’m sorry, Passion,” Ms. Rhodes says.
I look up at her, standing before me in her semi-physical form. She leans down, wiping a tear from my face before continuing with,
“I know this is too much to take in. It’s not easy finding out that someone you’re supposed to hold to a high regard thinks of you like this. Especially when they’re supposed to be a family member. But that shouldn’t be what you think of yourself as. You’re an exemplary gymnast, you’re smart, you’re beautiful, your innovation is unmatched, and you’re a pretty tough cookie. Not everyone can say that they’ve sprained their ankle and still performed. And you can say you’ve done it twice.”
I chuckle at her remark, sniffing and saying,
“I mean, I wasn’t gonna let months of practice just be tossed in the wind. Especially if it’s just a little sprain.”
“See? With ambition like that, who cares what anyone else thinks of you? You are even better than you think you are. On the mat, in your mind, at life itself. Don’t let other perspectives guide you. Even when it comes from relatives.”
I’m so glad that I have this woman in my life. Having her as my teacher is the best thing that ever could’ve happened to me. I embrace her in a hug and she reciprocates, rubbing my back as I hold her tight.
“Thank you,” I say,
“Sure thing,” she replies, patting my back and breaking the hug, “Now, here’s what I want you to do, you’re gonna find other activities to do outside of school and outside of gymnastics. Take some time to yourself. Grab your friends and go to the movies. Go to an arcade. Stare at the lake for a while and think. It’s actually really nice if you get there at the right time. I might take you some time. Just spend as little time as you can here.”
“Um, ok. But why?”
“The way your life is now, you’re either working or spending time in a toxic house. That’s not good for the human mind. Remember that interaction with Kimmi?”
“Yeah.”
“Well, I went through something similar with her. Just last year, I had her realize how terrible her uncle was to her as a kid. But what I failed to do was tell her the importance of letting go. Letting go of her anger, letting go of her need for reparations, letting go of her uncle.”
“Oh, no. Wait a minute, are you saying I should-...”
“While it is integral, anger is still a dangerous aspect of our minds. Like fire, it shares its importance with the others, but if you hold onto it and let it run rampant, the only outcome is destruction and pain with no proper resolution. And spending time here with her will only have your anger fester. You need an outlet so it won’t get out of hand. And once you’re able, well...”
“I’ll need to say goodbye?”
“It’s the only way you’ll truly prosper. Like I said, I see nothing but big things happening for you in the future. You just need to cut out the negative mindset holding you back. And from what I’ve seen and heard, this is what you need to cut out.”
Cut out my mother? Can I actually do that? This is someone who I’ve spent the majority of my life with. Someone who’s provided so much for me. Do I actually just walk away? As I ponder this, Ms. Rhodes brings a hand under my chin, saying,
“Remember, a house doesn’t make a home and relatives don’t make a family. ‘The blood of the covenant is thicker than water in the womb’, after all.”
We share another hug as I fully digest everything she’s saying. I need to do this. For my own sanity. For my own happiness. To keep balance within myself. I feel her slowly fade back into my mind, leaving me to come to terms with everything I’ve been shown and told. I can do this.
“I thought you said you were going to your room,” I hear mom say, “Was it such a hard day that you just can’t walk a few feet without getting tired?”
As she chuckles at her own “Joke”, I take a breath, trying to find the words to say.
“Passion, I’m just joking with you,” she says with agitation in her voice, “You gotta learn how to recognize one. Don’t be boring.”
“I-...I didn’t find it that funny,” I reply, looking up to see a look of shock on her face.
She’s not the only one. I’m surprised I let that slip out.
“What was that, hun?” she asks, leaning on the counter with a hand on her hip.
I’m speechless. What do I do? She clearly heard me, so I can’t just say I didn’t say anything. Why did I-
‘Relax,’ Ms. Rhodes says, ‘This is the first step in getting where you need to be. Your feelings matter. And she needs to know that. So just tell her how you feel.’
“Well, I’m sorry you can’t take a joke,” mom continues, “But it doesn’t make jokes less funny. Just because you don’t like it doesn’t mean it should be outlawed. You really need to grow thicker skin.”
I try to say something in response, but the words just won’t come out. I’m really about to talk back to my mom. This isn’t happening.
“Actually,” I start, surprised that I’m even saying anything, “There’s a word for when someone makes a ‘joke’ and no one’s laughing but them. And that’s called bullying.”
“Wow,” she responds, “So, what, you do a few flips and all of a sudden, you’re just a hot shot? Let me tell you something, I don’t know who you think you are, but I won’t tolerate this disrespect in my household. You’re under my roof, living under my rules. I’m paying the bills, I’m keeping this roof over your head. I’m putting clothes on your back. I’m putting food on the table. So don’t you DARE come in here and speak to me like that!”
“Congratulations, you’re doing the basic things a parent would do if they don’t want Uncle Sam banging on their door. You know what parents don’t do? Parents don’t make ‘jokes’ at their child’s expense. Parents don’t toss their financial contributions in their child’s face. Parents actually support their children without comparing them to other children. Parents don’t belittle their children’s achievements and skills. You know, unless they just don’t wanna see their child ever again once they’re gone.”
Silence. She doesn’t have anything to say. All she can do is stare at me. After moments of deafening silence, she slowly nods before heading back upstairs. Oh my God, I can’t believe I just said that. I did not want that to slip out. Holy fuck.
‘It’s what she needed to hear,’ Ms. Rhodes says, ‘She needs to know that one day, you’ll grow sick of her toxicity and leave. I know it’s hard, but it’s what needed to be said.’
No, you don’t understand. That last I said, those were almost the exact last worst my father said before he left.
‘Oh, I’m...I’m so sorry. I di-”
No. It’s ok. Maybe that’ll be the wake up call she needs. She needs to learn how to be a better person. And if two people she supposedly holds near and dear to her heart saying the exact same thing doesn’t do it, then she’ll just have to figure it out for herself.
‘You’re right about that. So what are you gonna do now? After that, she’s probably gonna get worse.’
Well, with that being the case, I think now’s a good time as any to take your advice. Time to catch up with some old friends. Something tells me they’re gonna be quite happy to know that my schedule’s finally open.
‘Sounds like a plan. Mind if I tag along?’
Well, other than the fact that you’ve still got me for the weekend, we are agreeing that I need to spend more time with friends, right?
We share a laugh before she says,
‘You’ve got a point there, little lady.’No more chapters.
love it, can't wait to see what they get up to and any more adventures that Ms Rhodes has
I feel i should say that this is my favourite possession story ever. it's so wholesome that i would really love to see more of them.